SIMOCODE pro C,S ja V IC10 2015, 4.5 MB (EN)

SIMOCODE pro C,S ja V IC10 2015, 4.5 MB (EN)
Monitoring and Control Devices
Price groups
PG 200, 2SP, 401, 470, 41B, 41E, 41F,
41H, 41L, 42C, 42F, 42J, 5K1, 5P1
10/2
10/5
10/14
10/16
10/18
10/19
10/28
Introduction
SIMOCODE 3UF motor management
and control devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Basic units
Expansion modules
Fail-safe expansion modules
Accessories
3UF18 current transformers for
overload protection
LOGO! logic modules1)
General data
LOGO! Modular basic versions
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular basic
versions
10/32 LOGO! Modular pure versions
10/33 SIPLUS LOGO! Modular pure versions
10/34 LOGO! Modular expansion modules
10/35 SIPLUS LOGO! Modular expansion
modules
10/36 LOGO! CM EIB/KNX communication
modules
10/37 LOGO! CSM unmanaged
10/38 AS-Interface connections for LOGO!
10/39 Accessories
Ch. 15 LOGO!Power
10/40 LOGO!Contact
10/41 LOGO! Software
ST 70
10/29
10/30
10/31
Click on the Article No. in the
catalog PDF to access it in the
Industry Mall and get all related
information.
Article-No.
3RA1943-2C
3RA1943-2B
3RA1953-2B
3RA1953-2N
Or directly in the Internet, e. g.
www.siemens.com/
product?3RA1943-2C
10/42
10/43
10/60
10/66
Ch. 3
Notes:
3RT191. function modules can be found
Ch. 3
- in the catalog Add-On IC 10 AO · 2015
at the Information and Download Center 10/72
- in the interactive catalog CA 01
Ch. 3
- in the Industry Mall
Conversion tool
e.g. from 3UG3 to 3UG4, see
www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
1)
10/76
10/79
See Catalog ST 70 "Products for
Totally Integrated Automation".
10/85
10/89
Relays
Timing relays
General data
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays,
17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays, 45 mm
7PV15 timing relays in enclosure,
17.5 mm
SIRIUS 3RA28 function modules for
3RT2 contactors and 3RH2 contactor
relays
SIRIUS 3RA28 time-delayed
auxiliary switches for mounting
onto 3RT2 contactors
SIRIUS 3RT19 timing relays for
mounting onto 3RT1 contactors
SIRIUS 3RT19 time-delayed
auxiliary switches for mounting
onto 3RT1 contactors
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 monitoring relays
for mounting onto 3RT2 contactors
General data
Current and active current monitoring
SIRIUS 3RR24 monitoring relays
for mounting onto 3RT2 contactors
for IO-Link
General data
Current and active current monitoring
10/94
10/97
10/102
10/105
10/108
10/111
10/114
10/115
10/117
10/120
10/125
10/128
10/129
10/132
10/133
10/137
10/140
10/143
10/146
10/150
10/153
10/156
10/157
10/161
10/164
10/167
10/169
10/170
10/176
10/179
10/181
10/182
Ch. 15
Ch. 4
10/191
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 monitoring
relays for stand-alone installation
General data
Line monitoring
Voltage monitoring
Current monitoring
Power factor and active current
monitoring
Residual current monitoring
- Residual-current monitoring relays
- 3UL23 residual-current transformers
Insulation monitoring
- General data
- For ungrounded AC networks
- For ungrounded DC and AC networks
Level monitoring
- Level monitoring relays
- Level monitoring sensors
Speed monitoring
Accessories
SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relays for
stand-alone installation for IO-Link
General data
Line monitoring
Voltage monitoring
Current monitoring
Power factor and active current
monitoring
Residual current monitoring
- Residual-current monitoring relays
Speed monitoring
Accessories
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21
temperature monitoring relays
General data
Relays, analogically adjustable
for 1 sensor
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor
Relays, digitally adjustable for up to
3 sensors
Accessories
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 temperature
monitoring relays for IO-Link
General data
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor
Relays, digitally adjustable for up to
3 sensors
Accessories
SIRIUS 3RN1 thermistor motor
protection
For PTC sensors
Coupling relays & interface converters
Coupling relays
Power relays/miniature contactors
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10
10
© Siemens AG 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Monitoring and Control Devices
Introduction
■ Overview
Type
SIMOCODE pro C
SIMOCODE pro S
SIMOCODE pro V/
Page
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET
SIMOCODE 3UF motor management and control devices
Basic units
✓
✓
✓
Current measuring modules
✓
✓
✓
10/15
Current/voltage measuring modules
--
--
✓
10/15
10/14
Decoupling modules
--
--
✓
10/15
Operator panels
✓
✓
✓
10/15
Operator panels with display
--
--
✓
10/15
Expansion modules
--
✓
✓
10/16
Fail-safe expansion modules
--
--
✓
10/18
Current transformers
✓
✓
✓
10/28
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal)
✓
✓
Available soon
10/22
SIMOCODE ES 2007
✓
✓
✓
10/24
SIMOCODE pro block library
for SIMATIC PCS 7
✓
Available soon
✓
10/26
Basic units
Expansion modules
Software
Page
10/30
✓ Available
-- Not available
Type
10
LOGO! logic modules
LOGO! Modular basic versions
✓
--
--
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular basic versions1)
✓
--
--
10/31
LOGO! Modular pure versions
✓
--
--
10/32
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular pure versions1)
✓
--
--
10/33
LOGO! Modular expansion modules
--
✓
--
10/34
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular expansion
modules1)
--
✓
--
10/35
LOGO! CM EIB/KNX communication
modules
--
✓
--
10/36
LOGO! CSM unmanaged
--
✓
--
10/37
AS-Interface connections for LOGO!
--
✓
--
10/38
LOGO!Contact
--
✓
--
10/40
LOGO! Software
--
--
✓
10/41
✓ Corresponds to
-- Does not correspond to
1)
Devices with extended temperature range and medial loading.
10/2
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Monitoring and Control Devices
Introduction
Type
Page
3RP25
10/43
3RP20
10/60
7PV15
10/66
3RT19
10/72
✓
--
✓
--
Timing relays
Enclosure:
• 17.5 mm industry and household
equipment installation
• 22.5 mm industry
✓
--
--
--
• 45 mm industry
--
✓
--
--
• For contactor sizes S0 to S12
--
--
--
✓
Monofunction
✓
✓
✓
✓
Multifunction
✓
✓
✓
--
Monovoltage
--
--
--
✓
Combination voltage
✓
✓
✓
--
Wide voltage range
✓
✓
✓
--
Application:
--
--
--
--
• Control systems and mechanical
engineering
✓
✓
✓
✓
• Infrastructure
--
--
✓
--
• Mounting onto contactors
--
--
--
✓
✓ Corresponds to or possible
-- Does not correspond to or not possible
Type
3UG463.
3RR21,
3RR22,
3UG4621,
3UG4622
3UG4641
3UG4625
3UG458.
with 3UL23
3UG4501
3UG4651
Page
Line monitoring
✓
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
10/97
Voltage monitoring
--
✓
--
--
--
--
--
--
10/102
Current monitoring
--
--
✓
--
--
--
--
--
10/79, 10/105
10
3UG451.,
3UG461.
Monitoring relays
Active current monitoring
--
--
3RR22 ✓
✓
--
--
--
--
10/79, 10/108
Power factor monitoring
--
--
--
✓
--
--
--
--
10/108
Residual current monitoring
--
--
--
--
✓
--
--
--
10/111
Insulation monitoring
--
--
--
--
--
✓
--
--
10/117, 10/120
Level monitoring
--
--
--
--
--
--
✓
--
10/125
Speed monitoring
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
✓
10/129
✓ Available
-- Not available
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/3
© Siemens AG 2015
Monitoring and Control Devices
Introduction
Type
3UG481.
3UG4832
3RR24
3UG4822
3UG4841
3UG4825
with 3UL23
3UG4851
Page
Line monitoring
✓
--
--
--
--
--
--
10/137
Voltage monitoring
--
✓
--
--
--
--
--
10/140
Current monitoring
--
--
✓
✓
--
--
--
10/89, 10/143
Power factor and active current
monitoring
--
--
✓
--
✓
--
--
10/89, 10/146
Residual current monitoring
--
--
--
--
--
✓
--
10/150
Speed monitoring
--
--
--
--
--
--
✓
10/153
Monitoring relays for IO-Link
✓ Available
-- Not available
Type
3RS10, 3RS11,
3RS20, 3RS21
3RS14, 3RS15
3RN1
3RS17
Page
✓
--
--
--
10/161, 10/164,
10/167
--
✓
--
--
10/176, 10/179
--
--
✓
--
10/182
--
--
--
✓
10/191
Temperature monitoring relays
Temperature monitoring
Temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link
Temperature monitoring for IO-Link
Thermistor motor protection
Thermistor motor protection
10
Interface converters
Interface converters
✓ Available
-- Not available
Connection methods
The monitoring and control devices are available with screw or
spring-type terminals.
Screw terminals
"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e/d according to
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
The communication-capable, modularly designed
SIMOCODE pro motor management system (SIRIUS Motor
Management and Control Devices) protects motors of types of
protection EEx e and EEx d in potentially explosive areas.
Spring-type terminals
ATEX approval for operation in areas subject to explosion
hazard
The terminals are indicated in the corresponding tables
by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.
The SIRIUS 3RN1 thermistor motor protection relay for
PTC sensors is certified according to ATEX Ex II (2) G and D for
environments with explosive gas or dust loads.
The SIRIUS SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 motor management system is
certified for the protection of motors in areas subject to explosion
hazard according to
• ATEX Ex I (M2); equipment group I, category M2 (mining)
• ATEX Ex II (2) GD; equipment group II, category 2 in area GD.
10/4
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
■ Overview
Expansion
possibilities
SIMOCODE
pro C
pro S
pro V1)
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS2) PROFINET
Operator panels
✓
✓
✓
✓
Operator panels
with display
--
--
✓
✓
Current measuring
modules
✓
✓
✓
✓
Current/voltage
measuring
modules
--
--
✓
✓
Decoupling
modules
--
--
✓
✓
• Digital modules
--
--
2
2
• Fail-safe digital
modules3)
--
--
1
1
• Analog modules
--
--
1
2
• Ground-fault
modules
--
--
1
1
• Temperature
modules
--
--
1
2
• Multifunction
modules
--
1
--
--
Expansion
modules:
SIMOCODE pro is a flexible, modular motor management
system for motors with constant speeds in the low-voltage
performance range. It optimizes the connection between I&C
and motor feeder, increases plant availability and allows significant savings to be made for installation, commissioning, operation and maintenance of a system.
When SIMOCODE pro is installed in the low-voltage switchboard, it is the intelligent interface between the higher-level
automation system and the motor feeder and includes the
following:
• Multifunctional, electronic full motor protection that is
independent of the automation system
• Integrated control functions instead of hardware for the motor
control
• Detailed operating, service and diagnostics data
• Open communication through PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET and
OPC UA
• Safety relay function for the fail-safe disconnection of motors
up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508, IEC 62061) or PL e with Category 4
(EN ISO 13849-1)
• SIMOCODE ES is the software package for SIMOCODE pro
parameterization, start up and diagnostics.
Device series
SIMOCODE pro is structured into several functionally tiered
series:
• SIMOCODE pro C, as a compact system for direct-on-line
starters and reversing starters or for controlling a motor starter
protector
• SIMOCODE pro S - the smart system for direct-on-line,
reversing, and wye-delta starters or for controlling a motor
starter protector or soft starter. Its expandability with a multifunction module provides comprehensive input/output project
data volume, precise ground-fault detection via the 3UL23
residual-current transformers and temperature measurement.
• SIMOCODE pro V, as a variable system with all control functions and with the possibility of expanding the inputs, outputs
and functions of the system at will using expansion modules
✓ Available
-- Not available
1)
Maximum of 5 expansion modules.
2)
When an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module are
used, more restrictions on the number of expansion modules connectable
per basic unit must be observed, see page 10/13.
3)
The fail-safe digital module can be used instead of one of the two digital
modules.
Per feeder each system always comprises one basic unit and
one separate current measuring module. The two modules are
connected together electrically through the system interface
with a connection cable and can be mounted mechanically
connected as a unit (one behind the other) or separately (side
by side). The motor current to be monitored is decisive only for
the choice of the current measuring module.
An operator panel for mounting in the control cabinet door is
optionally connectable through a second system interface on
the basic unit. Both the current measuring module and the
operator panel are electrically supplied by the basic unit through
the connection cable. More inputs, outputs and functions can be
added to the SIMOCODE pro V and SIMOCODE pro S by
means of optional expansion modules, thus supplementing the
inputs and outputs already existing on the basic unit. With the
DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules it is
also possible to integrate the fail-safe disconnection of motors in
the SIMOCODE pro V motor management system.
All modules are connected by connection cables. The connection cables are available in various lengths. The maximum
distance between the modules (e.g. between the basic unit and
the current measuring module) must not exceed 2.5 m. The total
length of all the connection cables per system interface of the
basic unit may be up to 3 m.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/5
10
SIMOCODE pro S for efficient entry into motor management and
SIMOCODE pro V for maximum functionality
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Basic
SIMOCODE pro S
Current
measuring module
Optional expansions
Basic unit
Operator
panel
Multifunction module
SIMOCODE pro V
Current/ voltage
measuring module
Basic unit
Functions
PROFIBUS
Operator
panel
Earth-fault
module
Temperature
module
Digital modules
Standard
Fail-safe
Analog
module
PROFIsafe
PROFIBUS
PROFIsafe
Functions
PROFINET
10
IC01_00273
SIMOCODE pro V and SIMOCODE pro S: System structure
10/6
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
SIMOCODE pro motor management system
1st - 4th
5th 6th 7th
@@@@
@
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
1
@
@
0
13th
–
0
–
0
3UF7
@
Type of unit/module
Functional version of the unit/module
@
Connection type of the current transformer
@
Voltage version
@
Color
Example
@
3UF7
0
1
0
–
1
A
B
0
0
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
Multifunctional, electronic full motor protection
for rated motor currents up to 820 A
SIMOCODE pro offers comprehensive protection of the motor
feeder by means of a combination of different, multi-step and
delayable protection and monitoring functions:
• Inverse-time delayed electronic overload protection
(CLASS 5 to 40)
• Thermistor motor protection
• Phase failure/unbalance protection
• Stall protection
• Monitoring of adjustable limit values for the motor current
• Voltage and power monitoring
• Monitoring of the power factor (motor idling/load shedding)
• Ground-fault monitoring
• Temperature monitoring, e.g. over PT100/PT1000
• Monitoring of operating hours, downtime and number
of starts etc.
Recording of measuring curves
SIMOCODE pro can record measuring curves and therefore is
able, for example, to present the progression of motor current
during motor start up.
Flexible motor control implemented with integrated control
functions (instead of comprehensive hardware interlocks)
Many predefined motor control functions have already been
integrated into SIMOCODE pro, including all necessary logic
operations and interlocks:
• Overload relays
• Direct-on-line and reversing starters
• Wye/delta starters (also with direction reversal)
• Two speeds, motors with separate windings
(pole-changing starter); also with direction reversal
• Two speeds, motors with separate Dahlander windings
(also with direction reversal)
• Positioner actuation
• Solenoid valve actuation
• Actuation of a motor starter protector
• Soft starter actuation (also with direction reversal)
These control functions are predefined in SIMOCODE pro and
can be freely assigned to the inputs and outputs of the device
(including PROFIBUS/PROFINET).
These predefined control functions can also be flexibly adapted
to each customized configuration of a motor feeder by means of
freely configurable logic modules (truth tables, counters, timers,
edge evaluation, etc.) and with the help of standard functions
(power failure monitoring, emergency start, external faults, etc.),
without additional auxiliary relays being necessary in the control
circuit.
SIMOCODE pro makes a lot of additional hardware and wiring in
the control circuit unnecessary which results in a high level of
standardization of the motor feeder in terms of its design and
circuit diagrams.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/7
10
General customer benefits
• Integrating the whole motor feeder into the process control by
means of PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET or OPC UA significantly
reduces the wiring outlay between the motor feeder and PLC
• Decentralization of the automated processes by means of
configurable control and monitoring functions in the feeder
saves resources in the automation system and ensures full
functionality and protection of the feeder even if the I&C or bus
system fails
• The acquisition and monitoring of operating, service and
diagnostics data in the feeder and process control system
increases plant availability as well as maintenance and
service-friendliness
• The high degree of modularity allows users to perfectly implement their plant-specific requirements for each motor feeder
• The SIMOCODE pro system offers functionally graded and
space-saving solutions for each customer application
• The replacement of the control circuit hardware with integrated control functions decreases the number of hardware
components and wiring required and in this way limits stock
keeping costs and potential wiring errors
• The use of electronic full motor protection permits better
utilization of the motors and ensures long-term stability of the
tripping characteristic and reliable tripping even after years of
service
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Detailed operational, service and diagnostics data
Communications
SIMOCODE pro makes different operating, service and diagnostics data available and helps to detect potential faults in time and
to prevent them by means of preventative measures. In the event
of a malfunction, a fault can be diagnosed, localized and rectified very quickly – there are no or very short downtimes.
SIMOCODE pro has either an integrated PROFIBUS DP interface (SUB-D or terminal connection) or a PROFINET interface
(2 x RJ45).
Operating data
• Motor switching state derived from the current flow in the
main circuit
• All phase currents
• All phase voltages and phase-to-phase voltages
• Active power, apparent power and power factor
• Phase unbalance and phase sequence
• Ground-fault current
• Time to trip
• Motor temperature
• Remaining cooling time etc.
Service data
• Motor operating hours
• Motor stop times
• Number of motor starts
• Number of overload trips
• Interval for compulsory testing of the enabling circuits
• Energy consumed
• Internal comments stored in the device etc.
Diagnostics data
• Numerous detailed early warning and fault messages
• Internal device fault logging with time stamp
• Time stamping of freely selectable status, alarm or fault
messages etc.
Easy operation and diagnostics
10
Operator panel
The operator panel is used to control the motor feeder and can
replace all conventional pushbuttons and indicator lights to save
space. It makes SIMOCODE pro or the feeder directly operable
in the control cabinet. It features all the status LEDs available on
the basic unit and externalizes the system interface for simple
parameterization or diagnosis on a PC/PG.
Operator panel with display
As an alternative to the 3UF720 standard operator panel for
SIMOCODE pro V, there is also an operator panel with display:
the 3UF721 is thus able in addition to indicate current measured
values, operational and diagnostics data or status information of
the motor feeder at the control cabinet. The pushbuttons of the
operator panel can be used to control the motor. Also, when
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET is used it is possible to set
parameters such as rated motor current, limit values, etc.
directly via the operator panel with display.
Fail-safe disconnection through PROFIBUS or PROFINET with
the PROFIsafe profile is also possible in conjunction with a failsafe controller (F-CPU) and the DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital
module.
SIMOCODE pro for PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro for PROFIBUS supports for example:
• Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1)
• Extensive diagnostics and hardware interrupts
• Time stamp with high timing precision (SIMATIC S7) for
SIMOCODE pro V
• DPV1 communication after the Y-Link
SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET
SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET supports for example:
• Line and ring bus topology thanks to an integrated switch
• Media redundancy via MRP protocol
• Operating, service and diagnostics data via standard
web browser
• OPC UA server for open communication with visualization and
control system
• NTP-synchronized time
• Interval function and measured values for power management
via PROFIenergy
• Module exchange without PC memory module through
proximity detection
• Extensive diagnostics and maintenance alarms
System redundancy with SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET
The device supports the system redundancy mechanisms of
PROFINET IO and therefore can be operated directly on faulttolerant systems such as SIMATIC S7-400 H. As such,
SIMOCODE pro can provide decisive added value also for the
field level of plants in which plant availability and control system
redundancy are priorities.
Notes on safety
For connection of an internal system to an external system,
suitable protective measures must be taken to ensure safe
operation of the plant (including IT security, e.g. network
segmentation).
More information, see www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
For SIMOCODE pro motor management and control devices
with communication function, see page 10/14 onwards.
Accessories, see page 10/19 onwards.
More information, see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
Autonomous operation
An essential feature of SIMOCODE pro is the autonomous execution of all protection and control functions, even when communication to the I&C system is interrupted. This means that even
in the event of bus system or automation system failure, full functionality of the feeder is ensured or a specific behavior can be
parametrized in case of such a fault, e.g. targeted shutdown of
the feeder or execution of particular parametrized control mechanisms (such as reversal of the direction of rotation).
10/8
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
IC0
1_ 0
0 24
4
Advantages through energy efficiency
Overview of the energy management process
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to
optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate,
and realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware
and software solutions in every process phase.
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also
make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
The SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 motor management system makes
the following contribution to the energy efficiency of the plant as
a whole:
• Energy consumption:
Clear display of the energy consumption of a motor feeder or
process element by means of the acquisition and transmission
of all operating and consumption date, such as current,
voltage, active and reactive power, energy consumption,
motor temperature etc.
• Energy management:
Evaluation of energy measured values (e.g. limit value monitoring) with exporting of local or central actions (= forwarding
to higher-level)
• PROFIenergy:
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET supports the PROFIenergy
functions. Reduced energy consumption thanks to automatic
disconnection in the intervals and forwarding of the measured
values for higher-level energy management systems.
■ Application
SIMOCODE pro is modular and space-saving and suited especially for operation in motor control centers (MCCs) in the
process industry and for power plant technology.
Applications
Protection and control of motors in hazardous areas for types of
protection EEx e/d according to ATEX guideline 94/9/EC
• With heavy starting (paper, cement, metal and water
industries)
• In high-availability plants (chemical, oil, raw material processing industries, power plants)
Safety technology for SIMOCODE pro
The safe disconnection of motors in the process industry
is becoming increasingly important as the result of new and
revised standards and requirements in the safety technology
field.
With the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion
modules it is easy to integrate functions for fail-safe disconnection into the SIMOCODE pro V motor management system while
retaining service-proven concepts. The strict separation of
safety functions and operational functions proves particularly
advantageous for planning, configuring and construction.
Seamless integration in the motor management system leads
to greater transparency for diagnostics and during operation of
the system.
Suitable components for this purpose are the DM-F Local and
DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion modules, depending on
the requirements:
• The DM-F Local fail-safe digital module for when direct
assignment between a fail-safe hardware shutdown signal
and a motor feeder is required, or
• The DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module for when
a fail-safe controller (F-CPU) creates the signal for the
disconnection and transmits it in a fail-safe manner through
PROFIBUS/PROFIsafe or PROFINET/PROFIsafe to the motor
management system
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/9
10
SIMOCODE pro is often used for automated processes where
plant downtimes are very expensive (e.g. steel or cement industry) and where it is important to prevent plant downtimes through
detailed operating, service and diagnostics data or to localize
the fault very quickly in the event of a fault.
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
■ Technical specifications
General data
Type
3UF7
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage and transport
°C
°C
Degree of protection (acc. to IEC 60529)
• Measurement modules with busbar connection
• Operator panel (front) and door adapter (front) with cover
• Other components
Shock resistance (sine pulse)
IP00
IP54
IP20
g/ms
EMC interference immunity (according to IEC 60947-1)
• Conducted interference, burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4
• Conducted interference, high frequency acc. to IEC 61000-4-6
• Conducted interference, surge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5
• Electrostatic discharge, ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2
• Field-related interference acc. to IEC 61000-4-3
15/11
Any
Mounting position
Frequency
-25 ... +60; 3UF721: 0 ... +60
-40 ... +80; 3UF721: -20 ... +70
Hz
50/60 ± 5 %
kV
kV
V
kV
kV
kV
kV
V/m
(corresponds to degree of severity 3)
2 (power ports)
1 (signal ports)
10
2 (line to ground); 3UF7320-1AB, 3UF7330-1AB: 1 (line to ground)
1 (line to line); 3UF7320-1AB, 3UF7330-1AB: 0.5 (line to line)
8 (air discharge); 3UF7020: Only operate front side during operation
6 (contact discharge); 3UF721: 4 (contact discharge)
10
EMC emitted interference (according to IEC 60947-1)
• Conducted and radiated interference emission
EN 55011/EN 55022 (CISPR 11/CISPR 22)
(corresponds to degree of severity A)
All circuits in SIMOCODE pro are safely separated from each other according to IEC 60947-1, i.e. they are designed with doubled creepage paths and
clearances. In this context, compliance with the instructions in the test report
"Safe Isolation" No. 2668 is required.
Protective separation (acc. to IEC 60947-1)
Basic units
Type
3UF7000-1AU00-0
3UF7010-1AU00-0
3UF7011-1AU00-0
3UF7020-1AU01-0
3UF7000-1AB00-0
3UF7010-1AB00-0
3UF7011-1AB00-0
3UF7020-1AB01-0
Rated control supply voltage Us (according to IEC 61131-2)
110 ... 240 AC/DC; 50/60 Hz
24 V DC
Operating range
• SIMOCODE pro C (3UF7000) and SIMOCODE pro V (3UF7010)
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
0.80 ... 1.2 × Us
• SIMOCODE pro V PN (3UF7011) and SIMOCODE pro S (3UF7020)
- Operation
- Start up
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
0.80 ... 1.2 × Us
0.85 ... 1.2 × Us
7 VA/5 W
10 VA/7 W
5W
7W
11 VA/8 W
8W
10
Control circuit
Power consumption
• SIMOCODE pro C (3UF7000) and SIMOCODE pro S (3UF7020)
• SIMOCODE pro V (3UF7010)
incl. two connected expansion modules
• SIMOCODE pro V PN (3UF7011)
incl. two connected expansion modules
Rated insulation voltage Ui
V
300 (at pollution degree 3)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
4
Relay outputs
• Number
- SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro V, SIMOCODE pro V PN
- SIMOCODE pro S
• Specified short-circuit protection for auxiliary contacts
(relay outputs)
- Fuse links
- Miniature circuit breaker
• Rated uninterrupted current
• Rated switching capacity
- AC-15
- DC-13
3 monostable relay outputs
2 monostable relay outputs
A
6 A/24 V AC
2 A/24 V DC
10/10
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
6 A/120 V AC
0.55 A/60 V DC
3 A/230 V AC
0.25 A/125 V DC
4 inputs supplied internally by the device electronics (with 24 V DC) and
connected to a common potential
Inputs (binary)
Thermistor motor protection (binary PTC)
• Summation cold resistance
• Response value
• Return value
6 A operational class gG; 10 A quick-response (IEC 60947-5-1)
1.6 A, C characteristic (IEC 60947-5-1); 6 A, C characteristic (Ik < 500 A)
6
kΩ
kΩ
kΩ
≤ 1.5
3.4 ... 3.8
1.5 ... 1.65
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Current measuring modules or current/voltage measuring modules
Type
3UF71.0
3UF71.1
3UF71.2
3UF71.3
3UF71.4
2.4 ... 25
10 ... 100
20 ... 200
63 ... 630
Main circuit
Current setting Ie
A
0.3 ... 3
Rated insulation voltage Ui
V
690; 3UF7103 and 3UF7104: 1 000 (at pollution degree 3)
Rated operational voltage Ue
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6; 3UF7103 and 3UF7104: 8
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
Three-phase current
Type of current
Additional short-circuit protection is required in the main circuit
Short circuit
Accuracy of current measurement (in the range of 1 x minimum
current setting Iu to 8 x max. current setting Io)
Typical voltage measuring range
• Phase-to-phase voltage/line-to-line voltage (e.g. UL1 L2)
• Phase voltage (e.g. UL1 N)
Accuracy
• Voltage measurement
(phase voltage UL in the range 230 ... 400 V)
• Power factor measurement (in the rated load range p.f. = 0.4...0.8)
• Apparent power measurement (in the rated load range)
%
±3
V
V
110 ... 690
65 ... 400
%
±3 (typical)
%
%
±5 (typical)
±5 (typical)
Notes on voltage measurement
• In insulated, high-resistance or asymmetrically grounded forms
of power supply system and for single-phase systems
• Supply lines for voltage measurement
In these networks the current/voltage measuring module can be used only
with an upstream decoupling module on the system interface.
In the supply lines from the main circuit for voltage measurement of
SIMOCODE pro it may be necessary to provide additional line protection!
Digital modules or multifunction modules
Type
3UF7300, 3UF7310, 3UF7600
Control circuit
Rated insulation voltage Ui
V
300 (at pollution degree 3)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
4
2 monostable or bistable relay outputs (depending on the version)
A
6 A operational class gG; 10 A quick-response (IEC 60947-5-1)
1.6 A, C characteristic (IEC 60947-5-1); 6 A, C characteristic (Ik < 500 A)
6
6 A/24 V AC
2 A/24 V DC
6 A/120 V AC
0.55 A/60 V DC
3 A/230 V AC
0.25 A/125 V DC
4 inputs, electrically isolated, supplied externally with 24 V DC or
110 ... 240 V AC/DC depending on the version, connected to a common
potential
Inputs (binary)
Ground-fault modules or multifunction modules
Type
3UF7510, 3UF7600
Control circuit
Connectable residual-current transformers
3UL23
Type of current for monitoring
Type A (AC and pulsating DC residual currents)
Adjustable response value
30 mA ... 40 A
Relative measurement error
7.5 %
Temperature modules or multifunction modules
Type
3UF7600, 3UF7700
Sensor circuit
Number of temperature sensors
• 3UF7700
• 3UF7600
Typical sensor circuits
• PT100
• PT1000/KTY83/KTY84/NTC
3 temperature sensors
1 temperature sensor
mA
mA
1 (typical)
0.2 (typical)
Open-circuit/short-circuit detection
• Sensor type
- Open circuit
- Short circuit
- Measuring range
°C
PT100/PT1000
✓
✓
-50 ... +500
Measuring accuracy at 20 °C ambient temperature (T20)
K
< ±2
Deviation due to ambient temperature (in % of measuring range)
%
0.05 per K deviation from T20
Conversion time
ms
500
Connection type
KTY83-110
✓
✓
-50 ... +175
KTY84
✓
✓
-40 ... +300
NTC
-✓
80 ... 160
Two- or three-wire connection
✓ Detection possible
-- Detection not possible
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/11
10
Relay outputs
• Number
• Specified short-circuit protection for auxiliary contacts
(relay outputs)
- Fuse links
- Miniature circuit breaker
• Rated uninterrupted current
• Rated switching capacity
- AC-15
- DC-13
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Analog modules
Type
3UF74
Control circuit
Inputs
• Channels
• Parameterizable measuring ranges
• Shielding
• Max. input current (destruction limit)
• Accuracy
• Input resistance
• Conversion time
• Resolution
• Open-circuit detection
Outputs
• Channels
• Parameterizable output range
• Shielding
• Max. voltage at output
• Accuracy
• Max. output load
• Conversion time
• Resolution
• Short-circuit proof
mA
mA
%
Ω
ms
bit
mA
V DC
%
Ω
ms
bit
2 (passive)
0/4 ... 20
Up to 30 m shield recommended, from 30 m shield required
40
±1
50
150
12
With measuring range 4 ... 20 mA
1
0/4 ... 20
Up to 30 m shield recommended, from 30 m shield required
30
±1
500
25
12
Yes
Connection type
Two-wire connection
Electrical separation of inputs/output
to the device electronics
No
Fail-safe digital modules
Type
3UF7320-1AB00-0 3UF7320-1AU00-0 3UF7330-1AB00-0 3UF7330-1AU00-0
Control circuit
Rated control supply voltage Us
V
Power consumption
110 ... 240 AC/DC; 24 DC
50/60 Hz
110 ... 240 AC/DC;
50/60 Hz
3W
9.5 VA/4.5 W
11 VA/5.5 W
Rated insulation voltage
V
300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
4
Relay outputs
• Number
10
24 DC
4W
2 relay enabling circuits, 2 relay outputs
Version of the fuse link
For short-circuit protection of the relay enabling circuit
A
4, operational class gG
Rated uninterrupted current
A
5
Rated switching capacity
• AC-15
• DC-13
3 A/24 V AC
4 A/24 V DC
Inputs (binary)
5 (with internal power supply from the device electronics)
Cable length
• Between sensor/start signal and evaluation electronics
• For further digital signals
m
m
3 A/120 V AC
0.55 A/60 V DC
1.5 A/230 V AC
0.22 A/125 V DC
1 500
300
Safety data1)
SIL level max. according to IEC 61508
3
Performance level PL according to EN ISO 13849-1
e
Category according to EN ISO 13849-1
4
Stop category according to EN 60204-1
0
Probability of a dangerous failure
(at 40 °C) for SIL 3 applications
• Per hour (PFHd) at a high demand rate
according to IEC 62061
• On demand (PFDavg) at a low demand rate
according to IEC 61508
T1 value for proof-test interval or
service life according to IEC 61508
1)
More safety data, see system manual
"SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852.
10/12
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
1/h
a
4.5 x 10-9
4.6 x 10-9
4.4 x 10-9
4.4 x 10-9
5.4 x 10-6
5.5 x 10-6
5.1 x 10-6
5.2 x 10-6
20
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
■ More information
If you want to use an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module in the SIMOCODE pro V system with PROFIBUS,
then the following configuration instructions concerning the type
and number of connectable expansion modules must be
observed.
The following tables show the maximum possible configuration
of the expansion modules for the various combinations.
The DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion
modules behave in this connection like digital modules for
standard applications.
Use of an operator panel with display
Digital
module 1
Digital
module 2
Analog
module
Temperature Ground-fault
module
module
Only operator panel with display for SIMOCODE pro V
(24 V DC or 110 ... 240 V AC/DC)
Max. 4 expansion modules can be used
Operator panel with display and current/voltage measurement
with SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)
Max. 3 expansion modules can be used or:
--
✓
--
✓
--
✓ Available
-- Not available
Use of a decoupling module
(voltage measurement in insulated networks)
Digital
module 1
Digital
module 2
Analog
module
Temperature Ground-fault
module
module
SIMOCODE pro V (24 V DC)
✓1)
✓1)
✓
✓
✓
SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)
All circuits in SIMOCODE pro are safely isolated from each other
in accordance with IEC 60947-1. That is, they are designed with
double creepages and clearances. In the event of a fault, therefore, no parasitic voltages can be formed in neighboring circuits.
The instructions of Test log No. 2668 must be complied with.
Types of protection EEx e and EEx d
The overload protection and the thermistor motor protection of
the SIMOCODE pro system comply with the requirements for
overload protection of explosion-proof motors to the type of
protection:
• EEx d "flameproof enclosure" e.g. according to IEC 60079-1
• EEx e "increased safety" e.g. according to IEC 60079-7
When using SIMOCODE pro devices with a 24 V DC control voltage, electrical separation must be ensured using a battery or
a safety transformer according to IEC 61558-2-6.
EC type test certificate: BVS 06 ATEX F 001
Test log: BVS PP 05.2029 EG.
Selection data for type-tested assemblies/load feeders
For configuration tables according to type of coordination "1" or "2", see
• Manual "Configuring SIRIUS",
Article No.: 3ZX1012-0RA21-0AC0,
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/40625241
• Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations",
Article No.: 3ZX1012-0RA21-1AC0,
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39714188
• SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS System Manual,
Article No.: 3UF7970-0AA00-0,
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/20017780
• SIMOCODE pro PROFINET System Manual,
Article No.: 3ZX1012-0UF70-1AC1,
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/61896631
✓
✓
--
✓
✓
System manual
✓1)
✓1)
✓
✓
--
✓
--
✓
✓
--
✓
--
✓
--
✓
The SIMOCODE pro system manual describes the motor management system and its functions in detail. It provides information on configuration, start up, servicing and maintenance.
A typical example of a reversing starter application is used to
teach the user quickly and practically how to use the system.
In addition to help on how to identify and rectify faults in the
event of a malfunction, the manual also contains special information for servicing and maintenance. For selection of equipment and for configuration, it is recommended to consult the
system manual.
✓ Available
-- Not available
1)
Protective separation
No bistable relay outputs and no more than 5 of 7 relay outputs active
simultaneously (> 3 s).
Use of a decoupling module
(voltage measurement in insulated networks)
in combination with an operator panel with display
Digital
module 1
Digital
module 2
Analog
module
Temperature Ground-fault
module
module
SIMOCODE pro V (24 V DC)
✓
--
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
--
✓
✓
A detailed description of the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe
fail-safe expansion modules is provided in the system manual
"SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules", which can be
downloaded from the Internet.
Internet
More information, see www.siemens.com/simocode.
SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)
✓1)
--
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
--
--
--
✓2)
✓2)
✓3)
--
--
✓
--
--
✓
✓
✓ Available
-- Not available
1)
No bistable relay outputs and no more than 3 of 5 relay outputs active
simultaneously (> 3 s).
2)
No bistable relay outputs and no more than 5 of 7 relay outputs active
simultaneously (> 3 s).
3)
Analog module output is not used.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/13
10
Configuration instructions when using an operator panel
with display and/or a decoupling module with
SIMOCODE pro V with PROFIBUS
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Basic units
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
SIMOCODE pro
SIMOCODE pro C
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485
4 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection,
monostable relay outputs
Rated control supply voltage Us:
• 24 V DC
}
3UF7000-1AB00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7000-1AU00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 24 V DC
}
3UF7020-1AB01-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7020-1AU01-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 24 V DC
}
3UF7010-1AB00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7010-1AU00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 24 V DC
}
3UF7011-1AB00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7011-1AU00-0
1
1 unit
42J
3UF7000-1A.00-0
SIMOCODE pro S1)
PROFIBUS DP interface, 1.5 Mbit/s, RS 485
4 I/2 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection,
monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by a
multifunction module
Rated control supply voltage Us:
3UF7020-1A.01-0
SIMOCODE pro V
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485
4 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection,
monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by
expansion modules
Rated control supply voltage Us:
3UF7010-1A.00-0
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET2)
10
ETHERNET/PROFINET IO,
OPC UA server and web server, 100 Mbit/s,
2 x connection to bus through RJ45, PROFINET system
redundancy, media redundancy protocol,
4 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection,
monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by expansion
modules,
web server in German/English/Chinese/Russian,
3UF7011-1A.00-0
Rated control supply voltage Us:
1)
The connection cable to the current measuring module must be at least
30 cm.
2)
When using an operator panel with display, the product version must be
E07 or higher (from 08/2012).
10/14
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Basic units
Version
Current setting Width
DT
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3UF7100-1AA00-0
3UF7101-1AA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
3UF7102-1AA00-0
3UF7103-1AA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
3UF7103-1BA00-0
3UF7104-1BA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
3UF7110-1AA00-0
3UF7111-1AA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
3UF7112-1AA00-0
3UF7113-1AA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
3UF7113-1BA00-0
3UF7114-1BA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
3UF7150-1AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
Screw terminals
Article No.
A
mm
0.3 ... 3
2.4 ... 25
45
45
10 ... 100
20 ... 200
55
120
20 ... 200
63 ... 630
120
145
Price
per PU
SIMOCODE pro (continued)
Current measuring modules
• Straight-through
transformers
• Bus connection
3UF7100-1AA00-0
}
}
}
}
}
}
Current/voltage measuring modules
for SIMOCODE pro V
Voltage measuring up to 690 V
If required in connection with a decoupling module
• Straight-through
transformers
3UF7110-1AA00-0
• Bus connection
0.3 ... 3
2.4 ... 25
45
45
10 ... 100
20 ... 200
55
120
20 ... 200
63 ... 630
120
145
}
}
}
}
}
}
Decoupling modules
For connecting upstream from a current/voltage measuring A
module on the system interface when using voltage
detection in insulated, high-resistance or asymmetrically
grounded systems and in single-phase systems
3UF7150-1AA00-0
Operator panels
3UF7200-1AA00-0
• Light gray
}
3UF7200-1AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• Titanium gray
}
3UF7200-1AA01-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7210-1AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
3UF7200-1AA01-0
Operator panel with display
for SIMOCODE pro V
3UF7210-1AA00-0
Installation in control cabinet door or front plate,
for plugging into SIMOCODE pro V and
SIMOCODE pro V PN,
7 LEDs for status indication and user-assignable buttons
for controlling the motor, multilingual display, e.g. for
indication of measured values, status information or
fault messages
Notes:
System manual "SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS", see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/20017780.
System manual "SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET", see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/61896631.
SIMOCODE pro V basic unit in a hardened version via SIPLUS
extreme upon request.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/15
10
Installation in control cabinet door or front plate,
for plugging into all SIMOCODE pro basic units,
10 LEDs for status indication and user-assignable
buttons for controlling the motor
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Expansion modules
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro V
With SIMOCODE pro V, it is possible to expand the type
and number of inputs and outputs in steps. Each expansion
module has two system interfaces on the front. Through the
one system interface the expansion module is connected to
the system interface of the SIMOCODE pro V using a
connection cable; through the second system interface,
further expansion modules or the operator panel can be
connected. The power supply for the expansion modules is
provided by the connection cable through the basic unit.
Note:
Please order connection cable separately, see page 10/19.
Digital modules
Up to two digital modules can be used to add additional
binary inputs and relay outputs to the basic unit. The input
circuits of the digital modules are supplied from an external
power supply.
4 binary inputs and 2 relay outputs,
up to 2 digital modules can be connected
Relay outputs
Input voltage
Monostable
24 V DC
}
3UF7300-1AB00-0
1
1 unit
42J
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7300-1AU00-0
1
1 unit
42J
24 V DC
}
3UF7310-1AB00-0
1
1 unit
42J
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7310-1AU00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7400-1AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7510-1AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7700-1AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
3UF7300-1AU00-0
Bistable
Analog modules
Basic unit can be optionally expanded with analog inputs
and outputs (0/4 ... 20 mA) by means of the analog
module.
10
2 inputs (passive) for input and 1 output for output of
0/4 ... 20 mA signals, max. 1 analog module can be
connected per pro V basic unit and max. 2 analog
modules per pro V PN basic unit
3UF7400-1AA00-0
Ground-fault modules1)
Ground-fault monitoring using 3UL23 residual-current
transformers and ground-fault modules is used in cases
where precise detection of the ground-fault current is
required or power systems with high impedance are
grounded.
With the ground-fault module, it is possible to determine
the precise fault current as a measured value, and to
define freely selectable warning and trip limits in a wide
range from 30 mA ... 40 A.
3UF7510-1AA00-0
1 input for connecting a 3UL23 residual-current transformer, up to 1 ground-fault module can be connected
Note:
For corresponding residual-current transformers,
see page 10/114.
Temperature modules
Independently of the thermistor motor protection of the
basic units, up to 3 analog temperature sensors can be
evaluated using a temperature module.
Sensor types: PT100/PT1000, KTY83/KTY84 or NTC
3 inputs for connecting up to 3 analog temperature
sensors, up to 1 temperature module can be connected
per pro V basic unit and max. 2 temperature modules per
pro V PN basic unit
3UF7700-1AA00-0
1)
Possible with pro V basic unit from product version E10 or
pro V PN basic unit from product version E04,
operator panel with display from product version E07.
10/16
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Expansion modules
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro S
With SIMOCODE pro S, it is possible to expand the type
and number of inputs and outputs. The expansion module
has two system interfaces on the front. Through the one
system interface the expansion module is connected to the
system interface of the SIMOCODE pro S using a connection cable; through the second system interface, the operator panel can be connected. The power supply for the
expansion module is provided by the connection cable
through the basic unit.
Note:
Please order connection cable separately, see page 10/19.
Multifunction modules
The multifunction module is the expansion module of the
SIMOCODE pro S device series with the following
functions:
3UF7600-1AU01-0
• Digital module function with four digital inputs and
two monostable relay outputs
• Ground-fault module function with an input for the connection of a 3UL23 residual-current transformer with freely
selectable warning and trip limits in a wide zone of
30 mA ... 40 A
• Temperature module function with an input for connecting
an analog temperature sensor PT100, PT1000, KTY83,
KTY84, or NTC
Max. 1 multifunction module can be connected per
pro S basic unit
Input voltage of the digital inputs:
}
3UF7600-1AB01-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7600-1AU01-0
1
1 unit
42J
10
• 24 V DC
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/17
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Fail-safe expansion modules
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Fail-safe expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro V
Thanks to the fail-safe expansion modules,
SIMOCODE pro V can be expanded with the function of a
safety relay for the fail-safe disconnection of motors.
A maximum of 1 fail-safe digital module can be connected;
it can be used instead of a digital module.
The fail-safe expansion modules are equipped likewise with
two system interfaces at the front for making the connection
to other system components. Unlike other expansion
modules, power is supplied to the modules through a
separate terminal connection.
Note:
Please order connection cable separately, see page 10/19.
DM-F Local fail-safe digital modules1)
For fail-safe disconnection using a hardware signal
2 relay enabling circuits, joint switching; 2 relay outputs,
common potential disconnected fail-safe; inputs for sensor
circuit, start signal, cascading and feedback circuit, safety
function adjustable using DIP switches
Rated control supply voltage Us:
• 24 V DC
}
3UF7320-1AB00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7320-1AU00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 24 V DC
}
3UF7330-1AB00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7330-1AU00-0
1
1 unit
42J
3UF7320-1AB00-0
DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules1)
For fail-safe disconnection using PROFIBUS/PROFIsafe or
PROFINET/PROFIsafe
2 relay enabling circuits, joint switching; 2 relay outputs,
common potential disconnected fail-safe; 1 input for
feedback circuit; 3 binary standard inputs
Rated control supply voltage Us:
3UF7330-1AB00-0
10
1)
Only possible with SIMOCODE pro V basic unit, product version E07 and
higher (from 05/2011) or SIMOCODE pro V PN basic unit.
Note:
System manual "SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital
Modules", see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852.
10/18
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Connection cables (essential accessory)
Connection cables
In different lengths for connecting basic unit, current
measuring module, current/voltage measuring module,
operator panel or expansion modules or decoupling
module
3UF7932-0AA00-0
Version
Length
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
0.025 m
0.1 m
0.3 m
0.5 m
}
}
}
}
3UF7930-0AA00-0
3UF7931-0AA00-0
3UF7935-0AA00-0
3UF7932-0AA00-0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
42J
42J
Round
Round
Round
0.5 m
1.0 m
2.5 m
}
}
}
3UF7932-0BA00-0
3UF7937-0BA00-0
3UF7933-0BA00-0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
42J
}
3UF7941-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
B
3UF7946-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7900-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7901-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• Light gray
}
3UF7950-0AA00-0
1
5 units
42J
• Titanium gray
A
3RA6936-0B
1
5 units
42F
Addressing plugs
}
3UF7910-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
PC cables and adapters
USB PC cables
For connecting to the USB interface of a PC/PG,
for communication with SIMOCODE pro through the
system interface
3UF7941-0AA00-0
USB-to-serial adapters
To connect an RS 232 PC cable to to the USB interface
of a PC, recommended for use in conjunction with
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Memory modules
This enables transmission to a new system, e.g. when a
device is replaced, without the need for additional aids or
detailed knowledge of the device.
Memory module for SIMOCODE pro C,
SIMOCODE pro S and SIMOCODE pro V
Memory module for SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET
For saving the complete parameterization of a
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET system
Interface covers
Interface covers
For system interface
3UF7950-0AA00-0
Addressing plugs
For assigning the PROFIBUS address without using a
PC/PG to SIMOCODE pro through the system interface
3UF7910-0AA00-0
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/19
10
3UF7900-0AA00-0
For saving the complete parameterization of a
SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro S or
SIMOCODE pro V system
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
}
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3UF7902-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
Accessories for motor control center
With the draw-out technology often used in motor control
centers it is possible to integrate a SIMOCODE pro
initialization module in the switchboard on a permanent
basis. Feeder-related parameter and address data can
then be permanently assigned to this feeder.
Initialization module1)
For automatic parameterization of
SIMOCODE pro S, SIMOCODE pro V and
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET,
for fixed-mounted installation in switchboards
3UF7902-0AA00-0
Y connection cable1)
For use in conjunction with the initialization module;
connects the basic unit, current measuring module or
current/voltage measuring module, and initialization module
System interface length
Open cable end
0.1 m
1.0 m
}
3UF7931-0CA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
0.5 m
1.0 m
}
3UF7932-0CA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
1.0 m
1.0 m
}
3UF7937-0CA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7960-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7920-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7922-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• For pushbuttons of the 3UF720 operator panel
}
3UF7925-0AA00-0
100
400 units
42J
• For pushbuttons of the 3UF721 operator panel
with display
}
3UF7925-0AA01-0
100
600 units
42J
• For LEDs of the 3UF720 operator panel
}
3UF7925-0AA02-0
100 1 200 units
42J
A
3RV2928-0B
Bus connection terminals
Bus connection terminal
For shield support and strain relief of the PROFIBUS cable
on a SIMOCODE pro S
3UF7960-0AA00-0
Door adapters
Door adapters
10
For external connection of the system interface,
e.g. outside a control cabinet
3UF7920-0AA00-0
Adapters for operator panel
Adapters for operator panel
The adapter enables the smaller 3UF7200 operator panel
from SIMOCODE pro to be used in a front panel cutout in
which previously, e.g. after a change of system, a larger
3UF52 operator panel from SIMOCODE-DP had been
used, degree of protection IP54
3UF7922-0AA00-0
Labeling strips
Labeling strips
3UF7925-0AA02-0
Push-in lugs
Push-in lugs for screw fixing
E.g. on mounting plate, 2 units required per device
• Can be used for 3UF71.0, 3UF71.1 and 3UF71.2
3RV2928-0B
1)
100
10 units
41E
• Can be used for 3UF700, 3UF701, 3UF73, 3UF74, 3UF75 B
and 3UF77
3RP1903
1
10 units
41H
• Can be used for 3UF7020, 3UF7600
3ZY1311-0AA00
1
10 units
41L
A
Possible with pro V basic unit, product version E09 (11/2012) and higher, pro S basic unit or pro V PN basic unit.
10/20
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
• Length 100 mm, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0
}
• Length 120 mm, can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0
}
• Length 25 mm, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0
• Length 30 mm, can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RT1956-4EA1
1
1 unit
41B
3RT1966-4EA1
1
1 unit
41B
}
3RT1956-4EA2
1
1 unit
41B
}
3RT1966-4EA2
1
1 unit
41B
}
3RT1956-4EA3
1
1 unit
41B
}
3RT1966-4EA3
1
1 unit
41B
• Up to 70 mm2, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0
}
3RT1955-4G
1
1 unit
41B
• Up to 120 mm2, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0
}
3RT1956-4G
1
1 unit
41B
• Up to 240 mm2, can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0
}
3RT1966-4G
1
1 unit
41B
• 115/230 V AC
C
3UF1900-1KA00
1
1 unit
42J
• 24 V DC
C
3UF1900-1KB00
1
1 unit
42J
Terminal covers
Covers for cable lugs and busbar connections
Covers for box terminals
3RT1956-4EA1
Covers for screw terminals
3RT1956-4EA2
Between contactor and current measuring module or
current/voltage measuring module for direct mounting
• Can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0
• Can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0
Box terminal blocks
Box terminal blocks
For round and ribbon cables
3RT195.-4G
Bus termination modules
Bus termination modules
With separate control supply voltage for bus termination
following the last unit on the bus line
10
Supply voltage:
3UF1900-1KA00
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/21
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Parameterization and service software for SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
• Delivered without PC cable
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
• License key on USB stick, Class A
}
3ZS1322-4CC10-0YA5
1
1 unit
42J
• License key download, Class A
}
3ZS1322-4CE10-0YB5
1
1 unit
42J
• License key on USB stick, Class A
}
3ZS1322-5CC10-0YA5
1
1 unit
42J
• License key download, Class A
}
3ZS1322-5CE10-0YB5
1
1 unit
42J
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2007
A
3ZS1322-5CC10-0YE5
1
1 unit
42J
A
3ZS1322-5CC10-0YD5
1
1 unit
42J
}
3ZS1322-5CC10-0YL5
1
1 unit
42J
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) V12 Basic
Floating License for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through system interface)
3ZS1322-4CC10-0YA5
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) V12 Standard
Floating License for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through system interface
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
3ZS1322-5CC10-0YA5
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
combo license for parallel use of
SIMOCODE ES 2007 and SIMOCODE ES V12,
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through the system interface,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
10
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES V12 Basic
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through system interface,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
Software Update Service
For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,
engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
online functions through system interface,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see page 10/19.
More information, see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
10/22
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
• License key on USB stick, Class A
}
3ZS1322-6CC10-0YA5
1
1 unit
42J
• License key download, Class A
}
3ZS1322-6CE10-0YB5
1
1 unit
42J
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2007
A
3ZS1322-6CC10-0YE5
1
1 unit
42J
A
3ZS1322-6CC10-0YD5
1
1 unit
42J
}
3ZS1322-6CC10-0YL5
1
1 unit
42J
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) V12 Premium
Floating License for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through system interface and PROFIBUS,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
3ZS1322-6CC10-0YA5
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
combo license for parallel use of
SIMOCODE ES 2007 and SIMOCODE ES V12,
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through the system interface and
PROFIBUS,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES V12 Standard
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through system interface and PROFIBUS,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
Software Update Service
10
For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,
engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
online functions through the system interface and
PROFIBUS,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see page 10/19.
More information, see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/23
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
• License key on USB stick, Class A
}
3ZS1312-4CC10-0YA5
1
1 unit
42J
• License key download, Class A
}
3ZS1312-4CE10-0YB5
1
1 unit
42J
• License key on USB stick, Class A
}
3ZS1312-5CC10-0YA5
1
1 unit
42J
• License key download, Class A
}
3ZS1312-5CE10-0YB5
1
1 unit
42J
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2004 and later
A
3ZS1312-5CC10-0YE5
1
1 unit
42J
A
3ZS1312-5CC10-0YD5
1
1 unit
42J
}
3ZS1312-5CC10-0YL5
1
1 unit
42J
SIMOCODE ES 2007 Basic
Floating License for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface
3ZS1312-4CC10-0YA5
SIMOCODE ES 2007 Standard
Floating License for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface,
integrated graphics editor
3ZS1312-5CC10-0YA5
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface,
integrated graphics editor
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES 2007 Basic
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface
integrated graphics editor
Software Update Service1)
10
For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,
engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
communication through system interface,
integrated graphics editor
1)
The Software Update Service for the SIRIUS ES software family
(e.g. SIMOCODE ES 2007) is not automatically transferred to the
TIA Portal software family (e.g. SIMOCODE ES V12).
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see page 10/19.
More information, see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
10/24
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
• License key on USB stick, Class A
}
3ZS1312-6CC10-0YA5
1
1 unit
42J
• License key download, Class A
}
3ZS1312-6CE10-0YB5
1
1 unit
42J
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2004 and later
A
3ZS1312-6CC10-0YE5
1
1 unit
42J
A
3ZS1312-6CC10-0YD5
1
1 unit
42J
}
3ZS1312-6CC10-0YL5
1
1 unit
42J
SIMOCODE ES 2007 Premium
Floating License for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through PROFIBUS/PROFINET or
system interface, integrated graphics editor,
STEP7 Object Manager
3ZS1312-6CC10-0YA5
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through PROFIBUS/PROFINET or
system interface, integrated graphics editor,
STEP7 Object Manager
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES 2007 Standard
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through PROFIBUS/PROFINET or
system interface, integrated graphics editor,
STEP7 Object Manager
Software Update Service1)
For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,
engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
communication through PROFIBUS/PROFINET or
system interface, integrated graphics editor,
STEP7 Object Manager
1)
The Software Update Service for the SIRIUS ES software family
(e.g. SIMOCODE ES 2007) is not automatically transferred to the
TIA Portal software family (e.g. SIMOCODE ES V12).
10
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see page 10/19.
More information, see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/25
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
}
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3ZS1632-1XX02-0YA0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3ZS1632-2XX02-0YB0
1
1 unit
42J
A
3ZS1632-1XX02-0YE0
1
1 unit
42J
SIMOCODE pro block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Version V8
with Advanced Process Library (APL)
Engineering software V8
For one engineering station (single license)
including runtime software for execution of the
AS modules in an automation system
(single license), German/English
Scope of supply:
AS modules and faceplates for integrating
SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7 process control system,
with Advanced Process Library,
for PCS 7 version V8.0 and higher
3ZS1632-1XX02-0YA0
Type of delivery:
Software and documentation on CD,
one license for one engineering station,
one license for one automation system
Runtime license V8
For execution of the AS modules in an
automation system (single license)
Required for using the AS modules of the engineering
software V8 within a plant
Type of delivery:
One license for one automation system,
without software and documentation
Upgrade for PCS 7 block library
SIMOCODE pro, V6.0 or V7
to version SIMOCODE pro V8
For one engineering station (single license)
including runtime software for execution of the
AS modules in an automation system
(single license), German/English
Scope of supply:
AS modules and faceplates for integrating
SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7 process control system,
with Advanced Process Library
for PCS 7 version V8.0 and higher
10
Type of delivery:
Software and documentation on CD,
one license for one engineering station,
one license for one automation system
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see page 10/19.
More information, see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
10/26
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
}
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3UF7982-0AA10-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7982-0AA11-0
1
1 unit
42J
A
3UF7982-0AA13-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7982-0AA20-0
1
1 unit
42J
SIMOCODE pro block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Version 7
Engineering software V7
For one engineering station (single license)
including runtime software for execution of the
AS modules in an automation system
(single license), German/English/French
Scope of supply:
AS modules and faceplates for integrating
SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7 process control system,
for PCS7 version V7.0/V7.1
3UF7982-0AA00-0
Type of delivery:
Software and documentation on CD,
one license for one engineering station,
one license for one automation system
Runtime license V7
For execution of the AS modules in an automation system
(single license)
Required for using the AS modules of the engineering
software V7 or the engineering software migration V7-V8 on
an additional automation system within a plant
Type of delivery:
One license for one automation system,
without software and documentation
Upgrade for PCS 7 block library
SIMOCODE pro, V6.0 or V6.1
to version SIMOCODE pro V7.0/V7.1
For one engineering station (single license)
including runtime software for execution of the
AS modules in an automation system
(single license), German/English/French
Scope of supply:
AS modules and faceplates for integrating
SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7 process control system,
for PCS7 version V7.0 or V7.1
Type of delivery:
Software and documentation on CD,
one license for one engineering station,
one license for one automation system
Engineering software migration V7-V8
10
For upgrading (migrating) an existing engineering software
V7 of the SIMOCODE pro block library for PCS 7
Conditions of use:
Availability of the engineering software V7 (license) of the
SIMOCODE pro block library for PCS 7 for the PCS 7
version V7.0 or V7.1
The engineering software migration V7-V8 can be installed
directly onto a system with PCS 7 version V8;
installation of the previous version is unnecessary.
For one engineering station (single license)
including runtime software for execution of the
AS modules in an automation system
(single license), German/English/French
Scope of supply:
AS modules and faceplates for integrating
SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7 process control system,
for PCS 7 version V8.0 and higher
Type of delivery:
software and documentation on CD,
license for upgrading an existing license
for one engineering station and a
plant's assigned runtime licenses
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see page 10/19.
More information, see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
Programming and Operating Manual SIMOCODE pro Library for
PCS 7, see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/49963525.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/27
© Siemens AG 2015
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
3UF18 current transformers for overload protection
■ Overview
The 3UF18 current transformers are protection transformers and
are used for actuating overload relays. Protection transformers
are designed to ensure proportional current transfer up to a
multiple of the primary rated current. The 3UF18 current transformers convert the maximum current of the corresponding
operating range into the standard value of 1 A secondary.
■ Selection and ordering data
Mounting type
Operating range
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
A
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
For stand-alone installation
Screw fixing and snap-on
mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail according to
IEC 60715
0.25 … 2.51)
1.25 … 12.51)
2.5 … 251)
12.5 … 50
16 … 65
25 … 100
C
C
C
C
C
C
3UF1843-1BA00
3UF1843-2AA00
3UF1843-2BA00
3UF1845-2CA00
3UF1847-2DA00
3UF1848-2EA00
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
42J
42J
42J
42J
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
3UF1850-3AA00
3UF1852-3BA00
3UF1854-3CA00
3UF1856-3DA00
3UF1857-3EA00
3UF1868-3FA00
3UF1868-3GA00
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
42J
42J
42J
42J
42J
DT
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
D
D
B
B
B
B
3TX7446-0A
3TX7466-0A
3TX7506-0A
3TX7536-0A
3TX7686-0A
3TX7696-0A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
2 units
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
D
D
D
C
C
3TX7466-0B
3TX7506-0B
3TX7536-0B
3TX7686-0B
3TX7696-0B
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
3UF1843
For mounting onto contactors and stand-alone installation
Screw fixing
32 … 130
50 … 200
63 … 250
100 … 400
125 … 500
160 … 630
205 … 820
3UF1868
10
1)
The following setting ranges for the protection of EEx e motors are
applicable:
3UF1843-1BA00, 0.25 ... 1.25 A;
3UF1843-2AA00, 1.25 ... 6.3 A;
3UF1843-2BA00, 2.5 ... 12.5 A.
■ Accessories
For contactor type
Price
per PU
Terminal covers
For transformer/contactor combinations and stand-alone
installation for transformer (cover required per connection
side)
3UF1845
3UF1848
3UF1850, 3UF1852
3UF1854 to 3UF1857
3UF1868-3FA00
3UF1868-3GA00
3TX7466-0A
For covering the screw terminal for direct mounting on
contactor (cover required per contactor/transformer
combination)
3UF1848
3UF1850, 3UF1852
3UF1854 to 3UF1857
3UF1868-3FA00
3UF1868-3GA00
10/28
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
LOGO! Logic Modules
General data
■ Overview
SIPLUS LOGO! logic modules
• The control system for use in the toughest ambient conditions
• With extended temperature range from -40/-25 °C to +70 °C
• Use under medial loading (corrosive gas atmosphere)
• Condensation permissible
• With the service-proven PLC technology from LOGO!
• User-friendly handling, programming, maintenance and
service
• Ideal for use in vehicle manufacturing, environmental engineering, mining, chemical plants, conveyor systems, the food
industry, etc.
LOGO! logic modules
LOGO! logic modules
• The compact, user-friendly, and low-cost solution for simple
control tasks
• Compact, user-friendly, can be used universally without
accessories
• All in one: The display and operator panel are integrated
• 36 different functions can be linked at a press of a button or
with PC software; up to 130 times in total
• Functions can be changed simply with the press of a button.
No complicated rewiring
Accessories
• With the front panel assembly kit, mounting the logic modules
is easy and safe also in front panels, with degree of protection
IP65 possible
• To ensure safe operation at a combustion engine battery it may
be necessary to install a SIPLUS upmiter voltage reducer
between the battery and SIPLUS LOGO!
The LOGO! logic module is the user-friendly, low-cost solution
for simple control tasks.
The LOGO! Modular logic modules can be expanded easily for
each application.
LOGO! is universally applicable, e.g.:
• Building installation and wiring (lighting, shutters, awnings,
doors, access control, barriers, ventilation systems, etc.)
• Control cabinet installation
• Machine and device construction (pumps, small presses,
compressors, hydraulic lifts, conveyors, etc.)
• Special controls for conservatories and greenhouses
• Signal preprocessing for other controllers
Marine approvals
American Bureau of Shipping, Bureau Veritas, Det Norske
Veritas, Germanischer Lloyd, Lloyds Register of Shipping,
Polski Rejestr Statków etc.
■ More information
More information about LOGO!, see Catalog ST 70
"Products for Totally Integrated Automation" or
www.siemens.com/simatic/printmaterial.
More information about SIPLUS LOGO!,
see www.siemens.com/siplus-extreme.
Brochures
Information material for downloading, see
www.siemens.com/simatic/printmaterial.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/29
10
■ Application
© Siemens AG 2015
LOGO! Logic Modules
LOGO! Modular basic versions
■ Overview
• The space-saving basic versions
• Interface for connecting expansion modules, max. 24 digital
inputs, 16 digital outputs, 8 analog inputs and 2 analog
outputs can be addressed
• With connection option for LOGO! TD text display (can be connected to all LOGO! 0BA6 basic versions)
LOGO! -0BA7 versions
• Ethernet interface for communication with SIMATIC controller,
SIMATIC panel and PC
• Networking of up to 8 LOGO! units
• Use of standard SD card or SIMATIC memory card
LOGO! Modular basic versions
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
LOGO! Modular basic versions (-0BA6)
LOGO! logic modules 24C
A
6ED1052-1CC01-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-1MD00-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-1HB00-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-1FB00-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-1MD00-0BA7
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-1FB00-0BA7
1
1 unit
200
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V DC, of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A,
with integrated time switch;
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
10
LOGO! logic modules 12/24RC
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 12/24 V DC, of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
LOGO! logic modules 24RC
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
LOGO! logic modules 230RC
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
LOGO! Modular basic versions (-0BA7)
LOGO! logic modules 12/24RCE
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 12/24 V DC, of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
400 function blocks can be combined,
Ethernet interface,
modular expandability
LOGO! logic modules 230RCE
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
400 function blocks can be combined,
Ethernet interface,
modular expandability
For accessories, see page 10/39.
10/30
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
LOGO! Logic Modules
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular basic versions
■ Overview
• The space-saving basic versions
• Interface for connecting expansion modules, max. 24 digital
inputs, 16 digital outputs, 8 analog inputs and 2 analog
outputs can be addressed
• With connection option for LOGO! TD text display (can be connected to all LOGO! 0BA6 basic versions)
SIPLUS LOGO! -2BA7 versions
• Ethernet interface for communication with SIMATIC controller,
SIMATIC panel and PC
• Networking of up to 8 LOGO! units
• Use of standard SD card or SIMATIC memory card
Note:
SIPLUS extreme products are based upon Siemens Industry
standard products. The content listed here was taken over from
the relevant standard products. Information specific to
SIPLUS extreme has been added.
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular basic versions
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular basic versions (-2BA6) –
extended temperature range and medial loading
D
6AG1052-1CC01-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
D
6AG1052-1MD00-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
D
6AG1052-1HB00-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
D
6AG1052-1FB00-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! 12/24RCE
D
6AG1052-1MD00-2BA7
1
1 unit
470
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 12/24 V DC, of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V)
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
400 function blocks can be combined,
Ethernet interface,
modular expandability
SIPLUS LOGO! 230RCE
D
6AG1052-1FB00-2BA7
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! 24C
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V DC, of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A,
with integrated time switch;
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
SIPLUS LOGO! 12/24RC
SIPLUS LOGO! 24RC
10
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 12/24 V DC, of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
SIPLUS LOGO! 230RC
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular basic versions (-2BA7) –
extended temperature range and medial loading
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC, 4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch;
400 function blocks can be combined,
Ethernet interface,
modular expandability
For accessories, see page 10/39.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/31
© Siemens AG 2015
LOGO! Logic Modules
LOGO! Modular pure versions
■ Overview
• The cost-optimized basic versions
• Interface for connecting expansion modules, max. 24 digital
inputs, 16 digital outputs, 8 analog inputs and 2 analog
outputs can be addressed
• With connection option for LOGO! TD text display (can be connected to all LOGO! 0BA6 basic versions)
LOGO! Modular pure versions
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
LOGO! Modular pure versions
LOGO! logic modules 24Co
A
6ED1052-2CC01-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-2MD00-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-2HB00-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-2FB00-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V DC,
of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A;
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
10
LOGO! logic modules 12/24RCo
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 12/24 V DC,
of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
LOGO! logic modules 24RCo
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
LOGO! logic modules 230RCo
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
For accessories, see page 10/39.
10/32
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
LOGO! Logic Modules
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular pure versions
■ Overview
• The cost-optimized basic versions
• Interface for connecting expansion modules, max. 24 digital
inputs, 16 digital outputs, 8 analog inputs and 2 analog
outputs can be addressed
• With connection option for LOGO! TD text display (can be connected to all LOGO! 0BA6 basic versions)
Note:
SIPLUS extreme products are based upon Siemens Industry
standard products. The content listed here was taken over from
the relevant standard products. Information specific to
SIPLUS extreme has been added.
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular pure versions
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular pure versions –
extended temperature range and medial loading
SIPLUS LOGO! 24Co
D
6AG1052-2CC01-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
D
6AG1052-2MD00-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
D
6AG1052-2HB00-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
D
6AG1052-2FB00-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V DC,
of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A;
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
SIPLUS LOGO! 12/24RCo
SIPLUS LOGO! 24RCo
10
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 12/24 V DC,
of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
SIPLUS LOGO! 230RCo
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
For accessories, see page 10/39.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/33
© Siemens AG 2015
LOGO! Logic Modules
LOGO! Modular expansion modules
■ Overview
• Expansion modules for connection to LOGO! Modular
• With digital inputs and outputs, analog inputs or analog outputs
LOGO! Modular expansion modules
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
LOGO! Modular expansion modules
LOGO! DM8 24
A
6ED1055-1CB00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1CB10-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1MB00-0BA1
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1HB00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1NB10-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1FB00-0BA1
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1FB10-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1MA00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1MD00-0BA1
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1MM00-0BA1
1
1 unit
200
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
4 digital inputs 24 V DC,
4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A
LOGO! DM16 24
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V DC,
8 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A
10
LOGO! DM8 12/24R
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
4 digital inputs 12/24 V DC,
4 relay outputs 5 A
LOGO! DM8 24R
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC,
4 digital inputs 24 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 5 A
LOGO! DM16 24R
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V DC,
8 relay outputs 5 A
LOGO! DM8 230R
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 5 A
LOGO! DM16 230R
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 relay outputs 5 A
LOGO! AM2
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
2 analog inputs 0 ... 10 V or 0 ... 20 mA,
10 bit resolution
LOGO! AM2 PT 100
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
2 analog inputs PT100,
temperature range -50 °C ... 200 °C
LOGO! AM2 AQ
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
2 analog outputs 0 ... 10 V,
0/4 ... 20 mA
For accessories, see page 10/39.
10/34
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
LOGO! Logic Modules
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular expansion modules
■ Overview
• Expansion modules for connection to LOGO! Modular
• With digital inputs and outputs, analog inputs or analog outputs
Note:
SIPLUS extreme products are based upon Siemens Industry
standard products. The content listed here was taken over from
the relevant standard products. Information specific to
SIPLUS extreme has been added.
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular expansion modules
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular expansion modules –
extended temperature range and medial loading
D
6AG1055-1CB00-2BY0
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! DM8 12/24
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
4 digital inputs 12/24 V DC
4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A,
temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
D
6AG1055-1PB00-2BY0
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! DM8 24R
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC,
4 digital inputs 24 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 5 A,
temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
D
6AG1055-1HB00-2BY0
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! DM8 12/24R
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
4 digital inputs 12/24 V DC,
4 relay outputs 5 A,
temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
D
6AG1055-1MB00-2BY1
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! DM8 230R
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 5 A,
temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
D
6AG1055-1FB00-2BY1
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! AM2
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
2 analog inputs 0 ... 10 V or 0 ... 20 mA,
10 bit resolution,
temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
D
6AG1055-1MA00-2BY0
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! AM2 AQ
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
2 analog inputs 0 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA,
10 bit resolution,
temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
D
6AG1055-1MM00-2BY1
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! DM16 24R
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
8 digital outputs 24 V DC,
8 relay outputs 5 A,
temperature range -25 ... +70 °C
D
6AG1055-1NB10-2BA0
1
1 unit
470
10
SIPLUS LOGO! DM8 24
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
4 digital inputs 24 V DC,
4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A,
temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
For accessories, see page 10/39.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/35
© Siemens AG 2015
LOGO! Logic Modules
LOGO! CM EIB/KNX communication modules
■ Overview
• Expansion module for the LOGO! basic versions
• For communication between the LOGO! master and external
EIB components via EIB
LOGO! CM EIB/KNX communication modules
■ Application
The CM EIB/KNX communication module allows communication
between the LOGO! master and external EIB units via EIB.
This module can be used to integrate LOGO! in an EIB system.
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
1 unit
470
LOGO! communication module CM EIB KNX
For connection to EIB, control supply voltage 24 V DC
C
6BK1700-0BA00-0AA2
10
For accessories, see page 10/39.
10/36
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
LOGO! Logic Modules
LOGO! CSM unmanaged
■ Overview
The module is used for the connection of a LOGO! and up to
three additional nodes to an Industrial Ethernet network with
10/100 Mbit/s in an electrical line, tree or star structure.
Key features of the LOGO! CSM are:
• Unmanaged 4-port switch, of which one port on the front side
is for simple diagnostics access
• Two versions for the voltage ranges 12/24 V DC or
230 V AC/DC
• It is easy to connect via four RJ45 standard plug-in
connections
• Space-saving, optimized for connection to LOGO!
• Economical solution for creating small, local Ethernet networks
• Stand-alone use for networking any number of Ethernet
devices
LOGO! CSM unmanaged
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
LOGO! CSM compact switch module
Unmanaged switch for connection to a LOGO! (0BA7) and
up to three additional nodes in the Industrial Ethernet
with 10/100 Mbit/s; 4 x RJ45 ports; LED diagnostics, LOGO! module
LOGO! CSM 12/24
External 12 V DC or 24 V DC power supply
A
6GK7177-1MA10-0AA0
1
1 unit
5P1
LOGO! CSM 230
External 115 ... 240 V AC power supply
A
6GK7177-1FA10-0AA0
1
1 unit
5P1
For accessories, see page 10/39.
■ More information
10
Selection Tools
To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as
well as in the configuration of modular variants, the SIMATIC NET
Selection Tool and the TIA Selection Tool are available.
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool, see
• Online version:
www.siemens.com/snst
• Offline version:
www.siemens.com/snst-download
TIA Selection Tool, see
www.siemens.com/tia-selection-tool
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/37
© Siemens AG 2015
LOGO! Logic Modules
AS-Interface connections for LOGO!
■ Overview
Every LOGO! can be connected to the AS-Interface system
Using the AS-Interface connection for LOGO!, an intelligent
slave can be integrated in the AS-Interface system. With the
modular interface it becomes possible to integrate the different
basic units in the system according to their functionality. Similarly, functionalities can be quickly and easily adapted to new
requirements by exchanging the basic unit.
The interface module provides four inputs and four outputs on
the system. These I/Os do not actually exist in hardware terms,
however, but are only virtually present through the interface on
the bus.
AS-Interface connection for LOGO!
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
1 unit
42C
AS-Interface connections for LOGO!
Four virtual digital inputs,
four virtual digital outputs
A
3RK1400-0CE10-0AA2
10
For accessories, see page 10/39.
10/38
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
LOGO! Logic Modules
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Article No.
A
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
6ED1055-4MH00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
D
6AG1055-4MH00-2BA0
1
1 unit
470
D
6AG1053-1AA00-2AA0
1
1 unit
470
LOGO! memory cards
Program module for copying, with know-how protection
A
6ED1056-1DA00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
LOGO! battery cards
Battery modules for buffering the integrated real-time clock (not LOGO! 24)
A
6ED1056-6XA00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
LOGO! memory/battery cards
Combined program and battery modules, with know-how protection and buffering
of the integrated real-time clock (not LOGO! 24)
A
6ED1056-7DA00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
LOGO! PROM
Programming units for simultaneous duplication of program module contents on
up to 8 program modules
D
6AG1057-1AA01-0BA6
1
1 unit
470
LOGO! PC cables
For transferring programs between LOGO! and PC
A
6ED1057-1AA00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
LOGO! USB PC cables
For transferring programs between LOGO! and the PC, incl. drivers on CD-ROM
A
6ED1057-1AA01-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
LOGO! modem cables
Adapter cable for analog modem communication
A
6ED1057-1CA00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
C
D
C
D
6AG1057-1AA00-0AA0
6AG1057-1AA00-0AA3
6AG1057-1AA00-0AA1
6AG1057-1AA00-0AA2
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
470
470
470
470
LOGO! starter kits 12/24 V
Language-neutral with LOGO! 12/24RC (-0BA6)
A
6ED1057-3BA00-0AA6
1
1 unit
2SP
LOGO! starter kits 230 V
Language-neutral with LOGO! 230RC (-0BA6)
A
6ED1057-3BA02-0AA6
1
1 unit
2SP
LOGO! TD starter kits
Language-neutral with LOGO! 12/24RCo (-0BA6) and LOGO! TD
A
6ED1057-3BA10-0AA6
1
1 unit
2SP
LOGO! starter kits 12/24 V
Language-neutral with LOGO! 12/24RCE (-0BA7) + LOGO! Power 24 V, 1.3 A
A
6ED1057-3BA00-0AA7
1
1 unit
2SP
LOGO! starter kits 230 V
Language-neutral with LOGO! 230RCE (-0BA7)
A
6ED1057-3BA02-0AA7
1
1 unit
2SP
A
A
A
A
A
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
5K1
5K1
5K1
5K1
5K1
A
6GK1901-1FC00-0AA0
1
1 unit
5K1
LOGO! TD text displays
LOGO! TD text displays
4-line text display, for connection to all LOGO!-0BA6 basic and pure versions,
incl. connection cable
SIPLUS LOGO! TD text displays
SIPLUS LOGO! TD text displays
(extended temperature range -10 ... +60 °C and medial loading)
4-line text display, for connection to all LOGO! basic and pure versions
-0BA6 and higher, incl. connection cable
SIPLUS voltage reducers
SIPLUS Upmiter voltage reducers
For safe operation at combustion engine batteries
LOGO! cards (only -0BA6)
LOGO! cables
Front panel assembly kits
Front panel assembly kits
• Width: 4 MW
• Width: 4 MW, with pushbuttons
• Width: 8 MW
• Width: 8 MW, with pushbuttons
LOGO! starter kits (-0BA7)
In TANOS box, with Ethernet cable, LOGO!, LOGO!Soft Comfort V7, WinCC Basic V11
SIMATIC NET cables
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
TP cable 4 x 2 with 2 RJ45 connectors
• 0.5 m
•1m
•2m
•6m
• 10 m
IE FC Outlet RJ45
For connection of industrial Ethernet FC cables and TP cords;
scaled pricing from 10 and 50 units
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/39
10
LOGO! starter kits (-0BA6)
In TANOS box, with USB cable, LOGO!, LOGO!Soft Comfort V6
© Siemens AG 2015
LOGO! Logic Modules
LOGO!Contact
■ Overview
Switching module for switching resistive loads and motors
directly
LOGO!Contact
■ Application
LOGO!Contact is a switching module for direct switching of
resistive loads (up to 20 A) and motors (up to 4 kW).
LOGO!Contact operates hum-free without noise pollution.
LOGO!Contact is universally applicable:
• Buildings/electrical installations
• Industry and commerce
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
LOGO!Contact
Switching module for direct switching of resistive loads up to 20 A
and motors up to 4 kW
10
Switching voltage:
• 24 V
A
6ED1057-4CA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
200
• 230 V
A
6ED1057-4EA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
200
For accessories, see page 10/39.
10/40
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
LOGO! Logic Modules
LOGO! Software
■ Overview
The connection between LOGO! and the PC is made with the
LOGO! PC cable (serial interface) or the LOGO! USB PC cable
(USB interface).
With LOGO! -0BA7 the connection is made via the integrated
Ethernet interface.
Minimum system requirements
Windows 98 SE, NT 4.0, ME, 2000, XP (32 bit), Vista
or 7 (32/64 bit)
• Pentium PC
• 90 Mbyte free on hard disk
• 64 Mbyte RAM
• SVGA graphics card with minimum resolution of
800x600 (256 colors)
LOGO!Soft Comfort
• The user-friendly software for switching program generation on
the PC
• Switching program generation for function diagrams (FBD)
or contact diagrams (LAD)
• Additional testing, simulation, online testing and archiving of
the switching programs
• Professional documentation with the help of various comment
and print functions
Mac OS X
• Mac OS X 10.4 with J2SE 1.5.0
• Mac OS X 10.5 with J2SE 1.6.0
• PowerMac G3, G4, G4 Cube, iMac, PowerBook G3, G4 or
iBook
Linux
• Tested with SUSE Linux 10 SP2, Kernel 2.6.16
• Runs on all Linux releases on which Java 2 SDK
Version 1.3.1 runs
• For hardware requirements please consult your Linux release.
■ Application
LOGO!Soft Comfort is the multilingual software for switching
program generation with LOGO! on the PC. LOGO!Soft Comfort
can be used to program all devices of the LOGO! family.
■ Selection and ordering data
DT
Article No.
A
A
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
6ED1058-0BA02-0YA1
1
1 unit
200
6ED1058-0CA02-0YE1
1
1 unit
200
10
Version
LOGO!Soft Comfort
LOGO!Soft Comfort V7.0
For programming on the PC in LAD/FBD;
runs on Windows 7 (32/64 bit), VISTA, XP, NT 4.0, 2000, 98SE,
Linux and Mac OSX;
on CD-ROM
LOGO!Soft Comfort V 7.0 Upgrade
Upgrade from V1.0 to V7.0
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/41
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
General data
■ Overview
■ Application
Timing relays with ON-delay
• Interference pulse suppression (gating of interference pulses)
• Gradual startup of motors so as not to overload the power
supply
Timing relays with OFF-delay
• Generation of overtravel functions following removal of voltage
• Gradual, delayed shutdown, e.g. of motors or fans, to allow a
plant to be shut down selectively
Wye-delta timing relay
• Switchover of motors from wye to delta with a dead interval of
50 ms to prevent phase-to-phase short circuits
Multifunctional timing relays
• Maximum flexibility, with a device for every application
• Available with relay and semiconductor output
7PV15, SIRIUS 3RP25 and SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays
Electronic timing relays are used in control, starting, and protective circuits for all switching operations involving time delays.
Their fully developed concept and space-saving, compact
design make the SIRIUS 3RP timing relays ideal modules for
control cabinet, switchgear and control manufacturers in the
industry.
With their narrow design, the 7PV15 timing relays are ideal in
particular for use in heating, ventilation and air-conditioning
systems and in compressors. All 7PV15 timing relays in this
enclosure version are suitable for snap-on mounting onto TH 35
standard mounting rails according to IEC 60175. The enclosure
complies with DIN 43880.
10
■ Benefits
• Clear-cut basic range with five basic units in the case of the
7PV15 timing relays, and seven basic units in the case of the
3RP timing relays
• Logistic advantages provided by versions with wide voltage
range and wire setting range
• No tools required for assembly or disassembly on standard
mounting rails
• Cadmium-free relay contacts
• Recyclable, halogen-free enclosure
• Optimum price/performance ratio
• Versions with logical separation
• Low variance: One design for distribution boards and for
control cabinets
• Compliance with EMC requirements for buildings
• Environmentally friendly laser inscription instead of printing
containing solvents
• Timing relays suitable for the 3RT miniature contactors allow
smaller tier spacing
• Versions with screw terminals or alternatively with spring-type
terminals
10/42
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
■ Overview
Accessories
LED for indicating
"Timing relay
connected to voltage"
Cover caps inscribed
on inside
IC01_00291
LED for indicating
"Relay switched"
Time setting range
selector switch
Operating time
adjustment switch
Data matrix code
Function selector
switch
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays
Electronic timing relays for general use in control systems and
mechanical engineering with:
• 1 or 2 CO, 1 NO (semiconductor) or 3 NO
• Monofunction or multifunction
• Combination voltage
• Wide voltage range
• Single or selectable time setting ranges
• Switch position indication and voltage indication by LED
Push-in lugs for wall mounting
Standards
Sealable cover 17.5 mm
10
The timing relays comply with:
• IEC 60721-3-3 "Classification of environmental conditions"
• IEC 61812-1/DIN VDE 0435 Part 2021 "Specified time relays
for industrial use"
• IEC 61000-6-2, IEC 61000-6-3 and IEC 61000-6-4
"Electromagnetic compatibility"
• IEC 60947-5-1 "Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear –
Electromechanical control circuit devices"
3RP2505 multifunctional timing relays
The functions of the 3RP2505 multifunctional timing relays can be
set by means of the function selector switch. Whether both CO
contacts are switched in parallel or one CO contact with a delay
and one instantaneously and the choice of time setting range are
set by means of the time setting range selector switch. The exact
operating time can be adjusted with the operating time switch.
With a set of foil labels the timing relay can be legibly marked
with the functions which can be selected on the timing relay.
This is supplied together with the multifunctional timing relay.
The same potential must be applied to terminals A. and B.
Functions, see the overview of functions on page 10/44.
Sealable cover 22.5 mm
Note:
The activation of loads parallel to the start input is permissible
when using AC/DC control voltage (see diagram).
L1
S1
A1
K2
A2
B1
K1
N
IC01_00297
Diagram
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/43
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
IC01_00353
Two setting options for implementing the multifunctions (A-M):
1 Determination of 13 functions by the setting A to M,
with 1 CO, 1 NO, 2 CO that switch in parallel.
2 Extended function variance by selecting the time range and determining,
whether 2 CO switch in parallel or
whether 1 CO switches with delay + 1 CO switches immediately (1 CO + 1 CO)
2
1
Setting the functions on the device
Overview of functions of the 3RP2505 multifunctional timing relay
10
Identification letter
13 functions
27 functions
1 CO, 1 NO (semiconductor) or
2 CO switched in parallel
13 functions (A - M) 2 CO switched in parallel +
13 functions (A - M) 1 CO delayed + 1 CO instantaneous
(1 CO + 1 CO) and wye-delta function
A
ON-delay
ON-delay and instantaneous contact
B
OFF-delay with control signal
OFF-delay with control signal and instantaneous contact
C
ON-delay/OFF-delay with control signal
ON-delay/OFF-delay with control signal and instantaneous contact
D
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with interval
E
Passing make contact, interval relay
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with interval and instantaneous
contact
Passing make contact, interval relay and instantaneous contact
F
Retriggerable interval relay with deactivated control signal
(passing break contact with control signal)
G
H
Passing make contact, with control signal, not retriggerable
(pulse-forming with control signal)
Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF with control signal
I
Additive ON-delay with control signal
J
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with pulse
K
L
M
--
10/44
Retriggerable interval relay with deactivated control signal
(passing break contact with control signal) and instantaneous
contact
Passing make contact, with control signal, not retriggerable
(pulse-forming with control signal) and instantaneous contact
Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF with control signal and
instantaneous contact
Additive ON-delay with control signal and instantaneous contact
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with pulse and instantaneous
contact
Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse (at 1 s) and settable pulse delay)
Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse (at 1 s) and settable pulse delay)
and instantaneous contact
Pulse-delayed with control signal (fixed pulse (at 1 s) and settable Pulse-delayed with control signal (fixed pulse (at 1 s) and settable
pulse delay)
pulse delay) and instantaneous contact
Retriggerable interval relay with activated control signal (watchdog) Retriggerable interval relay with activated control signal and
instantaneous contact (watchdog)
-Wye-delta function
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
Conversion list
The conversion table below lists the current 3RP25 article numbers with the former 3RP15 article numbers.
3RP1505
3RP1505-1AA40
3RP1505-1AP30
3RP1505-2AP30
3RP1505-1AQ30
3RP1505-2AQ30
3RP1505-1AW30
3RP1505-2AW30
3RP1505-1BP30
3RP1505-2BP30
3RP1505-1BQ30
3RP1505-2BQ30
3RP1505-1BW30
3RP1505-2BW30
3RP1505-1BT20
3RP1505-1RW30
3RP1505-2RW30
3RP1511
3RP1511-1AP30
3RP1511-2AP30
3RP1511-1AQ30
3RP1511-2AQ30
3RP1512
3RP1512-1AP30
3RP1512-2AP30
3RP1512-1AQ30
3RP1512-2AQ30
3RP1513
3RP1513-1AP30
3RP1513-2AP30
3RP1513-1AQ30
3RP1513-2AQ30
3RP1525
3RP1525-1AP30
3RP1525-2AP30
3RP1525-1AQ30
3RP1525-2AQ30
3RP1525-1BP30
3RP1525-2BP30
3RP1525-1BQ30
3RP1525-2BQ30
3RP1525-1BR30
3RP1525-2BR30
3RP1525-1BW30
3RP1525-2BW30
3RP1527
3RP1527-1EC30
3RP1527-2EC30
3RP1527-1EM30
3RP1527-2EM30
3RP1531
3RP1531-1AP30
3RP1531-2AP30
3RP1531-1AQ30
3RP1531-2AQ30
1)
Article number
3RP25
3RP2505-1AW30
3RP2505-1AB301), 3RP2505-1AW30
3RP2505-2AB301), 3RP2505-2AW30
3RP2505-1AB301), 3RP2505-1AW30
3RP2505-2AB301), 3RP2505-2AW30
3RP2505-1AW30
3RP2505-2AW30
3RP2505-1BB301), 3RP2505-1BW30
3RP2505-2BB301), 3RP2505-2BW30
3RP2505-1BB301), 3RP2505-1BW30
3RP2505-2BB301), 3RP2505-2BW30
3RP2505-1BW30
3RP2505-2BW30
3RP2505-1BT20
On request
On request
3RP2511-1AW30
3RP2511-2AW30
3RP2511-1AW30
3RP2511-2AW30
3RP2512-1AW30
3RP2512-2AW30
3RP2512-1AW30
3RP2512-2AW30
3RP2513-1AW30
3RP2513-2AW30
3RP2513-1AW30
3RP2513-2AW30
3RP2525-1AW30
3RP2525-2AW30
3RP2525-1AW30
3RP2525-2AW30
3RP2525-1BB301), 3RP2525-1BW30
3RP2525-2BB301), 3RP2525-2BW30
3RP2525-1BB301), 3RP2525-1BW30
3RP2525-2BB301), 3RP2525-2BW30
3RP2525-1BW30
3RP2525-2BW30
3RP2525-1BW30
3RP2525-2BW30
3RP2527-1EW30
3RP2527-2EW30
3RP2527-1EW30
3RP2527-2EW30
3RP2535-1AW30
3RP2535-2AW30
3RP2535-1AW30
3RP2535-2AW30
Article number
3RP15
3RP1532
3RP1532-1AP30
3RP1532-2AP30
3RP1532-1AQ30
3RP1532-2AQ30
3RP1533
3RP1533-1AP30
3RP1533-2AP30
3RP1533-1AQ30
3RP1533-2AQ30
3RP1540
3RP1540-1AB31
3RP1540-2AB31
3RP1540-1AJ31
3RP1540-2AJ31
3RP1540-1AN31
3RP1540-2AN31
3RP1540-1AW31
3RP1540-2AW31
3RP1540-1BB31
3RP1540-2BB31
3RP1540-1BJ31
3RP1540-2BJ31
3RP1540-1BN31
3RP1540-2BN31
3RP1540-1BW31
3RP1540-2BW31
3RP1555
3RP1555-1AR30
3RP1555-2AR30
3RP1555-1AP30
3RP1555-2AP30
3RP1555-1AQ30
3RP1555-2AQ30
3RP1560
3RP1560-1SP30
3RP1560-2SP30
3RP1560-1SQ30
3RP1560-2SQ30
3RP1574
3RP1574-1NP30
3RP1574-2NP30
3RP1574-1NQ30
3RP1574-2NQ30
3RP1574-1NM20
3RP1574-2NM20
3RP1576
3RP1576-1NP30
3RP1576-2NP30
3RP1576-1NQ30
3RP1576-2NQ30
3RP1576-1NM20
3RP1576-2NM20
Article number
3RP25
3RP2535-1AW30
3RP2535-2AW30
3RP2535-1AW30
3RP2535-2AW30
3RP2535-1AW30
3RP2535-2AW30
3RP2535-1AW30
3RP2535-2AW30
3RP2540-1AB30
3RP2540-2AB30
3RP2540-1AW30
3RP2540-2AW30
3RP2540-1AW30
3RP2540-2AW30
3RP2540-1AW30
3RP2540-2AW30
3RP2540-1BB30
3RP2540-2BB30
3RP2540-1BW30
3RP2540-2BW30
3RP2540-1BW30
3RP2540-2BW30
3RP2540-1BW30
3RP2540-2BW30
3RP2555-1AW30
3RP2555-2AW30
3RP2555-1AW30
3RP2555-2AW30
3RP2555-1AW30
3RP2555-2AW30
10
Article number
3RP15
3RP2560-1SW30
3RP2560-2SW30
3RP2560-1SW30
3RP2560-2SW30
3RP2574-1NW30
3RP2574-2NW30
3RP2574-1NW30
3RP2574-2NW30
3RP2574-1NM20
3RP2574-2NM20
3RP2576-1NW30
3RP2576-2NW30
3RP2576-1NW30
3RP2576-2NW30
3RP2576-1NM20
3RP2576-2NM20
Only 24 V AC/DC.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/45
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 5th
@@@@@
Timing relays in industrial enclosure 17.5 mm
and 22.5 mm
6th 7th
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@
W
3
0
3 R P 25
Functions/time setting ranges
@
Connection type
@
Contacts
Rated control supply voltage
Example
3 R P 25
0
5
–
1
A
0
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
• Easy stock keeping and logistics thanks to low variance of
devices
• Reduced space requirement in the control cabinet thanks to
variants in width 17.5 mm and 22 mm
• Consistent for all functions thanks to wide voltage range from
12 to 240 V AC/DC
■ Application
Timing relays are used in control, starting, and protective circuits
for all switching operations involving time delays. They guarantee a high level of functionality and a high repeat accuracy of
timer settings.
Enclosure version
10
All timing relays are suitable for snap-on mounting onto TH 35
standard mounting rails according to IEC 60715 or for screw
fixing.
10/46
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
• Up to 27 functions according to IEC 61812 in the multifunctional timing relay with wide voltage range
• Multifunctional timing relay with semiconductor output for high
switching frequencies, bounce-free and wear-free switching
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RP2505-.A,
3RP2505-.C,
3RP251.,
3RP2525-.A,
3RP2527,
3RP253.,
3RP255.
3RP2505-.B,
3RP2525-.B,
3RP254.,
3RP256.,
3RP257.
mm
17.5
22.5
Height
mm
100
100
mm
90
90
D
Depth
H
Width
W
Type
Insulation voltage
for overvoltage category III
according to IEC 60664
for pollution degree 3, rated value
Ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
3RP25..
-.AB
-.AW
-.BB
-.BT
-.BW
-.CW
-.EW
-.NM
-.NW
-.SW
V AC
300
300
300
500
300
300
--
500
300
300
°C
°C
-25 ... +60
-40 ... +80
--
0.85 ... 1.1
--
0.85 ... 1.1
Operating range factor
of the control supply voltage,
rated value
• At AC
- At 50 Hz
- At 60 Hz
• At DC
0.85 ... 1.1
0.85 ... 1.1
0.85 ... 1.1
0.01 ... 3 0.01 ... 3 0.01 ... 3 0.01 ... 3 0.01 ... 3 0.01 ... 1
0.01 ... 0.6 0.01 ... 3
0.01 ... 3
0.01 ... 3
A
A
A
3
3
--
3
3
--
3
3
--
3
3
3
3
3
--
1
1
--
----
3
3
3
3
3
--
3
3
--
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
1
0.2
0.1
1
0.2
0.1
1
0.2
0.1
1
0.2
0.1
1
1
1
----
1
0.2
0.1
1
0.2
0.1
1
0.2
0.1
Uninterrupted thermal current Ith
A
5
5
5
5
5
1
0.6
5
5
5
Mechanical endurance
(Operat- 10 x 106
ing
cycles)
Typical
Electrical endurance
for AC-15 at 230 V, typical
(Operat- 1 x 105
ing
cycles)
Operational current of the
auxiliary contacts
• At AC-15
- At 24 V
- At 250 V
- At 400 V
• At DC-13
- At 24 V
- At 125 V
- At 250 V
Type
10
A
Switching capacity current
with inductive load
3RP25
Screw terminals
Connection type
M3
• Design of thread of connection
screw
• Solid
mm2
1 x (0.5 ... 4)/2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
1 x (0.5 ... 4)/2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
• Solid for AWG cables
AWG
1 x (20 ... 12), 2 x (20 ... 14)
• Stranded for AWG cables
AWG
1 x (20 ... 12), 2 x (20 ... 14)
• Tightening torque
Nm
0.6 … 0.8
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
• Solid
mm2
1 x (0.5 ... 4)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
• AWG cables, solid
AWG
1 x (20 ... 12)
• AWG cables, stranded
AWG
--
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/47
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
Internal circuit diagrams 3RP25
Multifunction 3RP2505-.A, 13 functions, 1 CO
IC01_00296
A2
16 18
A2
15
A1
16 18
A2
16 18
IC01_00300
16 18
15
~
A2
A1 B1
15
A1 B1
IC01_00299
15
IC01_00298
A1
3RP2505-.A (A)
3RP2505-.A (B)
3RP2505-.A (C)
3RP2505-.A (D)
ON-delay
OFF-delay with control signal
ON-delay/OFF-delay with
control signal
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
interval
A2
16 18
A2
A1 B1
15
16 18
A2
15
16 18
IC01_00304
16 18
A1 B1
IC01_00302
A2
IC01_00301
15
IC01_00303
15
A1 B1
A1
3RP2505-.A (E)
3RP2505-.A (F)
3RP2505-.A (G)
3RP2505-.A (H)
Passing make contact, interval relay
Retriggerable interval relay with
deactivated control signal (passing
break contact with control signal)
Passing make contact with control
signal, not retriggerable (pulseforming with control signal)
Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF
with control signal
A2
16 18
A1
15
A2
16 18
A1 B1
A2
15
16 18
IC01_00303
~
15
IC01_00301
16 18
A1
IC01_00305
A2
15
IC01_00304
A1 B1
3RP2505-.A (J)
3RP2505-.A (K)
3RP2505-.A (L)
Additive ON-delay with control signal
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
pulse
Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse (at 1 s)
and settable pulse delay)
Pulse-delayed with control signal
(fixed pulse (at 1 s) and settable pulse
delay)
10
3RP2505-.A (I)
15
16 18
A2
IC01_00303
A1 B1
3RP2505-.A (M)
Retriggerable interval relay with
activated control signal (watchdog)
10/48
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
18
17
A2
18
A1
17
A2
18
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
interval
A1
17
A2
18
A1 B1
17
A2
18
A1 B1
17
A2
18
A1 B1
17
A2
18
IC01_00363
3RP2505-.C (D)
ON-delay/OFF-delay with
control signal
IC01_00362
3RP2505-.C (C)
OFF-delay with control signal
IC01_00361
3RP2505-.C (B)
ON-delay
IC01_00360
3RP2505-.C (A)
Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF
with control signal
17
A2
18
A1
17
A2
18
~
A1 B1
A1
17
A2
18
A1 B1
17
A2
18
IC01_00362
3RP2505-.C (H)
Passing make contact with control
signal, not retriggerable (pulseforming with control signal)
IC01_00360
3RP2505-.C (G)
Retriggerable interval relay with
deactivated control signal (passing
break contact with control signal)
IC01_00364
3RP2505-.C (F)
Passing make contact, interval relay
IC01_00363
3RP2505-.C (E)
3RP2505-.C (J)
3RP2505-.C (K)
3RP2505-.C (L)
Additive ON-delay with control signal
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
pulse
Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse (at 1 s)
and settable pulse delay)
Pulse-delayed with control signal
(fixed pulse (at 1 s) and settable pulse
delay)
A1 B1
17
A2
18
IC01_00362
3RP2505-.C (I)
3RP2505-.C (M)
Retriggerable interval relay with
activated control signal (watchdog)
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/49
10
A2
A1 B1
IC01_00359
18
17
~
A2
A1 B1
IC01_00358
17
IC01_00357
A1
IC01_00356
Multifunction 3RP2505-.C, 13 functions, 1 NO (semiconductor)
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
Multifunction 3RP2505-.B, 27 functions, 2 CO switched in parallel with delay
16 18 26 28
A2
A1 B1
A2
15
16 18 26 28
15
A1
25
25
~
25
A2
16 18 26 28
IC01_00394
16 18 26 28
A2
15
IC01_00393
A1 B1
25
IC01_00392
15
IC01_00391
A1
3RP2505-.B (A)
3RP2505-.B (B)
3RP2505-.B (C)
3RP2505-.B (D)
ON-delay
OFF-delay with control signal
ON-delay/OFF-delay with
control signal
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
interval
16 18 26 28
A2
15
A1 B1
25
16 18 26 28
A2
15
25
16 18 26 28
IC01_00398
A2
A1 B1
25
IC01_00397
16 18 26 28
A2
15
A1 B1
25
IC01_00396
15
IC01_00395
A1
3RP2505-.B (E)
3RP2505-.B (F)
3RP2505-.B (G)
3RP2505-.B (H)
Passing make contact, interval relay
Retriggerable interval relay with
deactivated control signal (passing
break contact with control signal)
Passing make contact with control
signal, not retriggerable (pulseforming with control signal)
Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF
with control signal
~
A2
A1
25
16 18 26 28
A2
15
25
16 18 26 28
A1 B1
A2
15
25
16 18 26 28
IC01_00397
16 18 26 28
15
IC01_00395
A1
25
IC01_00394
A2
15
IC01_00378
A1 B1
3RP2505-.B (J)
3RP2505-.B (K)
3RP2505-.B (L)
Additive ON-delay with control signal
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
pulse
Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse (at 1 s)
and settable pulse delay)
Pulse-delayed with control signal
(fixed pulse (at 1 s) and settable pulse
delay)
10
3RP2505-.B (I)
15
25
16 18 26 28
A2
IC01_00397
A1 B1
3RP2505-.B (M)
Retriggerable interval relay with
activated control signal (watchdog)
10/50
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
Multifunction 3RP2505-.B, 27 functions, 1 CO delayed + 1 CO instantaneous
16 18 22 24
A2
A2
15
A1
21
16 18 22 24
15
21
A2
16 18 22 24
3RP2505-.B (A)
3RP2505-.B (B)
3RP2505-.B (C)
3RP2505-.B (D)
ON-delay and instantaneous contact
OFF-delay with control signal and
instantaneous contact
ON-delay/OFF-delay with control
signal and instantaneous contact
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
interval and instantaneous contact
16 18 22 24
15
A1 B1
21
16 18 22 24
A2
A2
15
A1 B1
21
16 18 22 24
A2
15
21
16 18 22 24
IC01_00372
A1 B1
IC01_00371
21
IC01_00370
A2
15
IC01_00369
A1
3RP2505-.B (E)
3RP2505-.B (F)
3RP2505-.B (G)
3RP2505-.B (H)
Passing make contact, interval relay
and instantaneous contact
Retriggerable interval relay with
deactivated control signal (passing
break contact with control signal)
and instantaneous contact
Passing make contact with control
signal, not retriggerable (pulseforming with control signal)
and instantaneous contact
Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF
with control signal and instantaneous
contact
16 18 22 24
A2
15
21
16 18 22 24
A1 B1
A2
15
21
16 18 22 24
IC01_00371
~
A2
A1
21
IC01_00369
16 18 22 24
15
A1
21
IC01_00373
A2
15
IC01_00372
A1 B1
3RP2505-.B (I)
3RP2505-.B (J)
3RP2505-.B (K)
3RP2505-.B (L)
Additive ON-delay with control signal
and instantaneous contact
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
pulse and instantaneous contact
Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse (at 1 s)
and settable pulse delay)
and instantaneous contact
Pulse-delayed with control signal
(fixed pulse (at 1 s) and settable pulse
delay) and instantaneous contact
21
16 18 22 24
A1
A2
15
25
16 18 26 28
3RP2505-.B (M)
3RP2505-.B
Retriggerable interval relay with
activated control signal and
instantaneous contact (watchdog)
Wye-delta function
IC01_00379
A2
15
IC01_00371
A1 B1
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/51
10
A1 B1
~
21
IC01_00368
16 18 22 24
15
IC01_00367
A1 B1
21
IC01_00366
A2
15
IC01_00365
A1
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
Monofunctions 3RP251. up to 3RP257.1)
A2
16 18
IC01_00298
A2
3RP2525-.B
3RP2527
3RP2535
ON-delay
ON-delay
ON-delay, two-wire design
OFF-delay with control signal
A2
16 18
15
A1
A1
15
A2
16 18
A2
A1
25
16 18 26 28
IC01_00387
15
IC01_00385
A1
IC01_00385
3RP251., 3RP2525-.A
A2
15
25
16 18 26 28
3RP2540-.A (N)1)
3RP2540-.A (O)1)
3RP2540-.B (N)1)
3RP2540-.B (O)1)
OFF-delay
Positive passing make contact
OFF-delay
Positive passing make contact
A2
Y18
28 38
A2
3RP2555
3RP2560
3RP257.
Flashing, asymmetrical, starting with
interval (clock-pulse relay)
Wye-delta function with overtravel
function (idling)
Wye-delta function
1)
3RP2540 has a double function:
Function N = OFF-delay
Function O = positive passing make contact.
10/52
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Y18
28
IC01_00390
16 18
17
17
IC01_00388
~
A2
A1 A3
A1 B1
15
IC01_00389
A1
10
16 18 26 28
A2
15
A1 B1
A1
25
IC01_00387
16 18
15
IC01_00384
A2
A1
IC01_00391
15
IC01_00296
A1
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
3RP25 function diagrams
Multifunction 3RP2505-.A, 1 CO, 13 functions and 3RP2505-.C, 1 NO (semiconductor), 13 functions
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
t
t
t
t
t
IC01_00344
15/18
15/16
A1/A2
IC01_00343
B1/A2
t
B1/A2
IC01_00342
15/18
15/16
A1/A2
> 35 ms
IC01_00341
A1/A2
A
B
C
D
ON-delay
OFF-delay with control signal
ON-delay/OFF-delay with
control signal
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
interval
IC01_00346
15/18
15/16
t
A1/A2
> 35ms
B1/A2
IC01_00347
IC01_00345
15/18
15/16
A1/A2
> 35ms
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t1
t2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
t
t
t3
IC01_00412
A1/A2
A1/A2
E
F
G
H
Passing make contact, interval relay
Retriggerable interval relay with
deactivated control signal (passing
break contact with control signal)
Passing make contact with control
signal, not retriggerable (pulseforming with control signal)
Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF
with control signal
15/18
15/16
t
t
15/18
15/16
t
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
t
I
J
K
L
Additive ON-delay,with control signal
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
pulse
Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse (at 1 s)
and settable pulse delay)
Pulse-delayed with control signal
(fixed pulse (at 1 s) and settable pulse
delay)
IC01_00351
A1/A2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
<t
t
M
Retriggerable interval relay with
activated control signal (watchdog)
Legend
A ... M identification letters
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/53
10
15/18
15/16
A1/A2
IC01_00350a
A1/A2
IC01_00341
A1/A2
t3
t2
B1/A2
IC01_00349
t1
IC01_00348
A1/A2
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
Multifunction 3RP2505-.B, 27 functions, 2 CO
B
2 CO switched in parallel
1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
2 CO switched in parallel
1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
A1/A2
25/28
25/26
t
ON-delay
> 35ms
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
21/24
21/22
ON-delay and instantaneous contact
t
25/28
25/26
t
OFF-delay with control signal
t
21/24
21/22
OFF-delay with control signal and
instantaneous contact
D
1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
2 CO switched in parallel
A1/A2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
t
t
ON-delay/OFF-delay with
control signal
t
t
21/24
21/22
IC01_00312
A1/A2
B1/A2
NSB0_00876
A1/A2
ON-delay/OFF-delay with control
signal and instantaneous contact
A1/A2
t
t
t
t
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
interval
15/18
15/16
t
t
21/24
21/22
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
interval and instantaneous contact
F
2 CO switched in parallel
1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
2 CO switched in parallel
1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
A1/A2
A1/A2
> 35ms
A1/A2
25/28
25/26
t
15/18
15/16
IC01_00315
NSB0_00880
15/18
15/16
t
21/24
21/22
>35ms
B1/A2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
NSB0_00882
A1/A2
25/28
25/26
t
Passing make contact, interval relay
Passing make contact, interval relay
and instantaneous contact
Retriggerable interval relay with
deactivated control signal (passing
break contact with control signal)
and instantaneous contact
H
1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
A1/A2
>35ms
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
t
Passing make contact with control
signal, not retriggerable (pulseforming with control signal)
Legend
A ... M identification letters
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
t2
A1/A2
t3
Passing make contact with control
signal, not retriggerable (pulseforming with control signal)
and instantaneous contact
t1
t3
t2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
21/24
21/22
t1
1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
B1/A2
IC01_00317
B1/A2
NSB0_00884
B1/A2
10/54
A1/A2
A1/A2
> 35ms
25/28
25/26
2 CO switched in parallel
IC01_00411
2 CO switched in parallel
25/28
25/26
t
Additive ON-delay, instantaneous
OFF with control signal
15/18
15/16
t
21/24
21/22
IC01_00318
G
Retriggerable interval relay with
deactivated control signal (passing
break contact with control signal)
t
21/24
21/22
IC01_00316
E
25/28
25/26
1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
IC01_00313
2 CO switched in parallel
10
15/18
15/16
IC01_00314
C
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
IC01_00309
NSB0_00871
15/18
15/16
A1/A2
> 35 ms
A1/A2
IC01_00310
A1/A2
IC01_00311
A
Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF
with control signal and instantaneous
contact
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
Multifunction 3RP2505-.B, 27 functions, 2 CO (continued)
J
t1
A1/A2
t3
t2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
IC01_00307
B1/A2
25/28
25/26
t
Additive ON-delay with control signal
t1
2 CO switched in parallel
A1/A2
t3
t2
1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
21/24
21/22
Additive ON-delay with control signal
and instantaneous contact
25/28
25/26
t
t
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
pulse
15/18
15/16
t
t
21/24
21/22
Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
pulse and instantaneous contact
L
2 CO switched in parallel
1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
2 CO switched in parallel
1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
t
A1/A2
t
21/24
21/22
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
IC01_00321a
15/18
15/16
B1/A2
IC01_00320
A1/A2
NSB0_00871
A1/A2
t
25/28
25/26
t
Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse at 1 s
and settable pulse delay)
Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse at 1 s
and settable pulse delay)
and instantaneous contact
Pulse-delayed with control signal
(fixed pulse at 1 s and settable pulse
delay)
15/18
15/16
21/24
21/22
t
IC01_00322
K
NSB0_00878
A1/A2
1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
IC01_00306
2 CO switched in parallel
IC01_00319
I
Pulse-delayed with control signal
(fixed pulse at 1 s and settable pulse
delay) and instantaneous contact
*Δ
M
2 CO switched in parallel
1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
A1/A2
A1/A2
A1/A2
t
<t
t
t
Retriggerable interval relay with
activated control signal (watchdog)
15/18
15/18
15/16
21/24
21/22
t
<t
t
Retriggerable interval relay with
activated control signal and
instantaneous contact (watchdog)
25/28
t
10
<t
IC01_00324
t
IC01_00323
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
IC01_00325
B1/A2
25/28
25/26
2 CO switched in parallel or
1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
50ms
Wye-delta function
Legend
A ... M identification letters
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/55
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
25/28
25/26
A1/A2
t
A1/A2
>35 ms
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
t
3RP251.-.AW30, 1 CO, ON-delay
3RP2525-..W30, 2 CO, ON-delay
3RP2527-.EW30, 1 NO (semiconductor), ON-delay
3RP2535-.AW30, 1 CO, OFF-delay with
control signal
250 ms
250 ms
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
t
15/18
15/16
t
25/28
25/26
IC01_00326
15/18
15/16
IC01_00327
IC01_00354
A1/A2
A1/A2
A1/A2
250 ms
> 250ms
15/18
15/16
t
25/28
25/26
t
t
Interval
Pulse period
A1/A2
A./A2
A1/A2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
17/18
17/28
17/38
3RP2555-.AW30, 1 CO, flashing,
asymmetrical, starting with interval
(clock-pulse relay)
10
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
3RP2540 has a double function:
Function N = OFF-delay
Function O = positive passing make contact.
10/56
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
t
t Idling
3RP2560-.SW30, 3 NO, wye-delta
function with overtravel function
(idling)
Legend
1)
3RP2540-.B.30, 2 CO, positive passing
make contact (O)1)
25/28
25/26
t
50 ms
3RP257.-.NM20, 2 NO, wye-delta
function
IC01_00330
15/18
15/16
3RP2540-.B.30, 2 CO, OFF-delay
(N)1)
IC01_00407
A1/A2
3RP2540-.A.30, 1 CO, positive passing
make contact (O)1)
IC01_00328
NSB0_00863
3RP2540-.A.30, 1 CO, OFF-delay
(N)1)
IC01_00355
t
NSB0_00869a
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
NSB0_00871
NSB0_00858
A1/A2
A1/A2
NSB0_00859
Monofunctions 3RP251. up to 3RP257.1)
25/28
25/26
t
50 ms
3RP257.-.NM30, 2 NO, wye-delta
function
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
Possibilities of operation of the 3RP2560-.SW30 timing relay
Operation 1: Start contact B./A2 is open when control supply
voltage A./A2 is applied.
Operation 4: Start contact B./A2 opens while delta time is
running and is applied again
The control supply voltage is applied to A./A2 and there is no
control signal on B./A2. This starts the *Δ timing. The idling time
(coasting time) is started by applying a control signal to B./A2.
When the set time tIdling (30 ... 600 s) has elapsed, the output
relays (17/16 and 17/28) are reset. If the control signal on B./A2
is switched off (minimum OFF period 270 ms), a new timing is
started.
If the control signal on B./A2 is applied and switched off again
during the delta time, although the idling time has not yet
elapsed, the idling time (coasting time) is reset to zero. If the
control signal is re-applied to B./A2, the idling time is restarted.
Note:
B./A2
Observe response time (dead time) of 400 ms on energizing
control supply voltage until contacts 17/18 and 17/16 close.
17/18
Y
NSB0_00894e
A./A2
17/28
A./A2
17/38
B./A2
tY
17/18
Y
50 ms
tIdling
tIdling
tIdling
NSB0_00891d
Operation 4
17/28
17/38
tIdling
50 ms
tIdling50 ms
tIdling
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
300 ms
tY =
Operation 1
Star time 1 ... 20 s
tIdling = Idling time (coasting time) 30 ... 600 s
Operation 2: Start contact B./A2 is closed when control supply
voltage A./A2 is applied.
If the control signal B./A2 is already present when the control
supply voltage A./A2 is applied, no timing is started. The timing
is only started when the control signal B./A2 is switched off.
Note:
The following applies to all operations: The pressure switch
controls the timing via B./A2.
Application example based on standard operation
(operation 1): For example, use of 3RP2560 for compressor
control
A./A2
B./A2
NSB0_00892d
17/18
Y
17/28
17/38
tY
50 ms
tIdling
Operation 2
Operation 3: Start contact B./A2 closes while star time is running
If the control signal B./A2 is applied again during the star time,
the idling time starts and the timing is terminated normally.
Frequent starting of compressors strains the network, the
machine, and the increased costs for the operator. The new
timing relay prevents frequent starting at times when there is
high demand for compressed air. A special control circuit
prevents the compressor from being switched off immediately
when the required air pressure in the tank has been reached.
Instead, the valve in the intake tube is closed and the compressor runs in "Idling" mode, i.e. in no-load operation for a specific
time which can be set from 30 ... 600 s.
If the pressure falls within this time, the motor does not have to
be restarted again, but can return to nominal load operation from
no-load operation.
If the pressure does not fall within this idling time, the motor is
switched off.
A./A2
The pressure switch controls the timing via B./A2.
B./A2
The control supply voltage is applied to A./A2 and the start
contact B./A2 is open, i.e. there is no control signal on B./A2
when the control supply voltage is applied. The pressure switch
signals "too little pressure in system" and starts the timing by way
of terminal B./A2. The compressor is started, enters *Δ operation, and fills the pressure tank.
NSB0_00893d
17/18
Y
17/28
17/38
tY
50 ms
tIdling
Operation 3
When the pressure switch signals "sufficient pressure", the
control signal B./A2 is applied, the idling time (coasting time) is
started, and the compressor enters no-load operation for the set
period of time from 30 ... 600 s. The compressor is then switched
off. The compressor is only restarted if the pressure switch
responds again (low pressure).
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/57
10
tY
Legend
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3RP2505-2AB30
Number of NO
contacts
Instan- Delaytane- ed
ous
switchswitch- ing
ing
3RP2505-2BB30
Number of CO
contacts
Instan- Delaytane- ed
ous
switchswitch- ing
ing
3RP2525-2AW30
3RP2540-2AW30
SemiAdjustable time Control supply voltage
conductor
At AC
At DC
output
50/60 Hz
V
3RP2576-2NW30
3RP2555-2AW30
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
DT
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals (push-in)
Article No.
Price
per PU
V
3RP2505-.A and 3RP2505-.C timing relays, 13 functions
The functions can be adjusted by means of function selector switches on the device. With a set of foil labels the timing relay can be legibly
marked with the functions which can be selected on the timing relay. This is supplied together with the multifunctional timing relay.
The same potential must be applied to terminals A. and B. Functions, see the overview of functions on page 10/44
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
-3
0.05 s ... 100 h 24
24
A
3RP2505-1AB30
A
3RP2505-2AB30
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
A
3RP2505-1AW30
A
3RP2505-2AW30
0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240
12 ... 240
A
3RP2505-1CW30
A
3RP2505-2CW30
3RP2505-.B timing relay, 27 functions
The functions can be adjusted by means of function selector switches on the device. With a set of foil labels the timing relay can be legibly
marked with the functions which can be selected on the timing relay. This is supplied together with the multifunctional timing relay.
The same potential must be applied to terminals A. and B. Functions, see the overview of functions on page 10/44
0
0
1
1
--
0.05 s ... 100 h 24
24
A
3RP2505-1BB30
A
3RP2505-2BB30
400 ... 440
--
A
3RP2505-1BT20
A
3RP2505-2BT20
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
A
3RP2505-1BW30
A
3RP2505-2BW30
3RP251. and 3RP252. timing relays, ON-delay
0
0
1
--
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
-3
0.5 ... 10 s
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
A
3RP2511-1AW30
A
3RP2511-2AW30
1 ... 30 s
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
A
3RP2512-1AW30
A
3RP2512-2AW30
5 ... 100 s
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
A
3RP2513-1AW30
A
3RP2513-2AW30
0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240
12 ... 240
A
3RP2525-1AW30
A
3RP2525-2AW30
0.05 s ... 100 h 24
24
A
3RP2525-1BB30
A
3RP2525-2BB30
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
A
3RP2525-1BW30
A
3RP2525-2BW30
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
A
3RP2527-1EW30
A
3RP2527-2EW30
12 ... 240
A
3RP2535-1AW30
A
3RP2535-2AW30
0.05 s... 240 s
3RP2535 timing relays, OFF-delay with control signal
0
0
0
1
--
0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240
3RP2540 timing relays, OFF-delay, without control signal, non-volatile,
passing make contact
0
0
0
1
--
0.05 s ... 600 s 24
12 ... 240
0
0
0
2
--
0.05 s ... 600 s 24
12 ... 240
24
A
3RP2540-1AB30
A
3RP2540-2AB30
12 ... 240
A
3RP2540-1AW30
A
3RP2540-2AW30
24
A
3RP2540-1BB30
A
3RP2540-2BB30
12 ... 240
A
3RP2540-1BW30
A
3RP2540-2BW30
A
3RP2555-1AW30
A
3RP2555-2AW30
A
3RP2560-1SW30
A
3RP2560-2SW30
3RP2555 timing relays, clock-pulse relay, flashing, asymmetrical
0
0
0
1
--
0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240
12 ... 240
3RP2560 timing relays, wye-delta function with overtravel function (idling)
3
0
0
0
--
1 ... 20 s
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
3RP257. timing relays, wye-delta function
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
---
✓ Available, -- Not available
1 ... 20 s
3 ... 60 s
200 ... 2401)
--
A
3RP2574-1NM20
A
3RP2574-2NM20
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
A
3RP2574-1NW30
A
3RP2574-2NW30
200 ... 2401)
--
A
3RP2576-1NM20
A
3RP2576-2NM20
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
A
3RP2576-1NW30
A
3RP2576-2NW30
1)
With 3RP2574-.NM20 and 3RP2576-.NM20, connection of
380 ... 440 V AC, 50/60 Hz control voltage is also possible.
For accessories, see page 10/59.
10/58
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
■ Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
• 17.5 mm
A
• 22.5 mm
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3ZY1321-1AA00
1
5 units
41L
A
3ZY1321-2AA00
1
5 units
41L
Push-in lugs
For wall mounting
A
3ZY1311-0AA00
1 10 units
41L
Coding pins
For removable terminals of SIRIUS devices
in the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure;
enable the mechanical coding of terminals
A
3ZY1440-1AA00
1 12 units
41L
1
6 units
41L
1
6 units
41L
1
1 unit
41B
Accessories for enclosures
Sealing covers
3ZY1321-1AA00
3ZY1321-2AA00
3ZY1311-0AA00
3ZY1440-0AA00
Screw terminals
Removable terminals
• 2-pole, screw terminals 1 x 4 mm²
A
3ZY1122-1BA00
3ZY1122-1BA00
Spring-type terminals
(push-in)
• 2-pole, push-in terminals 1 x 4 mm²
A
3ZY1122-2BA00
3ZY1122-2BA00
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals;
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm; length approx. 200 mm,
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
Spring-type terminals
A
3RA2908-1A
3RA2908-1A
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/59
10
Terminals for SIRIUS devices in the industrial standard mounting rail
enclosure
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays, 45 mm
■ Overview
Multifunction
The functions of the 3RP2005 multifunctional timing relays can
be set by means of the function selector switch. Insert labels can
be used to adjust different functions of the timing relay clearly
and unmistakably. The corresponding labels can be ordered as
an accessory. The same potential must be applied to terminals
A. and B.
LED for indicating
"Timing relay excited"
(left)
LED for indicating
"Relay switched"
(right)
Function
switch
Time setting
range selector
switch
IC
01
0
_0
37
For functions, see 3RP2901 label set, page 10/65.
Note:
Time setting
range adjuster,
analog
6
The activation of loads parallel to the start input is not permissible when using AC control voltage (see diagrams).
Device labeling
plate
L1
L1
S1
K1
S1
SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays
A1
K2
A2
SIRIUS 3RP20 electronic timing relays for use in control systems
and mechanical engineering with:
• 1 or 2 CO contacts
• Multifunction or monofunction
• Wide voltage range or combination voltage
• Single or selectable time setting ranges
• Switch position indication and voltage indication by LED
B1
A1
K2
A2
K1
N
B1
K1
N
NSB0_00895a
NSB0_02045
Diagrams
Accessories
10
Standards
The timing relays comply with:
• IEC 60721-3-3 "Classification of environmental conditions"
• IEC 61812-1 "Time relays for industrial and residential use"
• IEC 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 "Electromagnetic
compatibility"
• IEC 60947-5-1 "Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear –
Electromechanical control circuit devices"
• IEC 60947-1, Appendix N "Electrical separation"
Label set for marking the multifunctional relay
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 5th
@@@@@
SIRIUS timing relays, enclosure 45 mm
6th 7th
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@
P
3
0
3RP20
Functions/time setting ranges
@
Connection type
@
Contacts
Rated control supply voltage
Example
3RP20
0
5
–
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
1
A
0
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
• Suitable for 3RT miniature contactors
• Uniform design
• Ideal for low distance between standard mounting rails and/or
for low mounting depth, e.g. in control boxes
10/60
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
• Labels are used on the multifunctional time relay to document
the function that has been set
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays, 45 mm
■ Application
Timing relays are used in control, starting, and protective circuits
for all switching operations involving time delays. They guarantee a high level of functionality and a high repeat accuracy of
timer settings.
■ Technical specifications
Type
mm
V AC
300
W
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
Operating range at excitation1)
D
H
Dimensions (W x H x D)
3RP2005,
3RP2025
45 x 57 x 73
°C
°C
-25 ... +60
-40 ... +80
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us at AC; 0.8 ... 1.25 x Us at DC;
0.95 ... 1.05 times the rated frequency
Operating cycles 10 x 106
Operating cycles 1 x 105
Screw terminals
Mechanical endurance
Electrical endurance at Ie
Connection type
mm2
mm2
AWG
AWG
Nm
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)2), 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)2)
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)2), 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)2)
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)2), 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)2)
2 x (18 ... 14)
0.8 … 1.2
Spring-type terminals
•
•
•
•
•
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
mm
2 x (0.25 ... 2.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 2.5)
2 x (24 ... 14)
3.6
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Finely stranded without end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Max. external diameter of the conductor insulation
1)
If nothing else is stated.
2)
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified.
10
• Terminal screw
• Solid
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• Stranded
• AWG cables
• Tightening torque
Connection type
3RP20 internal circuit diagrams
3RP2005
OFF-delay
with control signal
3RP2005
Passing make contact
A1 B1 A3 B3
A2
3RP2005
Passing break contact
with control signal
15
16 18
A1 B1 A3 B3
A2
3RP2005
Pulse-forming
with control signal
A2
16 18
NSB0_00900a
15
3RP2005
Flashing, starting with interval
24 V AC/DC
NSB0_00902a
16 18
NSB0_00901a
A2
16 18
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
15
A2
3RP2005
ON-delay and OFF-delay
with control signal
24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
A1 A3
16 18
A1 A3
15
16 18
A1 B1 A3 B3 15
A2
16 18
IC01_00400
3RP2005, 3RP2025
ON-delay
A2
A1 B1 A3 B3 15
~
16 18
A1 B1 A3 B3 15
NSB0_00899a
A2
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
NSB0_00898a
15
NSB0_00897a
A1 A3
24 V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
NSB0_00903a
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
3RP2005
Additive ON-delay
with control signal
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/61
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays, 45 mm
3RP20 function diagrams and 3RP2901 label set
t
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
t
t
t
t
A1/A2
t
A
B1)
C1)
D
3RP2005-.A, 3RP2025
ON-delay
3RP2005-.A
OFF-delay with control signal
3RP2005-.A
ON-delay and OFF-delay
with control signal (t = ton = toff)
3RP2005-.A
Flashing, starting with interval
(pulse/interval 1:1)
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
NSB0_00867
> 35 ms
> 35 ms
NSB0_00865
15/18
15/16
A1/A2
A1/A2
A1/A2
NSB0_00864
A1/A2
t1
t3
t2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
t
E
F1)
G1)
3RP2005-.A
Passing make contact
3RP2005-.A
Passing break contact with
control signal
3RP2005-.A
3RP2005-.A
Pulse-forming with control signal
Additive ON-delay with control signal
(pulse generation at the output does
not depend on duration of energizing)
Legend
A ... H identification letters for 3RP2005
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
1)
10
A1/A2
NSB0_00862
NSB0_00858
15/18
15/16
>35 ms
B1/A2
NSB0_00868
A1/A2
A1/A2
NSB0_00861
NSB0_00859
1 CO contact
Note on function with start contact: A new control signal at terminal B,
after the operating time has started, resets the operating time to zero
(retriggerable). This does not apply to G, G! and H!, which are not
retriggerable.
10/62
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
H1)
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays, 45 mm
2 CO contacts
A1/A2
21/24
21/22
t
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
t
21/24
21/22
t
B1)
B!1)
3RP2005-.B
ON-delay and instantaneous contact
3RP2005-.B
OFF-delay with control signal
3RP2005-.B
OFF-delay with control signal
and instantaneous contact
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
21/24
21/22
t
t
t
t
A1/A2
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
NSB0_00878
A1/A2
B1/A2
NSB0_00876
A1/A2
25/28
25/26
t
t
NSB0_00879
A!
3RP2005-.B
ON-delay
NSB0_00877
A
t
21/24
21/22
t
C1)
C!1)
D
D!
3RP2005-.B
ON-delay and OFF-delay
with control signal (t = ton = toff)
3RP2005-.B
ON-delay and OFF-delay
with control signal and instantaneous
contact (t = ton = toff)
3RP2005-.B
Flashing, starting with interval
(pulse/interval 1:1)
3RP2005-.B
Flashing, starting with interval
(pulse/interval 1:1) and instantaneous
contact
A1/A2
A1/A2
t
21/24
21/22
t
B1/A2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
NSB0_00883
25/28
25/26
NSB0_00881
15/18
15/16
NSB0_00880
15/18
15/16
>35ms
> 35ms
A1/A2
NSB0_00882
A1/A2
t
21/24
21/22
t
E
E!
F1)
F!1)
3RP2005-.B
Passing make contact
3RP2005-.B
Passing make contact and instantaneous contact
3RP2005-.B
Passing break contact with
control signal
3RP2005-.B
Passing break contact with control
signal and instantaneous contact
>35ms
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
t
21/24
21/22
t
NSB0_00885
B1/A2
NSB0_00884
B1/A2
t1
t3
t2
17/18
t
21/24
21/22
A1/A2
NSB0_00888
A1/A2
A1/A2
> 35ms
B1/A2
NSB0_01381a
A1/A2
27/28
t
G1)
G!1)
H!1)
*Δ
3RP2005-.B
Pulse-forming with control signal
(pulse generation at the output does
not depend on duration of energizing)
3RP2005-.B
Pulse-forming with control signal
and instantaneous contact (pulse
generation at the output does not
depend on duration of energizing)
3RP2005-.B
Additive ON-delay with control signal
and instantaneous contact
3RP2005-.B
Wye-delta function
50ms
Legend
A ... H identification letters for 3RP2005
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
1)
Note on function with start contact: A new control signal at terminal B,
after the operating time has started, resets the operating time to zero
(retriggerable). This does not apply to G, G! and H!, which are not
retriggerable.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/63
10
t
> 35ms
B1/A2
NSB0_00874
25/28
25/26
NSB0_00872
15/18
15/16
NSB0_00871
15/18
15/16
A1/A2
> 35 ms
A1/A2
NSB0_00873
A1/A2
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays, 45 mm
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3RP2005-1AP30
Version
3RP2005-1BW30
Time setting
range t
3RP2025-2BW30
3RP2005-2AP30
Rated control supply voltage Us
50/60 Hz AC
DC
V
V
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
3RP2005 timing relays, multifunction, 15 time setting ranges
The functions can be adjusted by means of rotary switches. Insert labels can be
used to adjust different functions of the 3RP2505 timing relay clearly and unmistakably. The corresponding labels can be ordered as an accessory.
The same potential must be applied to terminals A. and B.
For functions, see 3RP2901 label set, page 10/65.
With LED and
1 CO contact1),
8 functions
With LED and
2 CO contacts,
16 functions
0.05 ... 1 s
0.15 ... 3 s
0.5 ... 10 s
1.5 ... 30 s
0.05 ... 1 min
5 ... 100 s
0.15 ... 3 min
0.5 ... 10 min
1.5 ... 30 min
0.05 ... 1 h
5 ... 100 min
0.15 ... 3 h
0.5 ... 10 h
1.5 ... 30 h
5 ... 100 h
∞ 2)
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
}
}
3RP2005-1AQ30
3RP2005-1AP30
A
}
3RP2005-2AQ30
3RP2005-2AP30
24 ... 2403)
24 ... 2404)
}
3RP2005-1BW30
A
3RP2005-2BW30
}
}
3RP2025-1AQ30
3RP2025-1AP30
}
}
3RP2025-2AQ30
3RP2025-2AP30
10
3RP2025. timing relays, ON-delay, 15 time setting ranges
With LED and
1 CO contact1)
0.05 ... 1 s
0.15 ... 3 s
0.5 ... 10 s
1.5 ... 30 s
0.05 ... 1 min
5 ... 100 s
0.15 ... 3 min
0.5 ... 10 min
1.5 ... 30 min
0.05 ... 1 h
5 ... 100 min
0.15 ... 3 h
0.5 ... 10 h
1.5 ... 30 h
5 ... 100 h
∞ 2)
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
For accessories, see page 10/65.
1)
Units with electrical protective separation.
2)
With switch position ∞ no timing. For test purposes (ON/OFF function)
on site. Relay is constantly on when activated, or relay remains constantly
off when activated. Depending on which function is set.
3)
Operating range 0.8 to 1.1 x Us.
4)
Operating range 0.7 to 1.1 x Us.
10/64
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays, 45 mm
■ Accessories
Version
Function
Identifi- Use
cation
letter
DT
Article No.
C
C
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RP2901-0A
1
5 units
41H
3RP2901-0B
1
5 units
41H
100
340 units
41B
Label sets for 3RP20
Accessories for 3RP20 (not included in the scope of supply).
The label set offers the possibility of labeling timing relays with
the set function in English and German.
1 label set ON-delay
(1 unit) with OFF-delay with control signal
8 functions
ON-delay and OFF-delay
with control signal
3RP2901-0A
A
B
C
Flashing, starting with interval
D
Passing make contact
E
Passing break contact with
control signal
F
Pulse-forming with control signal
G
Additive ON-delay with control
signal
H
1 label set ON-delay
(1 unit) with OFF-delay with control signal
16 functions
ON-delay and OFF-delay
with control signal
For
devices
with 1 CO
A
B
C
Flashing, starting with interval
D
Passing make contact
E
Passing break contact with
control signal
F
Pulse-forming with control signal
G
ON-delay and instantaneous
contact
A•
For
devices
with 2 CO
contacts
3RP2901-0B
ON-delay and OFF-delay with
control signal and instantaneous
contact
C•
Flashing, starting with interval,
and instantaneous contact
D•
Passing make contact and
instantaneous contact
E•
10
OFF-delay with control signal and B•
instantaneous contact
Passing break contact with control F•
signal and instantaneous contact
Pulse-forming with control signal
and instantaneous contact
G•
Additive ON-delay with control
signal and instantaneous contact
H•
Wye-delta function
*Δ
Blank inscription labels for 3RP20
Blank labels, 20 mm x 7 mm, pastel turquoise1)
1)
For 3RP20 D
3RT1900-1SB20
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH,
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/65
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
7PV15 timing relays in enclosure, 17.5 mm
■ Overview
Multifunction
The functions of the 7PV1508-1A multifunctional timing relays
can be set by means of rotary switches. The identification letters
A to G are printed on the front alongside the rotary selector
switch of the unit. The related function can be found in the form
of a bar graph on the side of the device.
Enclosure version
All timing relays are suitable for snap-on mounting onto TH 35
standard mounting rails according to IEC 60715. The enclosure
complies with DIN 43880, 1 MW.
67
17,5
Electronic timing relays for general use and in control systems,
mechanical engineering and infrastructure with:
• 1 or 2 CO contacts
• Multifunction or monofunction
• Wide voltage range or combination voltage
• Single or selectable time setting ranges
• Switch position indication and voltage indication by LED
NSB0_02042a
5
Dimensions
Note:
The timing relays comply with:
• IEC 60721-3-3 "Classification of environmental conditions"
• IEC 61812-1 "Time relays for industrial and residential use"
• IEC 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 "Electromagnetic
compatibility"
• IEC 60947-5-1 "Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear –
Electromechanical control circuit devices"
• DIN 43880 "Built-in equipment for electrical installations;
overall dimensions and related mounting dimensions"
The activation of loads parallel to the start input is not permissible when using AC control voltage (see diagrams).
L1
L1
S1
A1
K2
A2
K1
B1
Diagrams
Article No. scheme
1st - 5th
@@@@@
6th 7th
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@
W
3
0
Timing relays in industrial enclosure, 17.5 mm 7 P V 1 5
Functions/time setting ranges
@
Connection type
@
Contacts
Rated control supply voltage
Example
7PV15
0
8
–
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
1
A
S1
B1
K1
N
NSB0_00895a
Digit of the Article No.
A1
K2
A2
K1
N
10/66
25
43
Standards
10
45
67,5
90,5
7PV15 timing relay
0
NSB0_02045
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
7PV15 timing relays in enclosure, 17.5 mm
■ Benefits
•
•
•
•
•
• High level of functionality and a high repeat accuracy of timer
settings
• Integrated surge suppressor
• Function charts printed on the side of the device for reliable
device adjustment
Wide voltage range 12 to 240 V AC/DC
High switching capacity, e.g. AC-15 at 230 V, 3 A
Combination voltage, e.g. 24 V AC/DC and 200 to 240 V AC
Changes to the time setting range during operation
Changes to the function in the de-energized state
■ Application
Timing relays are used in control, starting and protective circuits
for all switching operations involving time delays, e.g. in
non-residential buildings, airports, industrial buildings etc.
■ Technical specifications
Type
7PV15
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree 2, overvoltage category III
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
V AC
300
°C
°C
-25 ... +55
-40 ... +70
Operating range at excitation1)
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us at V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz
0.8 ... 1.25 x Us 24 V DC
0.95 ... 1.05 times the rated frequency
Rated operational current Ie
• AC-15 at 24 ... 240 V, 50 Hz
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
Uninterrupted thermal current Ith
A
3
A
A
1
0.2
A
5
Mechanical endurance
Operating cycles 1 x 106
Electrical endurance at Ie
Operating cycles 1 x 105
Connection type
1)
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Finely stranded without end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Tightening torque
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
Nm
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
1 x (0.2 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
1 x (0.2 ... 1.5)
1 x (24 ... 14)
0.4 … 0.5
If nothing else is stated.
10
•
•
•
•
•
•
Screw terminals
7PV15 internal circuit diagrams
7PV1508-1AW30
ON-delay
16 18
7PV1508-1AW30
OFF-delay
A2
16 18
B1 A1
15
A2
16 18
7PV1508-1AW30
Pulse-forming
with control signal
16
18
15
A2
16
18
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
B1 A1
15
A2
16 18
7PV1508-1AW30
Additive ON-delay,
with control signal
A1
7PV1508-1AW30
Passing make contact
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
IC01_00059
15
IC01_00055
B1 A1
A2
7PV1508-1AW30
Flashing, starting with interval
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
7PV1508-1AW30
Passing break contact
with control signal
A2
15
IC01_00058
18
A1
IC01_00054
16
15
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
IC01_00056
A2
B1 A1
IC01_00057
15
IC01_00053
A1
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
A1
15
25
A2
16 18 26 28
IC01_00060
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
7PV1508-1BW30
ON-delay
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/67
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
7PV15 timing relays in enclosure, 17.5 mm
7PV15 internal circuit diagrams (continued)
A1
25
16 18 26 28
7PV1508-1BW30
ON and OFF-delay
A2
16
18
16 18 26 28
B1 A1
15
A2
16
7PV1538-1AW30
OFF-delay
with control signal
A1
15
25
A2
18
28
IC01_00073
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
7PV1578-1BW30
Wye-delta
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
A1 A3
15
A2
16
90 ... 240 V AC/DC
180 ... 240 V AC/DC
18
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
18
15
A2
16
7PV1540-1AW30
OFF-delay
without control signal
16 18 26 28
7PV1508-1BW30
Pulse-forming
with control signal
7PV151.-1AQ30, 7PV151.-1AP30
ON-delay
A1
A3
25
IC01_00062
16 18 26 28
25
IC01_00070
15
7PV1518-1AW30
ON-delay
10
15
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
IC01_00069
A1
A2
B1 A1 15
100 ... 127 V AC
200 ... 240 V AC
7PV1508-1BW30
Fixed pulse after ON-delay
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
10/68
A2
25
24 V AC/DC
IC01_00066
15
15
7PV1508-1BW30
Passing make contact
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
IC01_00065
A2
16 18 26 28
7PV1508-1BW30
Flashing,
starting with interval
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
B1 A1
A2
A1
18
B1 A1
15
A2
16
18
IC01_00068
7PV1508-1BW30
OFF-delay
with control signal
25
7PV1518-1AJ30, 7PV1518-1AN30
ON-delay
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
A1
15
A2
16
7PV1558-1AW30
Clock-pulse relay
18
IC01_00072
16 18 26 28
15
IC01_00064
A2
A1
IC01_00067
25
IC01_00061
15
IC01_00063
B1 A1
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
IC01_00071
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
7PV15 timing relays in enclosure, 17.5 mm
7PV15 function diagrams
NSB0_00859
1 CO contact
t
B1/A2
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
t
t
NSB0_00862
15/18
15/16
200 ms
t
B1)
--
C
7PV1508-1A, 7PV1511, 7PV1512,
7PV1513, 7PV1518
ON-delay
7PV1508-1A, 7PV1538
7PV1540
7PV1508-1A
OFF-delay with control signal
OFF-delay without control signal
Flashing, starting with interval
(pulse/interval 1:1)
15/18
15/16
Interval
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
> 35 ms
> 35 ms
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
Pulse period
A1/A2
A1/A2
NSB0_00865
A1/A2
NSB0_00864
NSB0_00863
A
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
NSB0_00867
NSB0_00858
>35 ms
NSB0_00860a
A1/A2
A1/A2
t
D
E1)
F1)
7PV1558
Clock-pulse, starting with interval
(dead period, pulse time, and time
setting ranges each separately
adjustable)
7PV1508-1A
Passing make contact
7PV1508-1A
Passing break contact with
control signal
7PV1508-1A
Pulse-forming with control signal
(pulse generation at the output does
not depend on duration of energizing)
A1/A2
t1
t3
t2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
NSB0_00868
--
10
t
G1)
7PV1508-1A
Additive ON-delay with control signal
Legend
A ... G identification letters for 7PV1508
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
1)
Note on function with start contact: A new control signal at terminal B,
after the operating time has started, resets the operating time to zero
(retriggerable). This does not apply to E, F and G, which are not
retriggerable.
Note:
With the 7PV1508-1A multifunctional relay the identification
letters A to G are printed on the front alongside the rotary selector switch of the unit. The related function can be found in the
form of a bar graph on the side of the device.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/69
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
7PV15 timing relays in enclosure, 17.5 mm
2 CO contacts
NSB0_00871
NSB0_00873
25/28
25/26
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
t
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
25/28
25/26
t
t
t
t
A
B1)
C
D
7PV1508-1B
ON-delay
7PV1508-1B
OFF-delay with control signal
7PV1508-1B
Flashing, starting with interval
(pulse/interval 1:1)
7PV1508-1B
Passing make contact
A1/A2
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
17/18
25/28
25/26
NSB0_00876
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
NSB0_00884
B1/A2
25/28
25/26
t
t
NSB0_00888
A1/A2
> 35ms
27/28
t
50ms
t
F1)
H1)
I
7PV1508-1B
Pulse-forming with control signal
(pulse generation at the output does
not depend on duration of
energizing)
7PV1508-1B
ON-delay and OFF-delay
with control signal
7PV1508-1B
Fixed pulse after ON-delay
NSB_02044
2 NO contacts
A1/A2
15/18
25/28
t
0,05...1s
--
10
A1/A2
NSB0_00878
> 35 ms
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
NSB0_00880
A1/A2
A1/A2
7PV1578
Wye-delta function2)
Legend
A ... D, F, H, I identification letters for 7PV1508
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
1)
Note on function with start contact: A new control signal at terminal B,
after the operating time has started, resets the operating time to zero
(retriggerable). This does not apply to E, F and G, which are not
retriggerable.
2)
With 7PV1578 the contacts 16 and 26 are not needed for the wye-delta
function.
Note:
With the 7PV1508-1B multifunctional relay the identification
letters A to D, F, H, I are printed on the front alongside the rotary
selector switch of the unit. The related function can be found in
the form of a bar graph on the side of the device.
10/70
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
7PV15 timing relays in enclosure, 17.5 mm
■ Selection and ordering data
7PV1508-1AW30
Version
7PV1512-1AP30
7PV1518-1AW30
Time setting range t
adjustable by rotary
switch to
7PV1538-1AW30
Rated control supply
voltage Us
50/60 Hz AC
V
7PV1540-1AW30
DT
DC
V
7PV1578-1BW30
7PV1558-1AW30
Screw terminals
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
7PV1508 timing relays, multifunction, 7 time setting ranges
The functions can be adjusted by means of rotary switches. The same potential must be applied to terminals A. and B.
With LED and
1 CO contact,
7 functions
With LED and
2 CO contacts,
7 functions
0.05 ... 1 s
0.5 ... 10 s
5 ... 100 s
30 s ... 10 min
3 min ... 1 h
30 min ... 10 h
5 ... 100 h
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
}
7PV1508-1AW30
1
1 unit
41H
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
}
7PV1508-1BW30
1
1 unit
41H
7PV151. timing relays, ON-delay, 1 time setting range
With LED and
1 CO contact
0.05 ... 1 s
24/200 ... 240
24
}
7PV1511-1AP30
1
1 unit
41H
0.5 ... 10 s
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
}
}
7PV1512-1AQ30
7PV1512-1AP30
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
5 ... 100 s
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
}
}
7PV1513-1AQ30
7PV1513-1AP30
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
}
7PV1518-1AW30
1
1 unit
41H
90 ... 127
90 ... 127
}
7PV1518-1AJ30
1
1 unit
41H
180 ... 240
180 ... 240
}
7PV1518-1AN30
1
1 unit
41H
}
7PV1538-1AW30
1
1 unit
41H
7PV1518 timing relays, ON-delay, 7 time setting ranges
With LED and
1 CO contact
0.05 ... 1 s
0.5 ... 10 s
5 ... 100 s
30 s ... 10 min
3 min ... 1 h
30 min ... 10 h
5 ... 100 h
7PV1538 timing relays, OFF-delay, with control signal, 7 time setting range
0.05 ... 1 s
0.5 ... 10 s
5 ... 100 s
30 s ... 10 min
3 min ... 1 h
30 min ... 10 h
5 ... 100 h
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
10
With LED and
1 CO contact
7PV1540 timing relays, OFF-delay, without control signal, 7 time setting ranges
With LED and
1 CO contact
0.05 ... 1 s
0.15 ... 3s
0.3 ... 6 s
0.5 ... 10 s
1.5 ... 30 s
3 ... 60 s
5 ... 100 s
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
}
7PV1540-1AW30
1
1 unit
41H
12 ... 240
}
7PV1558-1AW30
1
1 unit
41H
}
7PV1578-1BW30
1
1 unit
41H
7PV1558 timing relays, clock-pulse relay, 7 time setting ranges
With LED and
1 CO contact
0.05 ... 1 s
0.5 ... 10 s
5 ... 100 s
30 s ... 10 min
3 min ... 1 h
30 min ... 10 h
5 ... 100 h
12 ... 240
7PV1578 timing relays, wye-delta function, 7 time setting ranges
With LED and
2 NO contacts,
dead interval
0.05 ... 1 s adjustable
0.05 ... 1 s
0.5 ... 10 s
5 ... 100 s
30 s ... 10 min
3 min ... 1 h
30 min ... 10 h
5 ... 100 h
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/71
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RT19 timing relays for mounting onto 3RT1 contactors
■ Overview
Simply by being plugged in place, the SIRIUS 3RT19 timing
relays enable different functionalities required for the assembly
of starters to be realized in the feeder. At the same time the
timing relays for mounting onto contactors reduce the wiring
work required within the feeder and save space in the control
cabinet.
A protection circuit (varistor) is integrated in each module.
The electronic timing relay with semiconductor output uses
two plug-in contacts to actuate the contactor underneath by
means of a semiconductor after the set time has elapsed.
The time-delay auxiliary switch is supplied with power directly by
two plug-in contacts through the coil terminals of the contactor,
in parallel with A1/A2.
The switching state feedback is performed by a mechanical
switching state indicator (plunger).
SIRIUS 3RT19 timing relay
SIRIUS 3RT19 electronic timing relays for mounting onto
contactors with:
• 1 NO and 1 NC or 2 NO
• Monofunction
• Monovoltage
• Single or selectable time setting ranges
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 5th
@@@@@
Time module and contactor control units
6th 7th
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
Size
@
@
Version
@
Rated control supply voltage
@
Time setting ranges
@
Connection type
Example
3RT19
2
6
–
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
10/72
@
@
Type of accessories and spare parts
10
@
3RT19
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
2
E
J
1
1
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RT19 timing relays for mounting onto 3RT1 contactors
■ Technical specifications
According to IEC 61812-1/DIN VDE 0435-2021
Type
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III according to
DIN VDE 0110
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
Electronic timing relay blocks
with semiconductor output
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch
blocks
3RT19.6-2C
3RT19.6-2D
3RT19.6-2E
3RT19.6-2F
3RT19.6-2G
V AC
300
°C
°C
-25 ... +60
-40 ... +80
Operating range of excitation
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us,
0.95 ... 1.05 times the rated frequency
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us,
0.95 ... 1.05 times the rated frequency
0.3 for 3RT1916; 0.5 for 3RT1926
-----
-3
1
0.2
0.1
Rated operational currents Ie
•
•
•
•
•
Load current
AC-15, 24 ... 400 V, 50 Hz
DC-13, 24 V
DC-13, 125 V
DC-13, 250 V
A
A
A
A
A
Mechanical endurance
Operating cycles 100 x 106
10 x 106
Electrical endurance at Ie
Operating cycles 100 x 106
1 x 105
•
•
•
•
•
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Tightening torque
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
AWG
Nm
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
1 x (0.5 ... 4)/2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5)/2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
0.8 … 1.2
10
Connection type
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/73
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RT19 timing relays for mounting onto 3RT1 contactors
3RT19 internal circuit diagrams
Electronic timing relay blocks
For 3RT10 contactors in sizes S0 to S12 and
3RH11 contactor relays
L1/L+
A2
A1
A2
1
NSB0_00945b
A1
NSB0_00944a
L1/L+
S1
A1 B1
A2
1
2
A1
A2
A1
A2
2
A1
A2
N/L
N/L
1 Timing relay block
1 Timing relay block
2 Contactor
2 Contactor
Can be connected
Can be connected
Do not connect!
3RT1926-2C
ON-delay
3RT1926-2D
With OFF-delay
(with control signal)
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks
6
6
6
$
$
A1
A2
27
35
$
28
36
$
A1
NSB0_01873
35
$
28
36
$
A1
A2
3RT1926-2F
OFF-delay
(without control signal)
27
37
28
38
NSB0_01875
NSB0_01874a
3RT1926-2E
ON-delay
3RT1926-2G
Wye-delta function
3RT1926 function diagrams
>200 ms
-7/-8
-5/-6
t
A1/A2
NSB0_00937
NSB0_00936
A1/A2
-7/-8
-5/-6
t
3RT1926-2E
ON-delay
3RT1926-2F
OFF-delay without control signal
2 NO contacts
Legend
Timing relay energized
A1/A2
Y -7/-8
-7/-8
t
50 ms
3RT1926-2G
Wye-delta function
1 NO delayed, 1 NO instantaneous,
dead time 50 ms (varistor integrated)
10/74
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Contact closed
Contact open
Contactor coil energized
A1/A2
Timing relay
t
A1/A2
Contactor
3RT1926-2C
ON-delay
two-wire design (varistor integrated)
A1/A2
Timing relay
B1/A2
> 35 ms
A1/A2
Contactor
NSB0_00940a
1 NO contact (semiconductor)
NSB0_0939a
1 NO contact + 1 NC contact
NSB0_00938
10
A2
27
t
3RT1926-2D
OFF-delay
with control signal (varistor integrated)
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RT19 timing relays for mounting onto 3RT1 contactors
■ Selection and ordering data
For
contactors
Version
Time setting
range t
Rated control
supply voltage Us
s
V
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Type
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
For sizes S0 to S121)
3RT102,
3RT103,
3RT104
Terminal designations acc. to EN 46199-5
• ON-delay
1 NO + 1 NC
3RT1926-2...
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
24 AC/DC
C
}
A
3RT1926-2EJ11
3RT1926-2EJ21
3RT1926-2EJ31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
100 ... 127 AC
C
}
C
3RT1926-2EC11
3RT1926-2EC21
3RT1926-2EC31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
200 ... 240 AC
B
}
B
3RT1926-2ED11
3RT1926-2ED21
3RT1926-2ED31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
24 AC/DC
}
}
}
3RT1926-2FJ11
3RT1926-2FJ21
3RT1926-2FJ31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
100 ... 127 AC
B
}
B
3RT1926-2FK11
3RT1926-2FK21
3RT1926-2FK31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
200 ... 240 AC
B
A
A
3RT1926-2FL11
3RT1926-2FL21
3RT1926-2FL31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
}
}
}
3RT1926-2GJ51
3RT1926-2GC51
3RT1926-2GD51
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
• OFF-delay without control signal2)
1 NO + 1 NC
• Wye-delta function (varistor integrated)
1 NO delayed +
1 NO instantaneous, dead time
50 ms
1.5 ... 30
24 AC/DC
100 ... 127 AC
200 ... 240 AC
For sizes S0 to S3, with semiconductor output
3RT102,
3RT103,
3RT1042)
For mounting onto coil terminals on top of the
contactors
The electrical connection between the relay block and
the corresponding contactor is established by screwing
the two connecting pins of the timing relay block to coil
terminals A1/A2 on top of the contactor.
3RT1926-2C...
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
24 ... 66 AC/DC
B
B
B
3RT1926-2CG11
3RT1926-2CG21
3RT1926-2CG31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
90 … 240 AC/DC
}
}
}
3RT1926-2CH11
3RT1926-2CH21
3RT1926-2CH31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
• OFF-delay with control signal (varistor integrated)
3RT1926-2D...
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
24 ... 66 AC/DC
C
B
D
3RT1926-2DG11
3RT1926-2DG21
3RT1926-2DG31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
90 ... 240 AC/DC
B
B
C
3RT1926-2DH11
3RT1926-2DH21
3RT1926-2DH31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
1)
The terminals A1 and A2 for the rated control supply voltage of the
solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block must be connected to the
corresponding contactor by connecting cables.
2)
Not for 3RT104 contactor with 24 to 42 V rated control supply voltage.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/75
10
• ON-delay, two-wire design (varistor integrated)
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
General data
■ Overview
Features
3RR21
3RR22
Benefits
S00, S0, S2
S00, S0, S2
• Are coordinated with the dimensions, connections and
technical characteristics of the other devices in the
SIRIUS modular system (contactors, soft starters, etc.)
S00: 45 x 79 x 80,
S0: 45 x 87 x 91,
S2: 55 x 99 x 112
S00: 45 x 79 x 80,
S0: 45 x 87 x 91,
S2: 55 x 99 x 112
• Permit the mounting of slim-line and compact load
feeders in widths of 45 mm (S00 and S0) and
55 mm (S2)
• Spring-type terminals
S00: 45 x 90 x 80,
S0: 45 x 109 x 92,
S2: 55 x 99 x 112
S00: 45 x 90 x 80,
S0: 45 x 109 x 92,
S2: 55 x 99 x 112
Current range
S00: 1.6 ... 16 A
S0: 4 ... 40 A
S2: 8 ... 80 A
S00: 1.6 ... 16 A
S0: 4 ... 40 A
S2: 8 ... 80 A
• Is adapted to the other devices in the SIRIUS modular
system
-25 ... +60 °C
-25 ... +60 °C
• Suitable for applications in the control cabinet,
worldwide
✓
(Two-phase)
✓
(Three-phase)
• Provides optimum inverse-time delayed protection of
loads against excessive temperature rises due to
overload
General data
W
D
Dimensions in mm
(W x H x D)
• Screw terminals
H
Sizes
• Simplify configuration
• Just a single version per size with a wide setting range
enables easy configuration
Permissible ambient temperature
During operation
Monitoring functions
Current overshoot
• Enables detection of filter blockages or pumping
against closed gate valves
• Enables drawing conclusions about wear, poor lubrication or other maintenance-relevant phenomena
Current undershoot
✓
(Two-phase)
✓
(Three-phase)
• Enables detection of overload due to a slipping or torn
belt
• Guarantees protection of pumps against dry running
10
• Facilitates monitoring of the functions of resistive loads
such as heaters
• Permits energy savings through monitoring of no-load
operation
Apparent current monitoring
✓
✓
(Selectable)
• Precision current monitoring especially in a motor's
rated and upper torque range
Active current monitoring
--
✓
(Selectable)
• Optimum current monitoring over a motor's entire
torque range through the patented combination of
power factor and apparent current monitoring
Range monitoring
✓
(Two-phase)
✓
(Three-phase)
• Simultaneous monitoring of current overshoot and
undershoot with a singe device
Phase failure, open circuit
✓
(Two-phase)
✓
(Three-phase)
• Minimizes heating of three-phase motors during phase
failure through immediate disconnection
• Prevents operation of hoisting equipment with reduced
load carrying capacity
Phase sequence monitoring
--
✓
(Selectable)
• Prevents starting of motors, pumps or compressors in
the wrong direction of rotation
Internal ground-fault detection
(residual current monitoring)
--
✓
(Selectable)
• Provides optimum protection of loads against highresistance short circuits or ground faults due to moisture, condensed water, damage to the insulation
material, etc.
• Eliminates the need for additional special equipment
• Saves space in the control cabinet
• Reduces wiring overhead and costs
Blocking current monitoring
--
✓
(Selectable)
• Minimizes heating of three-phase motors when blocked
during operation through immediate disconnection
• Minimizes mechanical loading of the system by acting
as an electronic shear pin
✓ Available
-- Not available
10/76
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
General data
Features
3RR21
3RR22
Benefits
✓
✓
• Allows manual or automatic resetting of the relay
Features
RESET function
• Resetting directly on the device or by switching the
control supply voltage off and on (remote RESET)
ON-delay time
0 ... 60 s
0 ... 99 s
• Enables motor starting without evaluation of the starting
current
Tripping delay time
0 ... 30 s
0 ... 30 s
• Permits brief threshold value violations during operation
• Can be used for monitoring motors with lengthy start up
• Prevents frequent warnings and disconnections with
currents near the threshold values
Operating and indicating elements
LEDs and
rotary potentiometers
Displays and buttons
• For setting the threshold values and delay times
• For selectable functions
• For quick and selective diagnostics
• Displays for permanent display of measured values
Integrated contacts
1 CO contact
1 CO,
1 semiconductor output
• Enable disconnection of the system or process when
there is an irregularity
• Can be used to output signals
Design of load feeders
Short-circuit strength up to 100 kA
at 690 V
(in conjunction with the corresponding fuses
or the corresponding motor starter protector)
✓
✓
• Provides optimum protection of the loads and operating
personnel in the event of short circuits due to insulation
faults or faulty switching operations
Electrical and mechanical
matching to 3RT2 contactors
✓
✓
• Simplifies configuration
• Reduces wiring outlay and costs
• Enables stand-alone installation as well as
space-saving direct mounting
✓
(optional)
✓
(optional)
• Enables fast connections
• Permits vibration-resistant connections
• Enables maintenance-free connections
Other features
Suitable for single- and three-phase loads
✓
✓
• Enables the monitoring of single-phase systems
through parallel infeed at the contactor or looping
the current through the three phase connections
Wide setting ranges
✓
✓
• Reduce the number of variants
• Minimize the configuration outlay and costs
• Minimize storage overheads, storage costs, tied-up
capital
Wide voltage supply range
✓
(optional)
✓
(optional)
• Reduces the number of versions
• Minimizes the configuring overhead and costs
• Minimizes storage overhead, storage costs, tied-up
capital
✓ Available
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/77
10
Spring-type terminals for main circuit
(with S00, S0) and auxiliary circuits
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
General data
Possible combinations of 3RR21/3RR22 monitoring relays with 3RT2 contactors
Monitoring relays
Current range
Contactors
(type, size, rating)
3RT201
3RT202
3RT203
S00
S0
S2
A
3/4/5.5/7.5 kW
5.5/7.5/11/15/18.5 kW
18.5/22/30/37 kW
3RR2141
1.6 ... 16
✓
With stand-alone installation support
With stand-alone installation support
3RR2241
1.6 ... 16
✓
With stand-alone installation support
With stand-alone installation support
3RR2142
4 ... 40
With stand-alone installation support
✓
With stand-alone installation support
3RR2242
4 ... 40
With stand-alone installation support
✓
With stand-alone installation support
3RR2143
8 ... 80
With stand-alone installation support
With stand-alone installation support
✓
3RR2243
8 ... 80
With stand-alone installation support
With stand-alone installation support
✓
Type
3RR2.41
3RR2.42
3RR2.43
✓ Available
Article No. scheme
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
Digit of the Article No.
@@@
Monitoring relays
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@
A
3
0
3RR
SIRIUS 2nd generation
2
@
Type of setting
@
Type of monitoring relay
@
Size
@
Connection methods
@
Number and type of outputs
Signal type of the control supply voltage
3RR
Example
2
1
4
1
–
1
A
0
Note:
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
Advantages through energy efficiency
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to
optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate,
and realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware
and software solutions in every process phase.
0 24
4
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also
make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
IC0
1_ 0
10
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
The 3RR2 monitoring relays contribute to the energy efficiency
throughout the plant as follows:
• Shutdown in the event of no-load operation
(e.g. pump no-load operation)
• Load shedding of predefined loads in the event of current
overshoots
Overview of the energy management process
■ More information
Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations –
Selection Data for Fuseless and Fused Load Feeders", see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39714188.
System Manual "Industrial Controls – SIRIUS Innovations", see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39740306.
10/78
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Manual "3UG45/3UG46 and 3RR21/3RR22 Monitoring Relays",
see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/54397927.
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
Current and active current monitoring
SIRIUS 3RR2242, 3RR2142 and 3RR2243 current monitoring relays
The SIRIUS 3RR2 current monitoring relays are suitable for the
load monitoring of motors or other loads. In two or three phases
they monitor the rms value of AC currents for overshooting or
undershooting of set threshold values.
Whereas apparent current monitoring is used above all in connection with the rated torque or in case of overload, the active
current monitoring option can be used to observe and evaluate
the load factor over a motor's entire torque range.
The 3RR2 current monitoring relays can be integrated directly in
the feeder by mounting onto the 3RT2 contactor; separate wiring
of the main circuit is therefore superfluous. No separate transformers are required.
For a line-oriented configuration or simultaneous use of an
overload relay, terminal supports for stand-alone installation are
available for separate standard rail mounting.
Versions
Basic versions
■ Benefits
• Can be mounted directly on 3RT2 contactors and
3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies, in other words,
there is no need for additional wiring in the main circuit
• Optimally coordinated with the technical characteristics of the
3RT2 contactors
• No separate current transformer required
• Versions with wide voltage supply range
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Display of ACTUAL value and status messages
• All versions with removable control current terminals
• All versions with screw terminals or spring-type terminals
• Simple determination of the threshold values through direct
reference to actually measured values for setpoint loading
• Range monitoring and selectable active current measurement
mean that only one device for monitoring a motor is required
along the entire torque curve
• In addition to current monitoring it is also possible to monitor
for broken cables, phase failure, phase sequence, residual
current and motor blocking
■ Application
• Monitoring of current overshoot and undershoot
• Monitoring of broken conductors
• Monitoring of no-load operation and load shedding, e.g. in the
event of a torn V-belt or no-load operation of a pump
• Monitoring of overload, e.g. on conveyor belts or cranes due
to an excessive load
• Monitoring the functionality of electrical loads such as heaters
• Monitoring of wrong phase sequence on mobile equipment
such as compressors or cranes
• Monitoring of high-impedance faults to ground, e.g. caused
by damaged insulation or moisture
10
■ Overview
The basic versions with two-phase apparent current monitoring,
a CO contact output and analog adjustability provide a high
level of monitoring reliability especially in the rated and overload
range.
Standard versions
The standard versions monitor the current in three phases with
selectable active current monitoring. They have additional diagnostics options such as residual current monitoring and phase
sequence monitoring, and they are also suitable for monitoring
motors below the rated torque. These devices have an additional independent semiconductor output, an actual value indicator, and are digitally adjustable.
Both versions are available optionally with screw or spring-type
terminals, in each case for sizes S00 and S0. With variants of
size S2 the main current paths always have screw terminals;
the control current side can have screw or spring-type terminals.
Note:
In addition to the features of the standard versions, 3RR24
monitoring relays for mounting onto 3RT2 contactors for IO-Link
also offer the possibility of transmitting the measured values and
diagnostics data to a controller via an IO-Link. Furthermore,
the devices can be parameterized on the devices themselves or
via IO-Link.
For more information, see page 10/85.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/79
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
Current and active current monitoring
■ Technical specifications
Function charts of 3RR214.-.A.30 basic variants, analogically adjustable
Closed-circuit principle upon application of the control supply voltage
Current overshoot
Range monitoring
B1-B2
B1-B2
1~ = 0
>
<
>
Hysteresis 6,25 %
▲
1~ = 0
Hysteresis 6,25 %
Hyst. 6,25 %
▼
2~ = 0
31/34
31/32
FAULT
LED
OFF FLASH OFF FLASH OFF FLASH
slow
slow
slow
onDel
onDel
ON
OFF
B1-B2
<
1~ = 0
Hysteresis 6,25 %
2~ = 0
NSB0_02049
10
▼
31/34
31/32
O F F FLASH O N FLASH O F F FLASH
slow
slow
slow
onDel
10/80
onDel
Del
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
O F F FLASH O N FLASH O F F FLASH
slow
slow
slow
onDel
Del
Current undershoot
FAULT
LED
31/34
31/32
FAULT
LED
FLASH OFF
fast
NSB0_02050
NSB0_02048
2~ = 0
ON
OFF
FLASH O F F
fast
onDel
Del
ON
OFF
FLASH
slow
Del
ON
O F F FLASH O F F
fast
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
Current and active current monitoring
Function charts of 3RR224.-.F.30 standard versions, digitally adjustable
With the closed-circuit principle selected upon application of the control supply voltage
Current overshoot
Range monitoring
B1-B2
>
B1-B2
>n x
>
<
1,2 ~ = 0
nx ▲
▲, !▲
▲, !▲
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Hyst.
▼, !▼
3~ = 0
3~ = 0
NSB0_02051
Q on
Q off
onDel onDel
Del
RsDel
NSB0_02053
31/34
31/32
31/34
31/32
Q on
Q off
onDel onDel
Del
RsDel
Del
RsDel
RsDel
Current undershoot with residual current monitoring
Phase sequence monitoring
B1-B2
>
B1-B2
1+ 2+ 3 ≥
Hysteresis
▼, !▼
31/34
31/32
31/34
31/32
Q on
Q off
onDel
onDel
Del
Q on
Q off
RsDel
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/81
10
3~ = 0
NSB0_02052
3~ = 0
NSB0_02054
L3- L 2- L1
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
Current and active current monitoring
Circuit diagrams
B1 / AC/DC
2T1 4T2 6T3
B2
B1 / AC/DC
31
32 34 14/22 A2
2T1 4T2 6T3
B2
3RR2141-2A.30, 3RR2142-.A.30, 3RR2143-.A.30
B1 / AC/DC
2T1 4T2 6T3
Q B2
31
B1 / AC/DC
32 34 14/22 A2
2T1 4T2 6T3
Q B2
3RR2241-1F.30
10
Note:
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
31
32 34
IC01_00202
IC01_00200
10/82
32 34
IC01_00201
IC01_00199
3RR2141-1A.30
31
3RR2241-2F.30, 3RR2242-.F.30, 3RR2243-.F.30
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
Current and active current monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
SIRIUS 3RR21/3RR22 current monitoring relays
• For load monitoring of motors or other loads
• Multi-phase monitoring of undercurrent and overcurrent
• Starting and tripping delay can be adjusted separately
• Tripping delay 0 to 30 s
• Auto or Manual RESET
3RR2141-1AW30
Size
3RR2142-1AW30
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3RR2241-1FW30
Measuring range
Hysteresis
Control supply voltage Us
A
A
V
3RR2242-1FW30
DT
3RR2141-2AA30
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
3RR2243-3FW30
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Basic versions
•
•
•
•
•
•
Analogically adjustable
Closed-circuit principle
1 CO contact
2-phase current monitoring
Apparent current monitoring
Start-up delay 0 ... 60 s
S00
1.6 ... 16
6.25 % of
threshold value
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RR2141-1AA30
3RR2141-1AW30
A
A
3RR2141-2AA30
3RR2141-2AW30
S0
4 ... 40
6.25 % of
threshold value
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RR2142-1AA30
3RR2142-1AW30
A
A
3RR2142-2AA30
3RR2142-2AW30
S2
8 ... 80
6.25 % of
threshold value
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RR2143-1AA30
3RR2143-1AW30
A
A
3RR2143-3AA30
3RR2143-3AW30
Standard versions
Digitally adjustable
LC display
Open or closed-circuit principle
1 CO contact
1 semiconductor output
3-phase current monitoring
Active current or apparent current monitoring
Phase sequence monitoring
Residual current monitoring
Blocking current monitoring
Reclosing delay time 0 ... 300 min
Start-up delay 0 ... 99 s
Separate settings for warning and alarm thresholds
10
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
S00
1.6 ... 16
0.1 ... 3
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RR2241-1FA30
3RR2241-1FW30
A
A
3RR2241-2FA30
3RR2241-2FW30
S0
4 ... 40
0.1 ... 8
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RR2242-1FA30
3RR2242-1FW30
A
A
3RR2242-2FA30
3RR2242-2FW30
S2
8 ... 80
0.2 ... 16
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RR2243-1FA30
3RR2243-1FW30
A
A
3RR2243-3FA30
3RR2243-3FW30
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/83
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
Current and active current monitoring
■ Accessories
Use
Version
Size
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41F
41F
41F
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41F
41F
100 340 units
41B
Terminal supports for stand-alone installation1)
For 3RR21,
3RR22
For separate mounting of the overload relays
or monitoring relays; screw and snap-on mounting
onto TH 35 standard mounting rail according to
IEC 60715
• Screw connection
S00
S0
S2
Screw terminals
}
}
A
3RU2916-3AA01
3RU2926-3AA01
3RU2936-3AA01
3RU2916-3AA01
Spring-type
terminals
• Spring-type connection
S00
S0
B
B
3RU2916-3AC01
3RU2926-3AC01
D
3RT2900-1SB20
3RU2926-3AC01
Blank labels
For 3RR21,
3RR22
Unit labeling plates2)
For SIRIUS devices
IC01_00181
20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray
3RT2900-1SB20
10
Sealable covers
For 3RR21,
3RR22
Sealable covers
A
For securing against unintentional or unauthorized
adjustment of settings
For 3RR21
Sealing foil
For securing against unauthorized adjustment of
setting knobs
}
3RR2940
1
5 units
41H
3TK2820-0AA00
1
1 unit
41L
1
1 unit
41B
3RR2940
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary Screwdrivers
circuit
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals;
connections 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm; length approx. 200 mm,
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
Spring-type
terminals
A
3RA2908-1A
3RA2908-1A
1)
The accessories are identical to those of the 3RU21 thermal overload
relays and the 3RB3 electronic overload relays, see Chapter 7
"Protection Equipment".
2)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH,
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
10/84
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
General data
■ Overview
Features
3RR24
Benefits
S00, S0, S2
• Are coordinated with the dimensions, connections and technical
characteristics of the other devices in the SIRIUS modular system
(contactors, soft starters, etc.)
S00: 45 x 79 x 80,
S0: 45 x 87 x 91,
S2: 55 x 99 x 112
• Permit the mounting of slim-line and compact load feeders in widths of
45 mm (S00 and S0) and 55 mm (S2)
General data
Screw terminals
W
D
Dimensions in mm
(W x H x D)
H
Sizes
• Simplify configuration
• Spring-type terminals
S00: 45 x 90 x 80,
S0: 45 x 109 x 92,
S2: 55 x 99 x 112
Current range
S00: 1.6 ... 16 A
S0: 4 ... 40 A
S2: 8 ... 80 A
• Is adapted to the other devices in the SIRIUS modular system
-25 ... +60 °C
• Suitable for applications in the control cabinet, worldwide
✓
(Three-phase)
• Provides optimum inverse-time delayed protection of loads against
excessive temperature rises due to overload
• Just a single version per size with a wide setting range enables easy
configuration
Permissible ambient temperature
During operation
Monitoring functions
Current overshoot
• Enables detection of filter blockages or pumping against closed gate
valves
• Enables drawing conclusions about wear, poor lubrication or other
maintenance-relevant phenomena
Current undershoot
✓
(Three-phase)
• Enables detection of overload due to a slipping or torn belt
• Guarantees protection of pumps against dry running
• Facilitates monitoring of the functions of resistive loads such as heaters
✓
(Selectable)
• Precision current monitoring especially in a motor's rated and upper torque
range
Active current monitoring
✓
(Selectable)
• Optimum current monitoring over a motor's entire torque range through the
patented combination of power factor and apparent current monitoring
Range monitoring
✓
(Three-phase)
• Simultaneous monitoring of current overshoot and undershoot with a singe
device
Phase failure, open circuit
✓
(Three-phase)
• Minimizes heating of three-phase motors during phase failure through
immediate disconnection
• Prevents operation of hoisting equipment with reduced load carrying
capacity
Phase sequence monitoring
✓
(Selectable)
• Prevents starting of motors, pumps or compressors in the wrong direction
of rotation
Internal ground-fault detection
(residual current monitoring)
✓
(Selectable)
• Provides optimum protection of loads against high-resistance short circuits
or ground faults due to moisture, condensed water, damage to the insulation material, etc.
• Eliminates the need for additional special equipment
• Saves space in the control cabinet
• Reduces wiring overhead and costs
Blocking current monitoring
✓
(Selectable)
• Minimizes heating of three-phase motors when blocked during operation
through immediate disconnection
• Minimizes mechanical loading of the system by acting as an electronic
shear pin
Operating hours counter
✓
• Gives the time during which there was a measurable current in at least
2 current paths
• As an indicator for upcoming maintenance or replacement of machine and
system components
Operating cycles counter
✓
• Is incremented by one each time a breaking operation is detected, in other
words a transition from three-phase current flow to no measurable current
flow
• As an indicator for upcoming maintenance or replacement of contact
blocks
✓ Available
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/85
10
• Permits energy savings through monitoring of no-load operation
Apparent current monitoring
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
General data
Features
3RR24
Benefits
✓
• Allows manual or automatic resetting of the relay
Features
RESET function
• Resetting directly on the device, by switching the control supply voltage off
and on or via IO-Link (remote RESET)
ON-delay time
0 ... 999.9 s
• Enables motor starting without evaluation of the starting current
Tripping delay time
0 … 999.9 s
• Permits brief threshold value violations during operation
• Can be used for monitoring motors with lengthy start up
• Prevents frequent warnings and disconnections with currents near the
threshold values
Operating and indicating elements
Displays and buttons
• For setting the threshold values and delay times
• For selectable functions
• For quick and selective diagnostics
• Displays for permanent display of measured values
1 CO contact,
1 semiconductor output
(in SIO mode)
• Enable disconnection of the system or process when there is an irregularity
Short-circuit strength up to 100 kA
at 690 V
(in conjunction with the corresponding fuses or the
corresponding motor starter protector)
✓
• Provides optimum protection of the loads and operating personnel in the
event of short circuits due to insulation faults or faulty switching operations
Electrical and mechanical
matching to 3RT2 contactors
✓
• Simplifies configuration
Spring-type terminals for main circuit
(with S00, S0) and auxiliary circuits
✓
(Optional)
Integrated contacts
• Can be used to output signals
Design of load feeders
• Reduces wiring outlay and costs
• Enables stand-alone installation as well as space-saving direct mounting
• Enables fast connections
• Permits vibration-resistant connections
• Enables maintenance-free connections
10
Other features
Suitable for single- and three-phase loads
✓
• Enables the monitoring of single-phase systems through parallel infeed at
the contactor or looping the current through the three phase connections
Wide setting ranges
✓
• Reduce the number of variants
• Minimize the configuration outlay and costs
• Minimize storage overheads, storage costs, tied-up capital
Power supply
24 V DC
• Direct via IO-Link master or via an external auxiliary voltage independent
of the IO-Link
• Minimizes the configuring overhead and costs
✓ Available
10/86
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
General data
Possible combinations of 3RR24 monitoring relays with 3RT2 contactors for IO-Link
Monitoring relays
Current range
Contactors
(type, size, rating)
3RT201
3RT202
3RT203
S00
S0
S2
Type
A
3/4/5.5/7.5 kW
5.5/7.5/11/15/18.5 kW
18.5/22/30/37 kW
3RR2441
1.6 ... 16
✓
With stand-alone installation
support
With stand-alone installation
support
3RR2442
4 ... 40
With stand-alone installation
support
✓
With stand-alone installation
support
3RR2443
8 ... 80
With stand-alone installation
support
With stand-alone installation
support
✓
✓ Available
Notes:
Devices required for the communication via IO-Link:
• Any controller that supports the IO-Link
(e.g. ET 200SP with CPU or S7-1200),
see Catalog ST 70 "Products for Totally Integrated Automation"
• IO-Link-Master (e.g. CM 4xIO-Link for SIMATIC ET 200SP or
SM 1278 for S7-1200), see Catalog ST 70
"Products for Totally Integrated Automation"
Each monitoring relay requires an IO-Link channel.
Article No. scheme
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
@@@
Monitoring relays
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
SIRIUS 2nd generation
@
@
@
A
4
0
2
@
Type of setting
@
Type of monitoring relay
@
Size
@
Connection methods
@
Number and type of outputs
Signal type of the control supply voltage
Example
@
3RR
3RR
2
4
4
1
–
1
A
0
10
Digit of the Article No.
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/87
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
General data
■ Benefits
Advantages through energy efficiency
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate,
and realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware
and software solutions in every process phase.
IC0
1_ 0
0 24
4
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also
make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
The 3RR2 monitoring relays contribute to the energy efficiency
throughout the plant as follows:
• Shutdown in the event of no-load operation
(e.g. pump no-load operation)
• Load shedding of predefined loads in the event of current
overshoots
Overview of the energy management process
■ More information
Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations –
Selection Data for Fuseless and Fused Load Feeders", see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39714188.
System Manual "Industrial Controls – SIRIUS Innovations", see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39740306.
10
Manual "3UG48/3RR24 Monitoring Relays for IO-Link", see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/54375430.
10/88
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Notes on safety
System networking requires suitable protective measures
(including network segmentation for IT security) in order to
ensure safe plant operation.
More information about the subject of Industrial Security,
see www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
Current and active current monitoring
■ Overview
• Rapid parameterization of the same devices by duplication of
the parameterization in the controller
• Parameter transmission by upload to a controller by IO-Link
call or by parameter server (if IO-Link master from IO-Link
Specification V 1.1 and higher is used)
• Consistent central data storage in the event of parameter
change locally or via a controller
• Automatic reparameterizing when devices are exchanged
• Blocking of local parameterization via IO-Link possible
• Faults are saved in parameterizable and non-volatile fashion
to prevent an automatic start up after voltage failure and to
make sure diagnostics data is not lost
• By integration into the automation level the option exists of
parameterizing the monitoring relay at any time via a display
unit or displaying the measured values in a control room or
locally at the machine/control cabinet
The SIRIUS 3RR24 current monitoring relays for IO-Link are
suitable for the load monitoring of motors or other loads. In three
phases they monitor the rms value of AC currents for
overshooting or undershooting of set threshold values.
Whereas apparent current monitoring is used above all in
connection with the rated torque or in case of overload, the
active current monitoring option, which is also selectable, can
be used to observe and evaluate the load factor over a motor's
entire torque range.
The 3RR24 current monitoring relays for IO-Link can be integrated directly in the feeder by mounting onto the 3RT2 contactor; separate wiring of the main circuit is therefore superfluous.
No separate transformers are required.
For a line-oriented configuration or simultaneous use of an
overload relay, terminal supports for stand-alone installation are
available for separate standard rail mounting.
The SIRIUS 3RR24 current monitoring relays for IO-Link also
offer many other options based upon the monitoring functions of
the conventional SIRIUS 3RR2 monitoring relays:
• Measured value transmission to a controller, including resolution and unit, may be parameterizable as to which value is
cyclically transmitted
• Transmission of alarm flags to a controller
• Full diagnosis capability by inquiry as to the cause of the fault
in the diagnosis data record
• Remote parameterization is also possible, in addition to or
instead of local parameterization
Even without communication via IO-Link the devices continue to
function fully autonomously:
• Parameterization can take place locally at the device,
independently of a controller
• In the event of failure or before the controller becomes
available the monitoring relays work as long as the control
supply voltage (24 V DC) is present
• If the monitoring relays are operated without the controller,
the 3RR24 monitoring relays for IO-Link have, thanks to the
integrated SIO mode, an additional semiconductor output,
which switches when the adjustable warning threshold is
exceeded
Thanks to the combination of autonomous monitoring relay function and integrated IO-Link communication, redundant sensors
and/or analog signal converters – which previously took over the
transmission of measured values to a controller, leading to considerable extra cost and wiring outlay – are no longer needed.
Because the output relays are still present, the monitoring relays
increase the functional reliability of the system, since only the
controller can fulfill the control tasks if the current measured
values are available, whereas the output relays can also be used
for the disconnection of the system if limit values that cannot be
reached during operation are exceeded.
For further information on the IO-Link communication system,
see Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication".
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/89
10
SIRIUS 3RR2441, 3RR2442 and 3RR2443 current monitoring relays
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
Current and active current monitoring
10
■ Benefits
■ Application
• Can be mounted directly on 3RT2 contactors and
3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies, in other words,
there is no need for additional wiring in the main circuit
• Optimally coordinated with the technical characteristics of the
3RT2 contactors
• No separate current transformer required
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Display of ACTUAL value and status messages
• All versions with removable control current terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
• Simple determination of the threshold values through direct
reference to actually measured values for setpoint loading
• Range monitoring and selectable active current measurement
mean that only one device for monitoring a motor is required
along the entire torque curve
• In addition to current monitoring it is also possible to monitor
for current unbalance, broken cables, phase failure,
phase sequence, residual current and motor blocking
• Integrated counter for operating cycles and operating hours to
support requirements-based maintenance of the monitored
machine or application
• Simple cyclical transmission of the current measured values,
relay switching states and events to a controller
• Remote parameterization
• Automatic reparameterizing when devices are exchanged
• Simple duplication of identical or similar parameterizations
• Reduction of control current wiring
• Elimination of testing costs and wiring errors
• Reduction of configuration work
• Integration in TIA means clear diagnostics if a fault occurs
• Cost saving and space saving in control cabinet due to the
elimination of AI and IO modules as well as analog signal
converters and duplicated sensors
10/90
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
• Monitoring of current overshoot and undershoot
• Monitoring of broken conductors
• Monitoring of no-load operation and load shedding, e.g. in the
event of a torn V-belt or no-load operation of a pump
• Monitoring of overload, e.g. on pumps due to a dirty filter
system
• Monitoring the functionality of electrical loads such as heaters
• Monitoring of wrong phase sequence on mobile equipment
such as compressors or cranes
• Monitoring of high-impedance faults to ground, e.g. caused
by damaged insulation or moisture
The use of SIRIUS monitoring relays for IO-Link is particularly
recommended for machines and plant in which these relays,
in addition to their monitoring function, are to be connected
to the automation level for the rapid, simple and fault-free
provision of the current measured values and/or for remote
parameterization.
The monitoring relays can either relieve the controller of monitoring tasks or, as a second monitoring entity in parallel to and
independent of the controller, increase the reliability in the
process or in the system. In addition, the elimination of AI and
IO modules allows the width of the controller to be reduced
despite significantly expanded functionality.
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
Current and active current monitoring
■ Technical specifications
Function charts of 3RR24 for IO-Link, digitally adjustable
With the closed-circuit principle selected upon application of the control supply voltage
Current overshoot
Range monitoring
L+/L>
L+/L-
>n x
>
<
1,2 ~ = 0
nx ▲
▲, !▲
▲, !▲
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Hyst.
▼, !▼
3~ = 0
3~ = 0
IC01_00185
Q on
Q off
onDel
onDel ▲Del
RsDel
IC01_00186
31/34
31/32
31/34
31/32
Q on
Q off
onDel onDel ▲Del
RsDel ▼Del
RsDel
RsDel
Current undershoot with residual current monitoring
Phase sequence monitoring
L+/L>
L+/L-
1+ 2+ 3 ≥
Hysteresis
▼, !▼
31/34
31/32
31/34
31/32
Q on
Q off
onDel
onDel
▼Del
RsDel
L+ C/Q L-
31
IC01_00188
3~ = 0
IC01_00187
3~ = 0
10
L3-L2-L1
Q on
Q off
Circuit diagrams
L+ C/Q L-
IO-Link
2T1 4T2 6T3
31
IO-Link
32 34 14/22 A2
32 34
2T1 4T2 6T3
IC01_00190
IC01_00189
3RR2441-1AA40
3RR2441-2AA40, 3RR2442-.AA40, 3RR2443-.AA40
Note:
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/91
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
Current and active current monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
SIRIUS 3RR24 current monitoring relays for IO-Link
• For load monitoring of motors or other loads
• Multi-phase monitoring of undercurrent and overcurrent
• Starting and tripping delay can be adjusted separately
• Tripping delay 0 to 999.9 s
• Auto or Manual RESET
3RR2441-1AA40
Size
3RR2441-2AA40
3RR2442-1AA40
Measuring range
Hysteresis
Control supply voltage Us
A
A
V
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3RR2442-2AA40
DT
10
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
3RR2443-3AA40
3RR2443-1AA40
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Digitally adjustable
LC display
Open or closed-circuit principle
1 CO contact
1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode)
3-phase current monitoring
Active current or apparent current monitoring
Current unbalance monitoring
Phase sequence monitoring
Residual current monitoring
Blocking current monitoring
Operating hours counter
Operating cycles counter
Reclosing delay time 0 ... 300 min
Start-up delay 0 ... 999.9 s
Separate settings for warning and alarm thresholds
S00
1.6 ... 16
0.1 ... 3
24 DC
A
3RR2441-1AA40
A
3RR2441-2AA40
S0
4 ... 40
0.1 ... 8
24 DC
A
3RR2442-1AA40
A
3RR2442-2AA40
S2
8 ... 80
0.2 ... 16
24 DC
A
3RR2443-1AA40
A
3RR2443-3AA40
10/92
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
Current and active current monitoring
■ Accessories
Use
Version
Size
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41F
41F
41F
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41F
41F
100 340 units
41B
Terminal supports for stand-alone installation1)
For 3RR24
For separate mounting of the overload relays
or monitoring relays; screw and snap-on
mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
according to IEC 60715
• Screw connection
S00
S0
S2
Screw terminals
}
}
A
3RU2916-3AA01
3RU2926-3AA01
3RU2936-3AA01
3RU2916-3AA01
Spring-type terminals
• Spring-type connection
S00
S0
B
B
3RU2916-3AC01
3RU2926-3AC01
20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray
D
3RT2900-1SB20
Sealable covers
For securing against unintentional or
unauthorized adjustment of settings
A
3RR2940
3RU2926-3AC01
Blank labels
Unit labeling plates2)
For SIRIUS devices
IC01_00181
For 3RR24
3RT2900-1SB20
Sealable covers
1
5 units
41H
1
1 unit
41B
10
For 3RR24
3RR2940
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary Screwdrivers
circuit
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type termiconnections nals; 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm; length approx. 200 mm,
A
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
Spring-type terminals
3RA2908-1A
3RA2908-1A
1)
The accessories are identical to those of the 3RU21 thermal overload
relays and the 3RB3 electronic overload relays, see Chapter 7
"Protection Equipment".
2)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH,
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/93
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
General data
■ Overview
The individual 3UG4 monitoring relays offer the following
functions in various combinations:
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of liquid levels
• Phase sequence
• Phase failure, neutral conductor failure
• Phase asymmetry
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for voltage
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for current
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for power
factor
• Monitoring of the active current or the apparent current
• Monitoring of the residual current
• Monitoring of the insulation resistance
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for speed
SIRIUS 3UG4 monitoring relay
The field-proven SIRIUS monitoring relays for electrical and
mechanical variables enable constant monitoring of all important characteristic quantities that provide information about the
functional capability of a plant. Both sudden disturbances and
gradual changes, which may indicate the need for maintenance,
are detected. Thanks to their relay outputs, the monitoring relays
permit direct disconnection of the affected system components
as well as alerting (e.g. by switching a warning lamp). Thanks to
adjustable delay times the monitoring relays can respond very
flexibly to brief faults such as voltage dips or load changes.
This avoids unnecessary alarms and disconnections while
enhancing plant availability.
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
10
@@@
Monitoring relays
@
@
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
Generation
@
Type of setting
Functions
@
Connection methods
@
Contacts
@
Supply voltage
@
Signal type of the control supply voltage
@
Special version
Example
3UG
4
5
1
Notes:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
10/94
@
3UG
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
1
–
1
A
N
2
0
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
General data
■ Benefits
0 24
4
Advantages through energy efficiency
IC0
1_ 0
• Customary screw and spring-type terminals for quick and
reliable wiring
• Fast commissioning thanks to menu-guided parameterization
and actual value display for limit value determination
• Reduced space requirement in the control cabinet thanks to a
consistent width of 22.5 mm
• Parameterizable monitoring functions, delay times, reset
response, etc.
• Reduced stockkeeping thanks to minimized variance and
large measuring ranges
• Wide-voltage power supply units for global applicability
• Device replacement without renewed wiring thanks to
removable terminals
• Reliable system diagnostics thanks to actual value display
and connectable fault memory
• Rapid diagnostics thanks to unambiguous error messages on
the display
Overview of the energy management process
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate,
and realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware
and software solutions in every process phase.
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also
make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
The 3UG4 monitoring relays contribute to energy efficiency
throughout the plant as follows:
• Shutdown in the event of no-load operation
(e.g. pump no-load operation)
• Reactive-power compensation by means of power factor
monitoring
• Load shedding of predefined loads in the event of current
overshoots
The SIRIUS 3UG4 monitoring relays monitor the most diverse
electrical and mechanical quantities in the feeder, and provide
reliable protection against damage in the plant. For this purpose,
they offer freely parameterizable limit values and diverse options
for adapting to the respective task, and in the event of a fault,
they provide clear diagnostics information.
The digitally adjustable products also display the current
measured values direct on the device. This not only facilitates
the display of valuable plant status information during operation,
it also enables adjustment of the monitored limit values in
accordance with the actual conditions.
The 3UG4 monitoring relays are available for the following
applications:
• Line and single-phase voltage monitoring
• Single-phase current monitoring or power factor and active
current monitoring
• Residual current monitoring
• Insulation monitoring
• Level monitoring
• Speed monitoring
The positive result: More selective avoidance of production
faults – sustained increases in availability and productivity.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/95
10
■ Application
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
General data
■ Technical specifications
Type
3UG
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
• For 2 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
22.5 x 83 x 91
22.5 x 84 x 91
mm
mm
22.5 x 92 x 91
22.5 x 94 x 91
• For 4 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
mm
mm
22.5 x 103 x 91
22.5 x 103 x 91
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
°C
-25 ... +60
D
H
mm
mm
• For 3 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
W
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
AWG
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Solid
Finely stranded, with end sleeves acc. to DIN 46228
Finely stranded
AWG cables, solid or stranded
mm2
mm2
2
mm
AWG
■ More information
10
Manual "3UG45/3UG46 and 3RR21/3RR22 Monitoring Relays",
see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/54397927.
10/96
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
1 x (0.5 ... 4)/2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5)/2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (24 ... 16)
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Can be used without auxiliary voltage in any network from
160 to 630 V AC worldwide thanks to wide voltage range
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Permanent display of ACTUAL value and network fault type
on the digital versions
• Automatic correction of the direction of rotation by distinguishing between power system faults and wrong phase sequence
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4615 monitoring relay
Solid-state line monitoring relays provide maximum protection
for mobile machines and plants or for unstable networks.
Network and voltage faults can thus be detected early and
rectified before far greater damage ensues.
Depending on the version, the relays monitor phase sequence,
phase failure with and without N conductor monitoring, phase
asymmetry, undervoltage or overvoltage.
Phase asymmetry is evaluated as the difference between the
greatest and the smallest phase voltage relative to the greatest
phase voltage. Undervoltage or overvoltage exists when at least
one phase voltage deviates by 20 % from the set rated system
voltage or the directly set limit values are overshot or undershot.
The rms value of the voltage is measured.
With the 3UG4617 or 3UG4618 relay, a wrong direction of rotation can also be corrected automatically.
The relays are used above all for mobile equipment, e.g. air
conditioning compressors, refrigerating containers, building site
compressors and cranes.
Function
Application
Phase sequence
• Direction of rotation of the drive
Phase failure
• A fuse has tripped
• Failure of the control supply voltage
• Broken cable
Phase asymmetry
• Overheating of the motor due to asymmetrical
voltage
• Detection of asymmetrically loaded networks
Undervoltage
• Increased current on a motor with corresponding overheating
• Unintentional resetting of a device
• Network collapse, particularly with battery power
Overvoltage
• Protection of a plant against destruction due to
overvoltage
Correct phase sequence
L1-L2-L3
11/14
ON 11/12
Note:
21/24
When one phase fails, connected loads (motor windings, lamps,
transformers, coils, etc.) create a feedback voltage at the terminal of the failed phase due to the network coupling. Because the
3UG4511 relays are not resistant to voltage feedback, such a
phase failure is not detected. Should this be required, then the
3UG4512 monitoring relay must be used.
21/22
NSB0_01565a
The 3UG4511 phase sequenced relay monitors the phase
sequence in a three-phase network. No adjustments are
required for operation. The device has an internal power supply
and works using the closed-circuit principle. If the phase
sequence at the terminals L1-L2-L3 is correct, the output relay
picks up after the delay time has elapsed and the LED is lit. If the
phase sequence is wrong, the output relay remains in its rest
position.
Wrong phase sequence
L3-L2-L1
11/14
OFF 11/12
21/24
21/22
NSB0_01566a
3UG4511 monitoring relays
10
■ Technical specifications
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/97
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring
3UG4512 monitoring relays
3UG4513 monitoring relays
The 3UG4512 line monitoring relay monitors three-phase
networks with regard to phase sequence, phase failure and
phase unbalance of 10 %. Thanks to a special measuring
method, a phase failure is reliably detected in spite of the wide
voltage range from 160 to 690 V and feedback through the load
of up to 90 %. The device has an internal power supply and
works using the closed-circuit principle. No adjustments are required. When the mains voltage is switched on, the green LED is
lit. If the phase sequence at the terminals L1-L2-L3 is correct, the
output relay picks up. If the phase sequence is wrong, the red
LED flashes and the output relay remains in its rest position. If a
phase fails, the red LED is permanently lit and the output relay
drops.
The 3UG4513 line monitoring relay monitors three-phase
networks with regard to phase sequence, phase failure, phase
asymmetry and undervoltage of 20 %. The device has an internal power supply and works using the closed-circuit principle.
The hysteresis is 5 %. The integrated response delay time is
adjustable from 0 to 20 s and responds to undervoltage. If the
direction is incorrect, the device switches off immediately.
Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase failure is reliably
detected in spite of the wide voltage range from 160 to 690 V
and feedback through the load of up to 80 %. When the mains
voltage is switched on, the green LED is lit. If the phase
sequence at the terminals L1-L2-L3 is correct, the output relay
picks up. If the phase sequence is wrong, the red LED flashes
and the output relay remains in its rest position. If a phase fails,
the red LED is permanently lit and the output relay drops.
Note:
The red LED is a fault diagnostic indicator and does not show the
current relay status. The 3UG4512 monitoring relay is suitable for
line frequencies of 50/60 Hz.
Phase failure
Note:
The red LED is a fault diagnostic indicator and does not show the
current relay status. The 3UG4513 monitoring relay is suitable for
line frequencies of 50/60 Hz.
Phase failure and undervoltage
L1-L2-L3
L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L2-L3
11/14
Hysteresis
5%
L1-L2-L3
-20 %
3~ n
11/12
NSB0_01567a
11/14
21/24
21/22
LED rd
11/12
21/24
21/22
OFF
ON
Phase failure
LED rd
OFF
NSB0_01569b
OFF
Wrong phase sequence
ON
Phase failure
OFF
Delay
ON
OFF
Wrong phase sequence
11/14
L3-L2-L1
11/12
NSB0_01568a
11/14
21/24
21/22
LED rd
OFF FLASH
OFF
Phase sequence
11/12
NSB0_01570a
10
L3-L2-L1
21/24
21/22
LED rd
OFF FLASH
OFF
Phase sequence
10/98
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring
3UG4615/3UG4616 monitoring relays
The 3UG4614 line monitoring relay has a wide voltage range
input and an internal power supply. The device is equipped with
a display and is parameterized using three buttons. The unit
monitors three-phase networks with regard to phase asymmetry
from 5 to 20 %, phase failure, undervoltage and phase
sequence. The hysteresis is adjustable from 1 to 20 V. In addition
the device has a response delay and ON-delay from 0 to 20 s in
each case. The integrated response delay time responds to
phase asymmetry and undervoltage. If the direction is incorrect,
the device switches off immediately. Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase failure is reliably detected in spite of the
wide voltage range from 160 to 690 V and feedback through the
load of up to 80 %.
The 3UG4615/3UG4616 line monitoring relay has a wide voltage
range input and an internal power supply. The device is
equipped with a display and is parameterized using three
buttons. The 3UG4615 device monitors three-phase networks
with regard to phase failure, undervoltage, overvoltage and
phase sequence. The 3UG4616 monitoring relay monitors the
neutral conductor as well. The hysteresis is adjustable from
1 to 20 V. In addition the device has two separately adjustable
delay times for overvoltage and undervoltage from 0 to 20 s in
each case. If the direction is incorrect, the device switches off
immediately. Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase
failure is reliably detected in spite of the wide voltage range from
160 to 690 V and feedback through the load of up to 80 %.
The 3UG4614 monitoring relay can be operated on the basis of
either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle and with
manual or Auto RESET.
The 3UG4615/3UG4616 monitoring relay can be operated on
the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle and
with manual or Auto RESET.
With the closed-circuit principle selected
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Wrong phase sequence
Wrong phase sequence
L3-L2-L1
11/14
11/14
11/12
11/12
NSB0_01571a
L3-L2-L1
21/24
21/22
NSB0_01571a
3UG4614 monitoring relays
21/24
21/22
Phase failure
Phase failure
L1-L2-L3
L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3-N
11/14
11/14
11/12
21/24
21/22
Undervoltage
Undervoltage
<
Hysteresis
x-y
x-y
11/14
Hysteresis
<
11/14
11/12
21/24
21/22
onDelay
NSB0_01573a
NSB0_01577a
11/12
21/24
21/22
Delay
Delay
Unbalance
Overvoltage
> Asy
0%
Hysteresis
2%
11/14
11/12
11/12
NSB0_01578a
11/14
21/24
21/22
onDelay
Hysteresis
<
x-y
Delay
NSB0_01574a
U
10
21/22
NSB0_01572a
11/12
NSB0_01576a
21/24
21/24
21/22
Delay
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/99
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring
Undervoltage
3UG4617/3UG4618 monitoring relays
The 3UG4617/3UG4618 line monitoring relay has an internal
power supply and can automatically correct a wrong direction of
rotation. Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase failure
is reliably detected in spite of the wide voltage range from
160 to 690 V AC and feedback through the load of up to 80 %.
The device is equipped with a display and is parameterized
using three buttons. The 3UG4617 line monitoring relay unit
monitors three-phase networks with regard to phase sequence,
phase failure, phase unbalance, undervoltage and overvoltage.
The 3UG4618 monitoring relay monitors the neutral conductor
as well. The hysteresis is adjustable from 1 to 20 V. In addition
the device has delay times from 0 to 20 s in each case for
overvoltage, undervoltage, phase failure and phase unbalance.
The 3UG4617/3UG4618 monitoring relay can be operated on
the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle and
with manual or Auto RESET. The one changeover contact is used
for warning or disconnection in the event of power system faults
(voltage, unbalance), the other responds only to a wrong phase
sequence. In conjunction with a contactor reversing assembly it
is thus possible to change the direction automatically.
Hysteresis
<
x-y
11/14
11/12
NSB0_01588a
50 ms
21/24
21/22
Delay
Overvoltage
>
Hysteresis
x-y
11/14
11/12
NSB0_01589a
50 ms
With the closed-circuit principle selected
21/24
21/22
Phase failure
Delay
Unbalance
L1-L2-L3
L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3-N
> Asy
Hysteresis
2%
0%
11/14
11/12
NSB0_01587a
11/14
11/12
50 ms
NSB0_01590a
50 ms
21/24
21/22
21/24
21/22
Delay
Type
3UG4511 ... 3UG4513, 3UG4614 ... 3UG4618
10
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
V
690
kV
6
A
5
Control circuit
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
• DC-13/125 V
• DC-13/250 V
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
Electrical endurance AC-15
Mechanical endurance
A
A
A
A
mA
Million operating cycles
Million operating cycles
3
1
0.2
0.1
5
0.1
10
Circuit diagrams
L1
L2
L3
L1 L2 L3
11
3UG4
NSB0_01537a
L1 L2 L3
11
21
3UG4
12 14
3UG4511-.A,
3UG4512-.A
10/100
L1
L2
L3
N
L1
L2
L3
NSB0_01536a
11
21
3UG4
12 14 22 24
3UG4511-.B, 3UG4512-.B,
3UG4513, 3UG4614,
3UG4615, 3UG4617
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
N L1 L2 L3
NSB0_01538a
3UG4616,
3UG4618
12 14 22 24
Note:
It is not necessary to protect
the measuring circuit for
device protection. The protective device for line protection
depends on the cross-section
used.
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3UG4511-1AP20
Adjustable Underhysteresis voltage
detection
3UG4615-1CR20
Overvoltage
detection
3UG4617-1CR20
3UG4616-1CR20
Stabilization time
adjustable
stDEL
Tripping
delay time
adjustable
Del
s
s
Version of Measurable
auxiliary mains voltage1)
contacts
CO
contact
DT
3UG4618-1CR20
3UG4511-2BP20
DT
Screw
terminals
Article No.
V
Price
per PU
3UG4512-2BR20
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Monitoring of phase sequence
Auto RESET
--
--
--
--
--
1
2
160 … 260 AC
A
A
3UG4511-1AN20
3UG4511-1BN20
A
A
3UG4511-2AN20
3UG4511-2BN20
1
2
320 … 500 AC
A
A
3UG4511-1AP20
3UG4511-1BP20
A
A
3UG4511-2AP20
3UG4511-2BP20
1
2
420 … 690 AC
A
A
3UG4511-1AQ20
3UG4511-1BQ20
B
B
3UG4511-2AQ20
3UG4511-2BQ20
A
A
3UG4512-1AR20
3UG4512-1BR20
A
A
3UG4512-2AR20
3UG4512-2BR20
A
3UG4513-1BR20
A
3UG4513-2BR20
A
3UG4614-1BR20
A
3UG4614-2BR20
3UG4615-1CR20
A
3UG4615-2CR20
A
3UG4616-1CR20
A
3UG4616-2CR20
A
3UG4617-1CR20
A
3UG4617-2CR20
3UG4618-1CR20
A
3UG4618-2CR20
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure and phase unbalance
Auto RESET, closed-circuit principle, unbalance threshold permanently 10 %
--
--
--
--
--
1
2
160 … 690 AC
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure, unbalance and undervoltage
Analogically adjustable, Auto RESET, closed-circuit principle, unbalance and undervoltage
threshold permanently 20 %
5 % of
set value
✓
--
--
0.1 … 20
2
160 … 690 AC
Adjustable ✓
1 ... 20 V
--
0.1 ... 20
0.1 … 20
2
160 … 690 AC
10
Digitally adjustable, Auto or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle,
unbalance threshold 0 or 5 ... 20 %
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure, overvoltage
and undervoltage
Digitally adjustable, Auto RESET or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle
Adjustable ✓
1 ... 20 V
✓
--
0.1 … 202)
22)
160 … 690 AC
A
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase and N conductor failure,
overvoltage and undervoltage
Digitally adjustable, Auto RESET or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle
Adjustable ✓
1 ... 20 V
✓
--
0.1 … 202)
22)
90… 400 AC
against N
Automatic direction correction in case of wrong phase sequence,
phase failure, phase unbalance, overvoltage and undervoltage
Digitally adjustable, Auto or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle,
unbalance threshold 0 or 5 ... 20 %
Adjustable ✓
1 ... 20 V
✓
--
0.1 … 20
23)
160 … 690 AC
Automatic correction of the direction of rotation in case of wrong phase
sequence, phase and N conductor failure, phase unbalance,
overvoltage and undervoltage
Digitally adjustable, Auto or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle,
unbalance threshold 0 or 5 ... 20 %
Adjustable ✓
1 ... 20 V
✓
--
0.1 … 20
23)
90 … 400 AC
against N
A
✓ Function available
-- Function not available
1)
Absolute limit values.
2)
1 CO contact each and 1 tripping delay time each for Umin and Umax.
3)
1 CO contact each for power system fault and phase sequence correction.
For accessories, see page 10/132.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/101
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Voltage monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Versions with wide voltage supply range
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Display of ACTUAL value and status messages
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
• Protection of a plant against destruction due to overvoltage
• Switch-on of a plant at a defined voltage and higher
• Protection from undervoltage due to overloaded control
supply voltages, particularly with battery power
• Threshold switch for analog signals from 0.1 to 10 V
SIRIUS 3UG4631 monitoring relay
The relays monitor single-phase AC voltages (rms value) and
DC voltages against the set threshold value for overshoot and
undershoot. The devices differ with regard to their power supply
(internal or external).
■ Technical specifications
Undervoltage
The measuring range extends from 0.1 to 60 V or 10 to
600 V AC/DC. The threshold values for overshoot or undershoot
can be freely configured within this range. If one of these threshold values is reached, the output relay responds according to
the set principle of operation as soon as the delay time has
elapsed. This delay time UDel can be set from 0.1 to 20 s.
The hysteresis can be set from 0.1 to 30 V or 0.1 to 300 V.
The device can be operated on the basis of either the opencircuit or closed-circuit principle and with manual or Auto RESET.
One output changeover contact is available as signaling
contact.
A1-A2
<
Hysteresis
=0
11/14
11/12
Delay
Range monitoring
A1-A2
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Overvoltage
>
<
A1-A2
Hysteresis
>
Hysteresis
=0
11/14
11/12
Delay
10/102
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
NSB0_01583b
Hysteresis
NSB0_01581a
10
The 3UG4631/3UG4632 voltage monitoring relay is supplied
with an auxiliary voltage of 24 V AC/DC or 24 to 240 V AC/DC
and performs overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the
voltage depending on parameterization. The device is equipped
with a display and is parameterized using three buttons.
NSB0_01582a
3UG4631/3UG4632 monitoring relays
11/14
11/12
Delay
Delay
Delay =
Delay
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Voltage monitoring
Undervoltage
The 3UG4633 voltage monitoring relay has an internal power
supply and performs overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring
of the voltage depending on parameterization. The device is
equipped with a display and is parameterized using three
buttons.
A1-A2 =
Hysteresis
The operating and measuring range extends from 17 to
275 V AC/DC. The threshold values for overshoot or undershoot
can be freely configured within this range. If one of these threshold values is reached, the output relay responds according to
the set principle of operation as soon as the tripping delay time
has elapsed. This delay time UDel can be set from 0.1 to 20 s like
the ON-delay time onDel.
The hysteresis is adjustable from 0.1 to 150 V. The device can be
operated on the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit
principle and with manual or Auto RESET. One output changeover contact is available as signaling contact.
<
=0
NSB0_01585a
3UG4633 monitoring relays
11/14
11/12
onDelay
Delay
Range monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Overvoltage
A1-A2 =
>
<
Hysteresis
A1-A2 =
>
Hysteresis
11/12
NSB0_01584a
=0
11/14
11/12
onDelay
NSB0_01586a
=0
11/14
Hysteresis
onDelay
Delay
Delay
Delay =
Delay
Delay
Type
3UG4631
3UG4632
3UG4633
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III according to VDE 0110
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Permissible measuring range single-phase AC/DC voltage
V
0.1 … 68
10 … 650
17 … 275
Setting range single-phase voltage
V
0.1 ... 60
10 ... 600
17 ... 275
Measuring frequency
Hz
40 ... 500
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
• DC-13/125 V
• DC-13/250 V
A
A
A
A
3
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
10
General data
Measuring circuit
Control circuit
Circuit diagrams
AC/DC
ULoad
A1(+) IN(+)
AC/DC
11
AC/DC
ULoad
A1(+) IN(+)
A1(+)
11
<U
<U>
12 14
A2(–) M(–)
NSB0_01532b
3UG4631-.AA30,
3UG4632-.AA30
11
12 14
<U
12 14
A2(–) M(–)
NSB0_01614a
3UG4631-.AW30,
3UG4632-.AW30
A2(–)
Note:
It is not necessary to protect
the measuring circuit for
device protection. The protective device for line protection
depends on the cross-section
used.
NSB0_01533b
3UG4633
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/103
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Voltage monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
•
•
•
•
Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
Auto or Manual RESET
Open or closed-circuit principle
1 CO contact
3UG4631-1AA30
3UG4633-2AL30
Measuring range
Adjustable
hysteresis
Rated control supply
voltage Us
V
V
V
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Internal power supply without auxiliary voltage,
ON-delay and tripping delay times can be adjusted separately 0.1 ... 20 s
17 … 275 AC/DC
0.1 ... 150
17 … 275 AC/DC1)
A
3UG4633-1AL30
A
3UG4633-2AL30
Supplied from an external auxiliary voltage,
tripping delay time adjustable 0.1 ... 20 s
0.1 ... 60 AC/DC
10 … 600 AC/DC
0.1 ... 30
0.1 ... 300
24 AC/DC
A
A
3UG4631-1AA30
3UG4632-1AA30
A
A
3UG4631-2AA30
3UG4632-2AA30
0.1 ... 60 AC/DC
10 … 600 AC/DC
0.1 ... 30
0.1 ... 300
24 … 240 AC/DC
A
A
3UG4631-1AW30
3UG4632-1AW30
A
A
3UG4631-2AW30
3UG4632-2AW30
1)
Absolute limit values.
10
For accessories, see page 10/132.
10/104
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Current monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Versions with wide voltage supply range
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Display of ACTUAL value and status messages
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
•
•
•
•
Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring
Monitoring the functionality of electrical loads
Open-circuit monitoring
Threshold switch for analog signals from 4 to 20 mA
SIRIUS 3UG4622 monitoring relay
The relays monitor single-phase AC currents (rms value) and DC
currents against the set threshold value for overshoot and undershoot. They differ with regard to their measuring ranges and control supply voltage types.
■ Technical specifications
3UG4621/3UG4622 monitoring relays
The hysteresis is adjustable from 0.1 to 250 mA or 0.01 to 5 A.
The device can be operated with manual or Auto RESET and on
the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle.
Following options are available: Response of the output relay
when the control supply voltage Us = ON is applied or not until
the lower measuring range limit of the measuring current
(I > 3 mA/50 mA) is reached. One output changeover contact is
available as signaling contact.
With the closed-circuit principle selected
upon application of the control supply voltage
A1-A2
<
Hysteresis
=0
11/14
11/12
onDelay
Delay
Range monitoring
A1-A2
Current overshoot
>
<
A1-A2
Hysteresis
>
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
=0
NSB0_01626a
=0
11/14
11/12
NSB0_01579a
onDelay
11/14
11/12
onDelay
Delay
Delay =
Delay
Delay
Delay
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/105
10
The measuring range extends from 3 to 500 mA or 0.05 to 10 A.
The rms value of the current is measured. The threshold values
for overshoot or undershoot can be freely configured within this
range. If one of these threshold values is reached, the output
relay responds according to the set principle of operation as
soon as the tripping delay time IDel has elapsed. This time and
the ON-delay time onDel are adjustable from 0.1 to 20 s.
Current undershoot
NSB0_01580a
The 3UG4621 or 3UG4622 current monitoring relay is supplied
with an auxiliary voltage of 24 V AC/DC or 24 to 240 V AC/DC
and performs overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the
current depending on parameterization. The device is equipped
with a display and is parameterized using three buttons.
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Current monitoring
Type
3UG4621-.AA
3UG4621-.AW
3UG4622-.AA
3UG4622-.AW
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3; overvoltage category III according to VDE 0110
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Measuring range single-phase AC/DC current
A
0.003 … 0.6
Setting range for single-phase current
A
0.003 ... 0.5
Load supply voltage
V
24
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
• DC-13/125 V
• DC-13/250 V
A
A
A
A
3
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
Measuring circuit
0.05 … 15
0.05 ... 10
Max. 3001)
Max. 5002)
Max. 3001)
Max. 5002)
24
Control circuit
1)
With protective separation.
2)
With simple separation.
Circuit diagrams
Connection diagrams for 24 V AC/DC (only 3UG462.-.AA30)
24 V AC/DC
11
A1
Load
IN
Load
< >
11
< >
o.k.
14
12
A2
IN
12
M
optional A2
14
M
MLoad
ULoad
Load
IN
A1
3UG4621-.AA30,
3UG4622-.AA30
Operation with joint
control circuit and load circuit
o.k.
A1
M
IN
< >
A2
11
12
14
M
A1
IN
11
o.k.
12
14
M
MLoad
Load
3UG4621-.AW30,
3UG4622-.AW30
Single-phase operation
o.k.
24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
< >
A2
Load
3UG4621-.AW30,
3UG4622-.AW30
Three-phase operation
A1
Load
IN
< >
A2
M
NSB0_01198e
A1
M
A2
L2 L3
L1
NSB0_01197e
ULoad
Load
NSB0_01707
AC/DC
AC/DC
IN
< >
< >
A2
L1 L2 L3
24 V AC/DC
MLoad
NSB0_01535b
10
3UG4621-.AA30,
3UG4622-.AA30
Operation with separate
control circuit and load circuit
24 V AC/DC
NSB0_01199e
A1
From the following circuit diagrams it is clear that loads in
measuring circuits have to be in the current flow upstream from
the monitoring relay. Otherwise, the monitoring relay could be
destroyed and the short-circuit current could cause damage to
the plant.
NSB0_01200e
ULoad
NSB0_01708
NSB0_01534b
24 V AC/DC
A1
L1
L2 L3
IN
< >
A2
M
Load
Configuring note:
A2 and M are electrically connected internally.
For applications in which the load to be monitored and the
monitoring relay are supplied from the same power supply,
there is no need for connection A2.
The load current must always flow through M or the monitoring
relay may be destroyed.
10/106
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Current monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
•
•
•
•
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
Auto or Manual RESET
Open or closed-circuit principle
1 CO contact
3UG4621-1AA30
3UG4622-2AW30
Measuring range
Adjustable
hysteresis
Rated control supply
voltage Us
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
V
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Monitoring of undercurrent and overcurrent, start up delay and
tripping delay times can be adjusted separately 0.1 ... 20 s
3 … 500 mA AC/DC
0.05 … 10 A AC/DC
0.1 ... 250 mA
0.01 ... 5 A
24 AC/DC1)
A
A
3UG4621-1AA30
3UG4622-1AA30
A
A
3UG4621-2AA30
3UG4622-2AA30
3 … 500 mA AC/DC
0.05 … 10 A AC/DC
0.1 ... 250 mA
0.01 ... 5 A
24 … 240 AC/DC2)
A
A
3UG4621-1AW30
3UG4622-1AW30
A
A
3UG4621-2AW30
3UG4622-2AW30
1)
No electrical separation. Load supply voltage 24 V.
2)
Electrical separation between control circuit and measuring circuit.
Load supply voltage for protective separation max. 300 V, for simple
isolation max. 500 V.
For accessories, see page 10/132.
10
With AC currents I > 10 A it is possible to use 4NC current
transformers as an accessory, see Catalog LV 10 "Low-Voltage
Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/107
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Power factor and active current monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Can be used worldwide thanks to wide voltage range from
90 to 690 V (absolute limit values)
• Monitoring of even small single-phase motors with a no-load
supply current below 0.5 A
• Simple determination of threshold values by the direct
collection of measured variables on motor loading
• Range monitoring and active current measurement enable
detection of cable breaks between control cabinets and
motors, as well as phase failures
• Power factor or Ires (active current) can be selected as
measurement principle
• Width 22.5 mm
• All versions with removable terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4641 monitoring relay
The 3UG4641 power factor and active current monitoring device
enables the load monitoring of motors.
Whereas power factor monitoring is used above all for monitoring no-load operation, the active current monitoring option can
be used to observe and evaluate the load factor over the entire
torque range.
• No-load monitoring and load shedding, such as in the event of
a V-belt tear
• Underload monitoring in the low performance range, e.g. in
the event of pump no-load operation
• Monitoring of overload, e.g. due to a dirty filter system
• Simple power factor monitoring in power systems for control of
compensation equipment
• Broken cable between control cabinet and motor
■ Technical specifications
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Response in the event of undershooting the measuring range
limit
• With activated monitoring of Ires▼
Lx-Ly/N
I < 0,2 A
I = 0,2 A
I=0
Ires
11/14
11/12
21/24
21/22
onDelay
Lx-Ly/N
< 0,2 A
= 0,2 A
=0
res
= off
11/14
11/12
21/24
21/22
onDelay
10/108
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
onDelay
• With deactivated monitoring of active current undershooting
The relay operates either according to the open-circuit or
closed-circuit principle. If the device is set to Auto RESET
(Memory = No), depending on the set principle of operation,
the switching relay returns to its initial state and the flashing
ends when the hysteresis threshold is reached.
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu (Memory = Yes),
the switching relay remains in its current switching state and the
current measured value and the symbol for undershooting and
overshooting continues to flash, even when the measured
variable reaches a permissible value again. This stored fault
status can be reset by pressing the UP▲ or DOWN▼ key simultaneously for 2 seconds, or by switching the supply voltage off
and back on again.
NSB0_01658b
The 3UG4641 monitoring relay is self-powered and serves the
single-phase monitoring of the power factor or performs overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the active current
depending on how it is parameterized. The load to be monitored
is connected upstream of the IN terminal. The load current flows
through the terminals IN and Ly/N. The setting range for the
power factor is 0.1 to 0.99 and for the active current Ires 0.2 to
10 A. If the control supply voltage is switched on and no load
current flows, the display will show I < 0.2 and a symbol for
overrange, underrange or range monitoring. If the motor is now
switched on and the current exceeds 0.2 A, the set ON-delay
time begins. During this time, if the set limit values are undershot
or exceeded, this does not lead to a relay reaction of the
changeover contact. If the operational flowing active current
and/or the power factor value falls below or exceeds the respective set threshold value, the spike delay begins. When this time
has expired, the relay changes its switch position. The relevant
measured variables for overshooting and undershooting in the
display flash. If the monitoring of active current undershooting is
deactivated (Ires▼= OFF) and the load current drops below the
lower measuring range threshold (0.2 A), then the CO contacts
remain unchanged. If a threshold value is set for the monitoring
of active current undershooting, then undershooting of the measuring range threshold (0.2 A) will result in a response of the
CO contacts.
NSB0_01917b
10
3UG4641 monitoring relays
onDelay
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Power factor and active current monitoring
Overshooting of power factor
Overshooting of active current
>
> cos φ
res
cos φ
res
Hysteresis
=0
Hysteresis 0,10
cos φ = 0
11/14
11/14
21/24
NSB0_01659a
21/24
21/22
onDelay
NSB0_01662c
11/12
11/12
21/22
onDelay
Delay
Delay
Undershooting of power factor
Undershooting of active current
<
< cos φ
res
Hysteresis 0,10
Hysteresis
res
=0
cos φ
cos φ = 0
11/14
11/14
NSB0_01660a
21/24
21/22
21/24
21/22
onDelay
Delay
Delay
10
onDelay
NSB0_01663c
11/12
11/12
Range monitoring of power factor
Range monitoring of active current
>
res
<
> cos φ
res
cos φ
res
Hysteresis
=0
cos φ
cos φ = 0
11/14
11/14
NSB0_01661a
21/24
21/22
Delay
Delay
NSB0_01664c
11/12
11/12
onDelay
Hysteresis
0,10
Hysteresis
res
< cos φ
21/24
21/22
onDelay
Delay
Delay
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/109
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Power factor and active current monitoring
Type
3UG4641
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Control circuit
2
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
• DC-13/125 V
• DC-13/250 V
A
A
A
A
3
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
Circuit diagrams
L/N
Ln
Ln
Ln
n = 1,2,3
Ln
Ln
Ln
n = 1,2,3
M
3~
M
3~
M
1~
Lx
IN
3UG4641
Ly/N
Lx
3UG4641
12
11 cos φ /
14
r
22
21cos φ /
24
r
IN
12
11cos φ /
Lx
3UG4641
IN
r
12
11cos φ /
14
r
r
22
21cos φ /
24
r
14
22
21cos φ /
24
Ly/N
NSB0_01654c
NSB0_01655c
Ly/N
N/L
Three-phase motors
Three-phase motors with transformers
for currents > 10 A
10
Single-phase motors
NSB0_01656c
■ Selection and ordering data
• For monitoring the power factor and the active current Ires
(p.f. x I)
• Suitable for single- and three-phase currents
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Upper and lower threshold value can be adjusted separately
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• 1 changeover contact each for undershoot/overshoot
Measuring range
For power
factor
Adjustable
hysteresis
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
ON-delay
time
adjustFor active For
For active able
onDel
current
power current
Ires
factor Ires
Tripping
delay time
adjustable
I▲Del/
I▼Del,
ϕ ▲Del/
ϕ ▼Del
Rated control DT
supply
voltage Us1)
A
V
P.f.
0.10 ... 0.99 0.2 ... 10.0 0.1
1)
Spring-type
terminals
50/60 Hz AC
Article No.
P.f.
DT
Screw terminals
A
s
s
0.1 ... 2.0
0 ... 99
0.1 ... 20.0 90 ... 690
A
3UG4641-1CS20
Price
per PU
Article No.
A
Price
per PU
3UG4641-2CS20
Absolute limit values.
For accessories, see page 10/132.
With AC active currents Ires > 10 A it is possible to use 4NC
current transformers as an accessory, see Catalog LV 10
"Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation
Technology".
10/110
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Residual Current Monitoring
Residual-current monitoring relays
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Worldwide use thanks to wide voltage range from 24 to
240 V AC/DC
• High measuring accuracy ± 7.5 %
• Permanent self-monitoring
• Variable threshold values for warning and disconnection
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Permanent display of the actual value and fault diagnostics via
the display
• High level of flexibility and space saving through installation of
the transformer inside or outside the control cabinet
• Width 22.5 mm
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4625 monitoring relay
The 3UG4625 residual-current monitoring relays are used in
conjunction with the 3UL23 residual-current transformers for
monitoring plants in which higher residual currents are increasingly expected due to ambient conditions. Monitoring encompasses pure AC residual currents or AC residual currents with a
pulsating DC fault current component (transformer type A in
accordance with DIN VDE 0100-530/IEC TR 60755).
Monitoring of plants in which residual currents can occur,
e.g. due to dust deposits or moisture, porous cables and leads,
or capacitive residual currents.
■ Technical specifications
3UG4625 monitoring relays
With the closed-circuit principle selected
The main conductor, and any neutral conductor to which a load
is connected, are routed through the opening of the annular ring
core of a residual-current transformer. A secondary winding is
placed around this annular strip-wound core to which the monitoring relay is connected.
Residual current monitoring with Auto RESET (Memory = no)
However, if an insulation fault occurs downstream of the residual
current operated circuit breaker, the sum of the inflowing currents is greater than that of the outward currents. The differential
current – the residual current – induces a secondary current in
the secondary winding of the transformer. This current is evaluated in the monitoring relay and is used on the one hand to display the actual residual current and on the other, to switch the
relay if the set warning or tripping threshold is overshot.
If the measured residual current exceeds the set warning value,
the associated changeover contact instantly changes the
switching state and an indication appears on the display.
If the measured residual current exceeds the set tripping value,
the set delay time begins and the associated relay symbol
flashes. On expiry of this time, the associated changeover
contact changes the switching state.
ON-delay time for motor start
To be able to start a drive when a residual current is detected,
the output relays switch to the OK state for an adjustable
ON-delay time depending on the selected open-circuit principle
or closed-circuit principle.
> !
>
!
10
Hysteresis
Hysteresis = 5 %
= 0,02 A
=0
11/14
11/12
IC01_00225
If operation of a plant is fault-free, the sum of the inflowing and
outward currents equals zero. No current is then induced in the
secondary winding of the residual-current transformer.
A1-A2
21/24
21/22
Init
Delay
onDelay
onDelay
If the device is set to Auto RESET, the relay switches back to the
OK state for the tripping value once the value falls below the set
hysteresis threshold and the display stops flashing.
The associated relay changes its switching state if the value falls
below the fixed hysteresis value of 5 % of the set warning value.
Any overshoots are therefore not stored.
The changeover contacts do not react if the set threshold values
are overshot during this period.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/111
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Residual Current Monitoring
Residual-current monitoring relays
Residual current monitoring with Manual RESET (Memory = yes)
A1-A2
Reset
t > 2,5 s
> !
>
Hysteresis
!
Note:
Hysteresis = 5 %
Do not ground the neutral conductor downstream of the residualcurrent transformer as otherwise residual current monitoring
functions can no longer be ensured.
= 0,02 A
=0
11/14
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu, the output relays
remain in their current switching state and the current measured
value and the symbol for overshooting continues to flash, even
when the measured residual current returns to a permissible
value. This stored fault status can be reset by pressing the UP▲
or DOWN▼ key simultaneously for > 2 seconds, or by switching
the supply voltage off and back on again.
11/12
IC01_00226
21/24
21/22
Init
Delay
onDelay onDelay
onDelay
Type
3UG4625-1CW30,
3UG4625-2CW30
General data
Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III to IEC 60664
for pollution degree 3 rated value
V
300
Impulse withstand voltage rated value Uimp
kV
4
Control circuit
2
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts
Thermal current of the non-solid-state contact blocks maximum
A
5
Current carrying capacity of the output relay
• At AC-15 at 250 V at 50/60 Hz
• At DC-13
- At 24 V
- At 125 V
- At 250 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
Operational current at 17 V minimum
mA
5
10
Circuit diagram
A1
+
A2
C1 C2
IC01_00224
3UG4625
10/112
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
11
21
12 14
22 24
Note:
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Residual Current Monitoring
Residual-current monitoring relays
■ Selection and ordering data
• For monitoring residual currents from 0.03 to 40 A,
from 16 to 400 Hz
• For 3UL23 residual-current transformers with feed-through
opening from 35 to 210 mm
• Permanent self-monitoring
• Certified in accordance with IEC 60947, functionality
corresponds to IEC 62020
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• Separately adjustable limit value and warning threshold
• 1 changeover contact each for warning threshold and
tripping threshold
3UG4625-1CW30
3UG4625-2CW30
Measurable
current
Adjustable Switching Adjustable Control supply voltage
response hysteresis ON-delay
value
time
For AC
For AC
At DC
current
at 50 Hz at 60 Hz rated
rated
rated
value
value
value
A
A
0.01 ... 43 0.03 ... 40
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
V
DT
%
s
V
0 ... 50
0 ... 20
24 ... 240 24 ... 240 24 ... 240 A
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
V
3UG4625-1CW30
A
3UG4625-2CW30
For accessories, see page 10/132.
10
3UL23 residual-current transformers, see page 10/114.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/113
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Residual Current Monitoring
3UL23 residual-current transformers
■ Overview
■ Technical specifications
Dimensional drawing
b
c
a
IC01_00229a
e
d
SIRIUS 3UL23 residual-current transformer
6,2
f
The 3UL23 residual-current transformers detect residual
currents in machines and plants. They are suitable for pure
AC residual currents or AC residual currents with a pulsating
DC fault current component (transformer type A in accordance
with DIN VDE 0100-530/IEC TR 60755).
Together with the 3UG4625, 3UG4825 residual-current monitoring relays for IO-Link or the SIMOCODE 3UF motor management
and control device they enable residual-current and ground-fault
monitoring.
The 3UL2302-1A and 3UL2303-1A residual-current transformers
with a feed-through opening from 35 to 55 mm can be mounted
in conjunction with the 3UL2900 accessories on a TH 35 standard mounting rail according to IEC 60715.
Type
a
b
c
d
e
f
3UL2302-1A
3UL2303-1A
3UL2304-1A
3UL2305-1A
3UL2306-1A
3UL2307-1A
35
55
80
110
140
210
70
92
124,5
163
201
300
75,5
98
130
169
207,5
286
50
50
50
50
50
46
64
64
64
64
64
62
-38
60
84,5
110
161
10
■ Selection and ordering data
Diameter of the bushing opening
Connectable cross-section of the
connecting terminal
mm
mm2
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
Residual-current transformer
(essential accessory for 3UG4625, 3UG4825 or SIMOCODE 3UF)
35
55
80
2.5
2.5
2.5
A
A
A
3UL2302-1A
3UL2303-1A
3UL2304-1A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
110
140
210
2.5
2.5
4
A
A
A
3UL2305-1A
3UL2306-1A
3UL2307-1A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
Version
DT
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Adapters
A
3UL2900
1
2 units
41H
■ Accessories
Price
per PU
Adapters
For mounting onto standard rail
for 3UL23 to diameter 55 mm
3UL2900
10/114
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
General data
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Devices for AC and DC systems
• All devices have a wide control supply voltage range
• Direct connection to networks with mains voltages of up to
690 V AC and 1 000 V DC by means of a voltage reducer
module
• For AC supply systems: Frequency range 15 to 400 Hz
• Monitoring of broken conductors
• Monitoring of setting errors
• Safety in use thanks to integrated system test after startup
• Option of resetting and testing (by means of button on front or
using control contact)
• New predictive measurement principle allows very fast
response times
■ Application
Insulation monitoring relays are used for monitoring the insulation resistance between ungrounded single or three-phase AC
supplies and a protective conductor.
Ungrounded, i.e. isolated networks (IT networks) are always
used where high demands are placed on the reliability of the
power supply, e.g. emergency lighting systems. IT systems are
supplied via an isolating transformer or by power supply sources
such as batteries or a generator. While an initial insulation fault
between a phase conductor and the ground effectively grounds
the conductor, as a result no circuit has been closed, so it is
possible to continue work in safety (single-fault safety).
However, the fault must be rectified as quickly as possible
before a second insulation fault occurs (e.g. according to
DIN VDE 0100-410). For this purpose insulation monitoring
relays are used, which constantly measure the resistance to
ground of the phase conductor and the neutral conductor,
reporting a fault immediately if insulation resistance falls below
the set value so that either a controlled shutdown can be
performed or the fault can be rectified without interrupting the
power supply.
IT networks are used for example:
• In emergency power supplies
• In safety lighting systems
• In industrial production facilities with high availability
requirements (chemical industry, automobile manufacturing,
printing plants)
• In shipping and railways
• For mobile generators (aircraft)
• For renewable energies, such as wind energy and photovoltaic power plants
• In the mining industry
10
SIRIUS 3UG458. insulation monitor
Two device series
• 3UG4581 insulation monitoring relays for ungrounded AC
networks
• 3UG4582 and 3UG4583 insulation monitoring relays for
ungrounded DC and AC networks
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/115
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
General data
■ Technical specifications
Type
3UG4581-1AW30
3UG4582-1AW30
3UG4583-1CW30
Setting range for the setpoint response values
• 1 ... 100 kΩ
• 2 ... 200 kΩ
✓
--
✓
--
✓
✓
Rated voltage of the network being monitored
• 0 ... 250 V AC
• 0 ... 440 V AC
• 0 ... 690 V AC
• 0 … 300 V DC
• 0 … 600 V DC
• 0 ... 1 000 V DC
-✓
-----
✓
--✓
---
-✓
✓ 1)
-✓
✓ 1)
Max. leakage capacitance of the system
• 10 μF
• 20 μF
✓
--
✓
--
-✓
Output contacts
• 1 CO
• 2 CO or 1 CO + 1 CO, adjustable
✓
--
✓
--
-✓
Number of limit values
•1
• 1 or 2, adjustable
✓
--
✓
--
-✓
Principle of operation
Closed-circuit principle
Closed-circuit principle
Open-circuit/
closed-circuit principle,
adjustable
Rated control supply voltage
• 24 ... 240 V AC/DC
✓
✓
✓
Rated frequency
• 15 ... 400 Hz
• 50/60 Hz
-✓
✓
--
✓
--
Auto or Manual RESET
✓
Adjustable
✓
Adjustable
✓
Adjustable
Remote RESET
✓
Via control input
✓
Via control input
✓
Via control input
Non-volatile error memory
--
--
✓
Adjustable
Broken wire detection
--
--
✓
Adjustable
General data
10
Replacement for
Rated control supply
voltage Us
Voltage range of the
network being monitored
3UG3081-1AK20
110 ... 130/220 ... 240 V AC/DC
3 x 230/400 V AC
✓
--
--
3UG3081-1AW30
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
3 x 230/400 V AC
✓
--
--
3UG3082-1AW30
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
24 ... 240 V DC
--
✓
--
✓ Available
-- Not available
1)
With voltage reducer module.
10/116
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
For ungrounded AC networks
■ Overview
The 3UG4581 insulation monitoring relays are used to monitor
insulation resistance according to IEC 61557-8 in ungrounded
AC networks with rated voltages of up to 400 V.
These devices can monitor control circuits (single-phase)
and main circuits (three-phase).
They measure insulation resistances between system cables
and system ground. If the value falls below the threshold value,
the output relays are switched to fault status.
In the case of 3UG4581 a higher-level DC measuring signal is
used. The higher-level DC measuring signal and the resulting
current are used to determine the value of the insulation resistance of the network which is to be measured.
SIRIUS 3UG4581 insulation monitor
■ Technical specifications
3UG4581 monitoring relays
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Insulation resistance monitoring with fault storage and
Manual RESET
A1+/A2-
A1+/A2-
Y1-Y3
Y1-Y3
Y2-Y3
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold value
Y2-Y3
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold value
Closed-circuit principle
11-14
11-12
ts
: green LED
: red LED
: yellow LED
: green LED
IC01_00074
F
ts
F
IC01_00075
Closed-circuit principle
11-14
11-12
10
Insulation resistance monitoring without fault storage,
with Auto RESET
: red LED
: yellow LED
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/117
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
For ungrounded AC networks
Type
3UG4581
mm
22.5 x 100 x 100
D
H
Dimensions (W x H x D)
W
Screw terminals
Connection type
mm2
mm2
AWG
2 x (0.5 ... 4)
2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III acc. to IEC 60664
V
400 supply circuit/measuring circuit
300 supply circuit/output circuit
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Rated control supply voltage
V
24 ... 240 AC/DC
Rated frequency
Hz
15 ... 400
Rated mains voltage of the network being monitored
V
0 ... 400
Rated frequency of the network being monitored
Hz
50 ... 60
Setting range for insulation resistance
kΩ
1 ... 100
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
4
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
A
A
3
2
Minimum contact load at 24 V DC
mA
10
• Solid
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
General data
Measuring circuit
Control circuit
Circuit diagram
Note:
L
A1
kΩ
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
11
A2
10
12
IC01_00141
3UG4581
10/118
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
14
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
For ungrounded AC networks
Connection diagrams for networks up to 400 V AC
A1+
Y1
11
Y2
Y3
L
14
12
A2-
2-wire
L
N
PE
3-wire
L1
L2
L3
PE
4-wire
IC01_00076
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
■ Selection and ordering data
Auto or Manual RESET
Closed-circuit principle
1 CO contact
Fault memory adjustable using control input (Y2-Y3)
Reset by means of button on front or using
control input (Y2-Y3)
• Test by means of button on front or using control input (Y1-Y3)
Rated
Measuring Rated control
System
mains
range Ue
supply voltage Us leakage
voltage Un
capacitance
V AC
kΩ
V
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
μF
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
1 unit
41H
Price
per PU
Insulation monitors for ungrounded AC networks
0 ... 400
1 ... 100
24 ... 240 AC/DC
Max. 10
B
3UG4581-1AW30
3UG4581-1AW30
For accessories, see page 10/132.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/119
10
•
•
•
•
•
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
For ungrounded DC and AC networks
■ Overview
They measure insulation resistances between system cables
and system ground. If the value falls below the threshold value,
the output relays are switched to fault status. With these devices,
which are suitable for both AC and DC networks, a pulsed test
signal is fed into the network to be monitored and the isolation
resistance is determined.
The pulsed test signal changes its form according to insulation
resistance and network loss capacitance. The changed form is
used to predict the changed insulation resistance.
If the predicted insulation resistance matches the insulation
resistance calculated in the next measurement cycle, and is
lower than the threshold value, the output relays are activated or
deactivated, depending on the device configuration. This
measurement principle is also suitable for identifying
symmetrical insulation faults.
3UG4983 voltage reducer module
SIRIUS 3UG4582 and 3UG4583 insulation monitors
The 3UG4582 and 3UG4583 insulation monitoring relays are
used to monitor insulation resistance in ungrounded IT AC or
DC networks according to IEC 61557-8.
The 3UG4983 passive voltage reducer module can be used to
allow the 3UG4583 insulation monitoring relay to be used for
insulation monitoring of IT networks with rated voltages of up to
690 V AC and 1 000 V DC.
■ Technical specifications
3UG4582 monitoring relays
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Insulation resistance monitoring with fault storage and
Manual RESET
A1+/A2-
A1+/A2-
Y1-Y3
Y1-Y3
Y2-Y3
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold value
Y2-Y3
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold value
Closed-circuit principle
11-14
11-12
ts
: green LED
F
: red LED
: yellow LED
10/120
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
ts
: green LED
F
: red LED
: yellow LED
IC01_00075
Closed-circuit principle
11-14
11-12
IC01_00074
10
Insulation resistance monitoring without fault storage,
with Auto RESET
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
For ungrounded DC and AC networks
3UG4583 monitoring relays
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Insulation resistance monitoring without fault storage,
with Auto RESET
Insulation resistance monitoring with fault storage and
Manual RESET
A1+/A2-
A1+/A2-
Y1-Y3
Y1-Y3
Y2-Y3
Measured Value
Hysteresis
Prewarning
Hysteresis
Final switch-off
Open-circuit
principle open
11-14
11-12
Y2-Y3
Measured Value
Hysteresis
Prewarning
Hysteresis
Final switch-off
Open-circuit
principle open
11-14
11-12
ts
21-24
21-22
21-24
21-22
LED
LED
LED F
LED F
LED
ts
LED
closed
11-14
11-12
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-24
21-24
21-24
LED
LED
LED F
LED
Type
mm
LED F
LED
3UG4582
3UG4583
22.5 x 100 x 100
45 x 100 x 100
D
H
10
Dimensions (W x H x D)
IC01_00084a
Closed-circuit
principle
closed
IC01_00083
Closed-circuit
principle
ts
W
Screw terminals
Connection type
mm2
2
2 x (0.5 ... 4)
2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III acc. to IEC 60664
V
400 supply circuit/measuring
400 supply circuit/measuring circuit
circuit, 300 supply circuit/output 300 supply circuit/output circuit,
circuit
300 output circuit 1/output circuit 2
• Solid
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
mm
AWG
General data
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Rated control supply voltage
V AC/DC
24 ... 240
Rated frequency
Hz
15 ... 400
V
V
0 ... 250 AC,
0 ... 300 DC
Rated frequency of the network being monitored
Hz
DC or 15 ... 400
Setting range for insulation resistance
kΩ
1 ... 100
1 ... 100
2 ... 200 for 2nd limit value
(disconnectable)
1
2 or 1 + 1, adjustable
Measuring circuit
Rated mains voltage of the network being monitored
0 ... 300 AC, 0 ... 690 AC with 3UG4983
0 ... 600 DC, 0 ... 1 000 DC with 3UG4983
Control circuit
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
4
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
A
A
3
2
Minimum contact load at 24 V DC
mA
10
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/121
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
For ungrounded DC and AC networks
Circuit diagrams
L+
L-
L+
KE
A1
KE
A1
11
kΩ
L-
11
kΩ
21
A2
A2
12
12
14
14
22
24
IC01_00140
IC01_00142
3UG4582
3UG4583
Note:
L+
L-
VS
VE
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
kΩ
IC01_00139
VL+ VL-
V1+ V1-
V
3UG4983
Connection diagrams
3UG4582
AC network, 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
A1+
Y1
L+
14
DC network, 2-wire or 3-wire
11
Y2
L12
KE
Y3
11
Y2
KE
Y3
L+
14
L12
A2
A2
2-wire
L
2-wire
N
L+
PWM
PE
10
A1+
Y1
DC
LPE
3-wire
L1
L2
3-wire
L+
PWM
DC
4-wire
LL+
PWM
L+
M
L1
L3
N
PE
IC01_00077
L2
DC
L-
LPE
IC01_00078
L3
PE
Note:
L+ and L- can be connected to any wire, but each to a different
wire. Un ≤ 250 V AC or 300 V DC.
10/122
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
For ungrounded DC and AC networks
3UG4583
AC network, 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
DC network, 2-wire or 3-wire
A1+ 11 21 Y1 Y2 Y3
A1+ 11 21 Y1 Y2 Y3
12 14 L+ VS V1+ V122 24 L- KE
A2-
2-wire
12 14 L+ VS V1+ V122 24 L- KE
A2-
L
2-wire
N
L+
PWM
PE
DC
LPE
3-wire
L1
L2
3-wire
L+
PWM
DC
L-
PWM
L+
L+
L-
L-
4-wire
IC01_00080
L3
PE
M
DC
IC01_00079
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
PE
Note:
L+ and L- can be connected to any wire, but each to a different
wire. Un ≤ 400 V AC or 600 V DC. Use a voltage reducer module
to monitor systems with higher voltages.
3UG4983 voltage reducer module
AC network, 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
VL-
A1+ 11 21 Y1 Y2 Y3
VL+
L+ V1+
L- V1VS VE V
VL-
A1+ 11 21 Y1 Y2 Y3
L- V1VS VE V
12 14 L+ VS V1+ V122 24 L- KE
A2-
10
VL+
DC network, 2-wire or 3-wire
12 14 L+ VS V1+ V122 24 L- KE
A2-
2-wire
L+ V1+
L
2-wire
N
L+
PWM
PE
DC
LPE
3-wire
L1
L2
3-wire
PE
L+
PWM
DC
PWM
4-wire
LL+
L+
L-
L-
IC01_00082
L3
M
L1
L3
N
PE
DC
IC01_00081
L2
PE
Note:
L+ and L- can be connected to any wire, but each to a different
wire. Un ≤ 400 V AC or 600 V DC. Use a voltage reducer module
to monitor systems with higher voltages.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/123
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
For ungrounded DC and AC networks
■ Selection and ordering data
Note:
• Auto or Manual RESET
• Rated control supply voltage Us 24...240 V AC/DC
• 3UG4582: Closed-circuit principle
3UG4583: Open-circuit or closed-circuit principle, adjustable
• 1 or 2 CO contacts
• Fault memory adjustable using control input (Y2-Y3)
• Reset by means of button on front or using control input
(Y2-Y3)
• Test by means of button on front or using control input
(Y1-Y3)
• 3UG4583: Non-volatile fault storage can be configured
• 3UG4583: 2 separate limit values (e.g. for warning and
disconnection) or 2 CO contacts for one limit value
(e.g. for a local alarm and signaling to the PLC via separate
circuits) can be configured
Rated mains
voltage Un
System
leakage
capacitance
V
μF
Output
relays
With the 3UG4983-1A coupling unit, connection to networks with
a voltage of up to 690 V AC and 1 000 V DC is possible,
see below.
Measuring Broken wire DT
range Ue detection
in the
measuring
range
Screw terminals
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
kΩ
3UG4582 insulation monitors
0 ... 250 AC,
0 ... 300 DC
✓
Max. 10
1 CO
1 ... 100
B
3UG4582-1AW30
1
1 unit
41H
Max. 20
2 CO or
1 CO
+ 1 CO,
adjustable
1 ... 100, ✓
B
2 ... 200
Adjustable
for 2nd
limit value,
adjustable
3UG4583-1CW30
1
1 unit
41H
3UG4983-1A
1
1 unit
41H
3UG4582-1AW30
3UG4583 insulation monitors
10
0 ... 400 AC,
0 ... 600 DC1)
3UG4583-1CW30
Voltage reducer module for 3UG4583
For extending the mains voltage range to
max. 690 V AC and 1 000 V DC
B
3UG4983-1A
✓ Available
1)
With 3UG4983-1A voltage reducer module suitable also for the insulation
monitoring of IT networks up to 690 V AC and 1 000 V DC.
For accessories, see page 10/132.
10/124
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Level Monitoring
Level monitoring relays
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Can be used worldwide thanks to wide voltage range from
24 to 240 V (absolute limit values)
• Individually shortenable 2 and 3-pole wire electrodes for easy
mounting from above/below
• Bow electrodes for installation from the side, for larger filling
levels and minimum space requirements
• Can be flexibly adapted to different conductive liquids through
analog setting of the sensitivity from 2 to 200 kΩ
• Compensation for wave movements through tripping delay
times from 0.1 to 10 s
• Upstream or downstream function selectable
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4501 monitoring relay
The 3UG4501 level monitoring relay is used in combination with
2- or 3-pole sensors to monitor the levels of conductive liquids.
•
•
•
•
Single-point and two-point level monitoring
Overflow protection
Dry run protection
Leak monitoring
■ Technical specifications
3UG4501 monitoring relays
The principle of operation of the 3UG4501 level monitoring relay
is based on measuring the electrical resistance of the liquid
between two immersion sensors and a reference terminal. If the
measured value is lower than the sensitivity set at the front,
the output relay changes its switching state. In order to exclude
electrolytic phenomena in the liquid, the sensors are supplied
with alternating current.
UNDER, two-point control
RESET
A1/A2
> 0,5 s + t
Two-point control
Max
t
t
t
t
11/14
OVER, two-point control
11/12
t = Delay 0,5 - 10 s
RESET
A1/A2
Note:
> 0,5 s + t
Max
t
t
t
t
NSB0_01799b
Min
It is also possible to connect other resistance sensors to the
Min and Max terminals in the range 2 to 200 kW, e.g. photoresistors, temperature sensors, encoders based on resistance, etc.
The monitoring relay can therefore also be used for other
applications as well as for monitoring the levels of liquids.
11/14
11/12
t = Delay 0,5 - 10 s
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/125
10
Min
NSB0_01800b
The output relay changes its switching state as soon as the liquid
level reaches the maximum sensor, while the minimum sensor is
submerged. The relay returns to its original switching state as
soon as the minimum sensor no longer has contact with the
liquid.
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Level Monitoring
Level monitoring relays
UNDER, single-point control
If only one level is being controlled, the terminals for Min and
Max on the monitoring relay are bridged. The output relay
changes its switching state as soon as the liquid level is reached
and returns to its original switching state once the sensor no
longer has contact with the liquid.
RESET
A1/A2
> 0,5 s + t
In order to prevent premature tripping of the switching function
caused by wave motion or frothing, even though the set level has
not been reached, it is possible to delay this function by
0.5 ... 10 s.
Max Min
t
For safe resetting, the control supply voltage must be interrupted
for at least the set delay time of +0.5 s.
t
t
11/14
OVER, single-point control
11/12
t = Delay 0,5 - 10 s
RESET
A1/A2
> 0,5 s + t
Max Min
t
t
t
NSB0_01801b
t
11/14
11/12
t = Delay 0,5 - 10 s
Type
3UG4501
10
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3,
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
V
300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
4
Electrode current, max. (typ. 70 Hz)
mA
1
Electrode voltage, max. (typ. 70 Hz)
V
15
Sensor feeder cable
m
Max. 100
Conductor capacity of sensor cable1)
nF
Max. 10
Load capacity of the output relay
Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
• DC-13/125 V
• DC-13/250 V
A
A
A
A
3
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
Measuring circuit
Control circuit
1)
The sensor cable does not necessarily have to be shielded, but we do not
recommend installing this cable parallel to the power supply lines. It is also
possible to use a shielded cable, whereby the shield has to be connected
to the M terminal.
10/126
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
t
NSB0_01802c
Single-point control
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Level Monitoring
Level monitoring relays
Circuit diagrams
AC/+U
AC/+U
K1
A1 (+)
Max
Min
A1 (+)
M
3UG4501
12 14
M
Max Min
11
3UG4501
11
K1
12
14
NSB0_01796b
A2 (–)
A2 (–)
AC/0V
AC/0V
Schematic circuit diagram
NSB0_01797b
Circuit example of two-point control with outlet monitoring
AC/+U
A1 (+)
Max Min
M
11
K1
12 14
3UG4501
K1
A2 (–)
NSB0_01798b
AC/0V
Circuit example of single-point control with inlet monitoring
• For level monitoring of electrically conductive liquids
• Control principle: inlet or sequence control adjustable per
rotary switch
• Single-point and two-point control possible
• Analogically adjustable sensitivity (specific resistance of the
liquid)
• Analogically adjustable tripping delay time
• 1 yellow LED for displaying the relay state
• 1 green LED for displaying the applied control supply voltage
• 1 CO contact
Sensitivity
Tripping delay time
kΩ
s
2 ... 200
0.5 ... 10
Rated control supply
voltage Us
24
24 ... 240
1)
PU (UNIT, SET, M) =1
PS*
=1 unit
PG
=41H
DT
V
AC/DC
1)
10
■ Selection and ordering data
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
A
3UG4501-1AA30
A
3UG4501-2AA30
A
3UG4501-1AW30
A
3UG4501-2AW30
Price
per PU
The rated control supply voltage and the measuring circuit are not
electrically separated.
For accessories, see page 10/132.
For level monitoring sensors, see page 10/128.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/127
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Level Monitoring
Probes for filling level monitoring
■ Technical specifications
Type
3UG3207-3A
Three-pole
mm
Length
3UG3207-2A
Two-pole
3UG3207-2B
Two-pole
500
3UG3207-1B
Single-pole
3UG3207-1C
Single-pole
--
Yes
--
Insulation Teflon insulation (PTFE)
Yes
Installation
Vertical
Lateral
22
Screw-in gland width A/F
Thread
Inch
R 3/8
Connecting cable
mm2
3 x 0.5, 2 m long
Operating temperature
°C
90
Operating pressure
bar
10
Cable/electrode assignment
• Cable brown
Center electrode
• Cable white
Not assignable
• Cable green
Not assignable
Not assignable
Gland
--
Not assignable
Electrode
--
NSB0_00993a
15 15
7±1
NSB0_00994
0,5
15 15
500
PTFE
insulation
15 15
7±1
6±1
NSB0_00995
5
500
3UG3207-2A
6±1
40
50
15 15
15 15
5
3UG3207-3A
SW 22
SW 22
SW 22
SW 22
SW 22
0,5
5
NSB0_00991a
NSB0_00992
Dimensional drawings
3UG3207-1C
3UG3207-2B
3UG3207-1B
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Level monitoring sensors (essential accessory)
10
The wire electrodes can be cut or bent to the required length
before or after installation. The Teflon insulation must be removed
over a length of approx. 5 mm.
Three-pole wire electrodes, 500 mm long
A
3UG3207-3A
1
1 unit
41H
A
3UG3207-2A
1
1 unit
41H
A
3UG3207-2B
1
1 unit
41H
A
3UG3207-1B
1
1 unit
41H
A
3UG3207-1C
1
1 unit
41H
For 2-point liquid level control in an insulating tank. One electrode
each for the min. and max. value and a common reference
electrode.
3UG3207-3A
Two-pole wire electrodes, 500 mm long
For alarm indication in the event of overflow or low level and for
2-point liquid level control, when the conductive tank is used as the
reference electrode.
3UG3207-2A
Two-pole bow electrodes
Thanks to the small space requirements due to lateral fitting,
ideal for use in small containers and pipes, as a leak monitor and
level monitor or for warning of water entering an enclosure.
3UG3207-2B
Single-pole bow electrodes for lateral fitting
As a max. value electrode for lateral fitting or for alarm indication in
conductive tanks or pipes.
3UG3207-1B
Single-pole rod electrodes for lateral fitting
For high flow velocities or for intensively sparkling fluids.
3UG3207-1C
10/128
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Speed monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Can be used worldwide thanks to wide voltage range from
24 to 240 V (absolute limit values)
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Permanent display of actual value and fault type
• Use of up to 10 sensors per revolution on motors rotating
extremely slowly
• 2- or 3-wire sensors and sensors with a mechanical switching
output or semiconductor output can be connected
• Auxiliary voltage for sensor integrated
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4651 monitoring relay
The 3UG4651 monitoring relay is used in combination with
a sensor to monitor motor drives for overspeed and/or underspeed.
• Slip or tear of a belt drive
• Overload monitoring
• Transport monitoring for completeness
Furthermore, the monitoring relay is ideal for all functions where
a continuous pulse signal needs to be monitored (e.g. belt travel
monitoring, completeness monitoring, passing monitoring,
clock-time monitoring).
■ Technical specifications
3UG4651 monitoring relays
In the monitoring relay, the time between two successive rising
edges of the pulse encoder is measured and compared to the
minimum and/or maximum permissible period duration calculated from the set limit values for the speed.
Thus, the period duration measurement recognizes any deviation in speed after just two pulses, even at very low speeds or in
the case of extended pulse gaps.
By using up to ten pulse encoders evenly distributed around the
circumference, it is possible to shorten the period duration,
and in turn the response time. By taking into account the number
of sensors in the monitoring relay, the speed continues to be
indicated in rpm.
Speed monitoring with Auto RESET (Memory = no)
If the device is set to Auto RESET, the output relay switches to
the GO state, once the adjustable hysteresis threshold is
reached in the range of 0.1 ... 99.9 rpm and the flashing stops.
Any overshoots or undershoots are therefore not stored.
Speed monitoring with Manual RESET (Memory = yes)
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu, the output relay
remains in its current switching state and the current measured
value and the symbol for overshooting/undershooting continue
to flash, even when the speed returns to a permissible value.
This stored fault status can be reset by pressing the UP▲ and
DOWN▼ buttons simultaneously for > 2 s, by connecting the
RESET device terminal to 24 V DC or by switching the control
supply voltage off and back on again.
ON-delay time for motor start
To be able to start a motor drive, and depending on whether the
open-circuit or closed-circuit principle is selected, the output
relay switches to the GO state during the ON-delay time, even if
the speed is still below the set value.
The ON-delay time is started by either switching on the auxiliary
voltage or, if the auxiliary voltage is already applied, by actuating
the respective NC contact (e.g. auxiliary contact).
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/129
10
The speed monitoring relay operates according to the principle
of period duration measurement.
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Speed monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Range monitoring without enable input
Range monitoring with enable input
A1/A2
A1/A2
EN
> RPM
< RPM
rpm
> RPM
Hysteresis
< RPM
rpm
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
RPM = 0
NSB0_01803b
11/14
11/12
onDelay
Hysteresis
rpm
RPM = 0
Delay
NSB0_01804a
rpm
11/14
11/12
Delay
onDelay
Type
Delay
3UG4651
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3,
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
V
300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
4
Sensor supply
• For three-wire sensor (24 V/0 V)
• For 2-wire NAMUR sensor (8V2)
mA
mA
Max. 50
Max. 8.2
Signal input
• IN1
• IN2
kΩ
kΩ
16, three-wire sensor, pnp operation
1, floating contact, 2-wire NAMUR sensor
Voltage level
• For level 1 at IN1
• For level 0 at IN1
V
V
4.5 ... 30
0 ... 1
Current level
• For level 1 at IN2
• For level 0 at IN2
mA
mA
> 2.1
< 1.2
Minimum pulse duration of signal
ms
5
Minimum interval between 2 pulses
ms
5
10
Measuring circuit
Control circuit
1
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts
Load capacity of the output relay
Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
• DC-13/125 V
• DC-13/250 V
A
A
A
A
3
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
10/130
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Delay
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Speed monitoring
Circuit diagrams
+
U
–
AC/+U
AC/DC
A1 (+)
3UG4651
IN1 0V
A1 (+) EN RES 24V
3UG4651
NSB0_01805b
11
12
IN2
A2 (–)
Enable
RESET
EN RES
S1
pnp
K1
14
A2 (–)
IN2
S1
24 V
1
IN1
4
0V
3
8V2
11
K1
12 14
NO
24 V DC/
max. 50 mA
K2
8V2
AC/0 V
NSB0_01807b
AC/DC
NAMUR
+
–
Schematic circuit diagram
Circuit example with enable input
AC/+U
RESET
S1
A1 (+)
3UG4651
24 V
12
BN
IN1
K1
NO
K2
NAMUR
IN2
14
BU
0V
A2 (–)
11
K1
EN RES
8V2
AC/0 V
NSB0_01806b
Circuit example without enable input
• For speed monitoring in revolutions per minute (rpm)
• Two- or three-wire sensor with mechanical or electronic
switching output can be connected
• Two-wire NAMUR sensor can be connected
• Sensor supply 24 V DC/50 mA integrated
• Input frequency 0.1 to 2 200 pulses rpm
(0.0017 to 36.7 Hz)
• With or without enable signal for the drive to be monitored
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Number of pulses per revolution can be adjusted
• Upper and lower threshold value can be adjusted separately
• Auto, manual or remote RESET options after tripping
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• 1 CO contact
Measuring
range
Hysteresis
ON-delay Tripping
time
delay time
10
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
Pulses
Rated control
DT
per
supply voltage
revolution Us
DT
Screw terminals
Spring-type
terminals
AC/DC
Article No.
rpm
rpm
s
s
0.1 ... 2 200
OFF
0.1 ... 99.9
0 ... 900
0.1 ... 99.9
1)
V
1 ... 10
Price
per PU
Article No.
241)
A
3UG4651-1AA30
A
3UG4651-2AA30
24 ... 240
A
3UG4651-1AW30
A
3UG4651-2AW30
Price
per PU
The rated control supply voltage and the measuring circuit are not
electrically separated.
For accessories, see page 10/132.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/131
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Use
Version
DT
Article No.
For 3UG4
Unit labeling plates
For SIRIUS devices
D
• 19 mm x 6 mm, pastel turquoise
• 19 mm x 6 mm, zinc yellow
For 3UG4
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RT1900-1SB20
100
340 units
41B
C
3RT1900-1SB60
100 3 060 units
41B
C
3RT1900-1SD60
100 3 060 units
41B
Push-in lugs
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device
B
3RP1903
1
10 units
41H
For 3UG4
Sealable covers
For securing against unauthorized
adjustment of setting knobs
B
3RP1902
1
5 units
41H
For 3UG45
Sealing foil
For securing against unauthorized
adjustment of setting knobs
}
3TK2820-0AA00
1
1 unit
41L
For 3UG4581
and 3UG4582
B
3UG4981-0C
1
1 unit
41H
For 3UG4583
B
3UG4983-0C
1
1 unit
41H
1
1 unit
41B
Blank labels
20 mm x 7 mm, pastel turquoise1)
NSB0_01429b
For 3UG4
3RT1900-1SB20
Adhesive labels
For SIRIUS devices
Push-in lugs and covers
3RP1903
3RP1902
Covers for insulation monitoring relays
Sealable, transparent covers
10
3UG4981-0C
3UG4983-0C
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary
circuit
connections
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type
terminals 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, length
approx 200 mm, titanium gray/black,
partially insulated
Spring-type terminals
A
3RA2908-1A
3RA2908-1A
1)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH,
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
Notes:
Products for mechanical monitoring of bearings, see Chapter 15
"Products for Specific Requirements" ➞ "Condition Monitoring
Systems".
For more information, see www.siemens.com/siplus-cms.
10/132
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
General data
■ Overview
Even without communication via IO-Link the devices continue to
function fully autonomously:
• Parameterization can take place locally at the device,
independently of a controller
• In the event of failure or before the controller becomes available the monitoring relays work as long as the control supply
voltage (24 V DC) is present
• If the monitoring relays are operated without the controller,
the 3UG48 monitoring relays have, thanks to the integrated
SIO mode, an additional semiconductor output, which
switches when the adjustable warning threshold is exceeded
Thanks to the combination of autonomous monitoring relay function and integrated IO-Link communication, redundant sensors
and/or analog signal converters – which previously took over the
transmission of measured values to a controller, leading to considerable extra cost and wiring outlay – are no longer needed.
The SIRIUS 3UG4 monitoring relays for electronic and mechanical variables monitor all important characteristics that allow
conclusions to be drawn about the functionality of a plant.
Both sudden disturbances and gradual changes, which may
indicate the need for maintenance, are detected.
Thanks to their relay outputs, the monitoring relays permit direct
disconnection of the affected system components as well as
alerting e.g. by triggering a warning light. Thanks to adjustable
delay times the 3UG4 monitoring relays can respond very flexibly to brief faults such as voltage dips or load changes and can
thus avoid unnecessary alarms and disconnections and
increase system availability.
3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link
The SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link also offer many
other options based upon the monitoring functions of the triedand-tested SIRIUS 3UG4 monitoring relays:
• Measured value transmission to a controller, including resolution and unit, may be parameterizable as to which value is
cyclically transmitted
• Transmission of alarm flags to a controller
• Full diagnosis capability by inquiry as to the cause of the fault
in the diagnosis data record
• Remote parameterization is also possible, in addition to or
instead of local parameterization
• Rapid parameterization of the same devices by duplication of
the parameterization in the controller
• Parameter transmission by upload to a controller by
IO-Link call or by parameter server (if IO-Link master from
IO-Link Specification V1.1 and higher is used)
• Consistent central data storage in the event of parameter
change locally or via a controller
• Automatic reparameterizing when devices are exchanged
• Blocking of local parameterization via IO-Link possible
• Faults are saved in parameterizable and non-volatile fashion
to prevent an automatic start up after voltage failure and to
make sure diagnostics data is not lost
• Integration into the automation level provides the option of
parameterizing the monitoring relays at any time via a display
unit, or displaying the measured values in a control room or
locally at the machine/control cabinet.
Because the output relays are still present, the monitoring relays
increase the functional reliability of the system, since only the
controller can fulfill the control tasks if the current measured
values are available, whereas the output relays can also be used
for the disconnection of the system if limit values that cannot be
reached during operation are exceeded.
The individual 3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link offer the
following functions in different combinations:
• Phase sequence
• Phase failure, neutral conductor failure
• Phase asymmetry
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for voltage
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for current
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of power factor limit
values
• Monitoring of the active current or the apparent current
• Monitoring of the residual current
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for speed
Note:
Further information on the IO-Link bus systems, see Chapter 2
"Industrial Communication".
Notes on safety
System networking requires suitable protective measures
(including network segmentation for IT security) in order to
ensure safe plant operation.
More information about the subject of Industrial Security,
see www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/133
10
SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relays
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
General data
1
3
3UG46
monitoring
relay
3UG48
monitoring
relay
Feeder
Feeder
IO-Link
master
PLC
1
Analog
signal
converter
3UG46
monitoring
relay
PLC
2
3UG46
monitoring
relay
IO-Link
1
2
3UG48
monitoring
relay
3UG48
monitoring
relay
Current
transformers
IC01_00004
IC01_00003
Motor
Motor
1 Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data
transmission to PLC
2 Autonomous operation without PLC
1 Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data
transmission to PLC
2 Autonomous operation without PLC
3 Signaling of limit value violation to PLC
Use of conventional monitoring relays
Monitoring relays for IO-Link
10
Notes:
• IO-Link-Master (e.g. CM 4xIO-Link for SIMATIC ET 200SP or
SM 1278 for S7-1200), see Catalog ST 70 "Products for Totally
Integrated Automation"
Devices required for the communication via IO-Link:
• Any controller that supports the IO-Link (e.g. ET 200SP with
CPU or S7-1200),
see Catalog ST 70 "Products for Totally Integrated Automation"
Each monitoring relay requires an IO-Link channel.
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
@@@
Monitoring relays
@
@
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
Generation
@
Type of setting
Functions
@
Connection methods
@
Contacts
@
Supply voltage
@
Signal type of the control supply voltage
@
Special version
3UG
Example
4
8
1
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
10/134
@
3UG
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
5
–
1
A
A
4
0
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
General data
■ Benefits
0 24
4
Advantages through energy efficiency
IC0
1_ 0
• Simple cyclical transmission of the current measured values,
relay switching states and events to a controller
• Remote parameterization
• Automatic reparameterizing when devices are exchanged
• Simple duplication of identical or similar parameterizations
• Reduction of control current wiring
• Elimination of testing costs and wiring errors
• Reduction of configuration work
• Integration in TIA means clear diagnostics if a fault occurs
• Cost saving and space saving in control cabinet due to the
elimination of AI and IO modules as well as analog signal
converters and duplicated sensors
Overview of the energy management process
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to
optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate,
and realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware
and software solutions in every process phase.
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also
make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
The 3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link contribute to the energy
efficiency throughout the plant as follows:
• Shutdown in the event of no-load operation
(e.g. pump no-load operation)
• Reactive-power compensation by means of power factor
monitoring
• Load shedding of predefined loads in the event of current
overshoots
The use of SIRIUS monitoring relays for IO-Link is particularly
recommended for machines and plant in which these relays,
in addition to their monitoring function, are to be connected to
the automation level for the rapid, simple and fault-free provision
of the current measured values and/or for remote parameterization.
The monitoring relays can either relieve the controller of monitoring tasks or, as a second monitoring entity in parallel to and
independent of the controller, increase the reliability in the
process or in the system. In addition, the elimination of AI and
IO modules allows the width of the controller to be reduced
despite significantly expanded functionality.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/135
10
■ Application
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
General data
■ Technical specifications
Type
3UG48
General technical specifications
mm
mm
22.5 x 92 x 91
22.5 x 94 x 91
mm
mm
22.5 x 103 x 91
22.5 x 103 x 91
°C
-25 ... +60
D
• For 3 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
H
Dimensions (W x H x D)
• For 4 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
W
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
Connection type
•
•
•
•
•
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Tightening torque
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
AWG
Nm
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Solid
Finely stranded, with end sleeves acc. to DIN 46228
Finely stranded
AWG cables, solid or stranded
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
1 x (0.5 ... 4), 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5), 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
0.8 … 1.2
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (24 ... 16)
■ More information
Manual "3UG48/3RR24 Monitoring Relays for IO-Link", see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/54375430.
Notes on safety
System networking requires suitable protective measures
(including network segmentation for IT security) in order to
ensure safe plant operation.
10
More information about the subject of Industrial Security,
see www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
10/136
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Line monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Can be used in any network from 160 to 630 V AC worldwide
thanks to wide voltage range
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Display and transmission of actual value and network fault
type to controller
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
The relays are used above all for mobile equipment, e.g. air conditioning compressors, refrigerating containers, building site
compressors and cranes.
Solid-state line monitoring relays provide maximum protection
for mobile machines, plants and hoisting equipment or for unstable networks. Network and voltage faults can thus be detected
early and rectified before far greater damage ensues.
Function
Application
Phase sequence
• Direction of rotation of the drive
Phase failure
• A fuse has tripped
• Failure of the control supply voltage
• Broken cable
The line monitoring relays with IO-Link monitor phase sequence,
phase failure (with or without N conductor monitoring), phase
asymmetry and undervoltage and/or overvoltage.
Phase asymmetry
Phase asymmetry is evaluated as the difference between the
greatest and the smallest phase voltage relative to the greatest
phase voltage. Undervoltage or overvoltage exist if the set limit
values for at least one phase voltage are overshot or undershot.
The rms value of the voltage is measured.
Undervoltage
• Overheating of the motor due to asymmetrical
voltage
• Detection of asymmetrically loaded networks
• Increased current on a motor with
corresponding overheating
• Unintentional resetting of a device
• Network collapse, particularly with battery power
Overvoltage
• Protection of a plant against destruction due to
overvoltage
10
SIRIUS 3UG4815 monitoring relay
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/137
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Line monitoring
■ Technical specifications
With the closed-circuit principle selected
The 3UG4815 and 3UG4816 line monitoring relays have a wide
voltage range input and are supplied with power through IO-Link
or from an external 24 V DC source.
Wrong phase sequence
The device is equipped with a display and is parameterized
using three buttons. The 3UG4815 monitoring relay monitors
three-phase networks with regard to phase sequence,
phase failure, phase asymmetry, undervoltage and overvoltage.
The 3UG4816 monitoring relay monitors the neutral conductor
as well. The hysteresis is adjustable from 1 to 20 V.
L3-L2-L1
11/14
11/12
IC01_00005
3UG4815/3UG4816 monitoring relays
Phase failure
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3-N
The 3UG4815 and 3UG4816 monitoring relays can be operated
on the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle
and with Manual or Auto RESET.
11/14
11/12
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu (Memory = Yes),
the switching relay remains in its current switching state and the
current measured value and the symbol for undershooting and
overshooting continues to flash, even when the measured variable reaches a permissible value again. This stored fault status
can be reset by simultaneously pressing the UP▲ or DOWN▼
key for 2.5 s.
Undervoltage
L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3-N
IC01_00006
The device has two separately adjustable delay times for overvoltage and undervoltage and for line stabilization. If the direction of rotation is incorrect or a phase fails, the device switches
off immediately. Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase
failure is reliably detected in spite of the wide voltage range from
and potentially high feedback through the load.
L+/LUx-y
Hysteresis
<U
IC01_00007
11/14
11/12
With Manual RESET through IO-Link it is possible in addition to
set whether error signals are to be deleted when the control
supply voltage is switched off and on (as remote RESET) or
whether the signals are to be permanently saved even in a
voltage failure, with confirmation possible only through local
RESET or via IO-Link.
Q on
Q off
stDelay
Delay
Overvoltage
10
L+/LUx-y
>U
Hysteresis
Q on
Q off
stDelay
Type
3UG4815, 3UG4816
General technical specifications
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
V
690
kV
6
A
5
A
3
Control circuit
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
Electrical endurance AC-15
Mechanical endurance
10/138
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
mA
5
Million operating cycles 0.1
Million operating cycles 10
IC01_00008
11/14
11/12
Delay
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Line monitoring
Circuit diagrams
L1 L2 L3
L+
C/Q
L-
N L1 L2 L3
11
L+
C/Q
L-
IO-Link
11
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
IO-Link
IC01_00010
IC01_00009
12 14
12 14
3UG4815
Note:
3UG4816
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
• Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD
• Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or external auxiliary
voltage
• Auto or Manual RESET
• Open or closed-circuit principle
• 1 CO contact, 1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode)
3UG4815-1AA40
3UG4815-2AA40
3UG4816-1AA40
AdjustUnderOverStabilizaable hys- voltage
voltage
tion time
teresis
detection detection adjustable
stDEL
Tripping
delay time
adjustable
Del
V
s
Version of
auxiliary
contacts
3UG4816-2AA40
Measurable
mains
voltage1)
DT
Article No.
s
DT
Screw
terminals
V AC
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure, phase asymmetry,
overvoltage and undervoltage
1 ... 20
✓
✓
0.1 … 999.9 0.1 … 999.9 1 CO
+ 1 Q2)
160 … 690
A
3UG4815-1AA40
A
3UG4815-2AA40
A
3UG4816-1AA40
A
3UG4816-2AA40
1 ... 20
✓
✓
0.1 … 999.9 0.1 … 999.9 1 CO
+ 1 Q2)
90 … 400
against N
10
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase and N conductor failure,
phase asymmetry, overvoltage and undervoltage
✓ Function available
1)
Absolute limit values.
2)
In SIO mode.
For accessories, see page 10/156.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/139
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Voltage monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Display and transmission of actual value and status messages
to controller
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
• Protection of a plant against destruction due to overvoltage
• Switch-on of a plant at a defined voltage and higher
• Protection from undervoltage due to overloaded control
supply voltages, particularly with battery power
SIRIUS 3UG4832 monitoring relays
The relays monitor single-phase AC voltages (rms value) and
DC voltages against the set limit value for overshoot and
undershoot.
3UG4832 monitoring relay
With the closed-circuit principle selected
The 3UG4832 voltage monitoring relays are supplied with power
through IO-Link or with an external auxiliary voltage of 24 V DC
and perform overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the
voltage depending on parameterization. The devices are
equipped with a display and are parameterized by means of
three buttons or through IO-Link.
Overvoltage
The device can be operated on the basis of either the opencircuit or closed-circuit principle and with Manual or Auto RESET.
One output changeover contact is available as a signaling
contact, and a semiconductor output is available in addition in
SIO mode.
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu (Memory = Yes),
the switching relay remains in its current switching state and the
current measured value and the symbol for undershooting and
overshooting continues to flash, even when the measured
variable reaches a permissible value again. This stored fault
status can be reset by simultaneously pressing the UP▲ or
DOWN▼ key for 2.5 s.
With Manual RESET through IO-Link it is possible in addition to
set whether error signals are to be deleted when the control
supply voltage is switched off and on (as remote RESET) or
whether the signals are to be permanently saved even in a
voltage failure, with confirmation possible only through local
RESET or via IO-Link.
10/140
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
<U
!
,
Hysteresis
=0
11/14
11/12
IC01_00011
The measuring range extends from 10 to 600 V AC/DC. The limit
values for overshoot or undershoot can be freely configured
within this range. If one of these limit values is reached, the
output relay responds according to the set principle of operation
as soon as the delay time has elapsed. This tripping delay time
U▲Del/U▼Del can be set from 0 to 999.9 s like the ON-delay
time. The hysteresis is adjustable from 0.1 to 300 V.
L+/L-
Q on
Q off
Delay
Undervoltage
L+/L<U
Hysteresis
,
!
11/14
11/12
IC01_00012
10
■ Technical specifications
Q on
Q off
Delay
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Voltage monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Range monitoring
L+/L<U
,
<U
!
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
,
!
U=0
IC01_00013
11/14
11/12
Q on
Q off
Delay
Delay =
Delay
Delay
Type
3UG4832
General technical specifications
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III according to VDE 0110
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Permissible measuring range single-phase AC/DC voltage
V
10 … 690
Setting range single-phase voltage
V
10 ... 600
Measuring frequency
Hz
40 ... 500
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
Measuring circuit
10
Control circuit
Circuit diagram
IN (+)
L+
C/Q L-
11
Note:
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
<U>
IO-Link
M (-)
,&B
12 14
3UG4832
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/141
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Voltage monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
• Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD
• Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or external auxiliary
voltage
• Auto or Manual RESET
• Open or closed-circuit principle
• 1 CO contact, 1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode)
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3UG4832-2AA40
3UG4832-1AA40
Measuring range
Adjustable
hysteresis
ON-delay time
adjustable onDel
Tripping delay time DT
separately
adjustable
U▲Del/U▼Del
V AC/DC
V
s
s
DT
Screw
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Monitoring of voltage for overshoot and undershoot
10 … 600
0.1 ... 300
0 … 999.9
0 … 999.9
A
3UG4832-1AA40
A
3UG4832-2AA40
10
For accessories, see page 10/156.
10/142
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Current monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Display and transmission of actual value and status messages
to controller
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
• Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring
• Monitoring the functionality of electrical loads
• Monitoring for broken conductors
SIRIUS 3UG4822 monitoring relays
The relays monitor single-phase AC (rms value) and DC currents
against the set limit value for overshoot and undershoot.
■ Technical specifications
The rms value of the current is measured. The limit values for
overshoot or undershoot can be freely configured within this
range. If one of these limit values is reached, the output relay
responds according to the set principle of operation as soon as
the tripping delay time I▲Del/I▼Del has elapsed. This time and
the ON-delay time onDel are adjustable from 0 to 999.9 s.
The hysteresis is adjustable from 0.01 to 5 A. The device can be
operated with Manual or Auto RESET and on the basis of either
the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle. Following options are
available: Response of the output relay when the control supply
voltage Us = ON is applied or not until the lower measuring
range limit of the measuring current (I > 50 mA) is reached.
One output changeover contact is available as a signaling
contact, and a semiconductor output is available in addition in
SIO mode.
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu (Memory = Yes),
the switching relay remains in its current switching state and the
current measured value and the symbol for undershooting and
overshooting continues to flash, even when the measured
variable reaches a permissible value again. This stored fault
status can be reset by simultaneously pressing the UP▲ or
DOWN▼ key for 2.5 s.
L+/L>
,
!
=0
Hysteresis
11/14
11/12
Q on
Q off
onDelay
10
The measuring range extends from 0.05 to 10 A. For larger
AC currents the measuring range can be extended by using
commercially available current transformers. Using the adjustable transformer factor, the display of the measured primary
currents up to 750 A instead of the secondary currents
(max. 1 A or 5 A) is possible.
Current overshoot
IC01_00016
The 3UG4822 current monitoring relays are supplied with power
through IO-Link or with an external voltage of 24 V DC and perform overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the current
depending on the parameterization. The devices are equipped
with a display and are parameterized using three buttons.
With the closed-circuit principle selected
upon application of the control supply voltage
Delay
Current undershoot
L+/L<
Hysteresis
,
Hysteresis
!
=0
11/14
11/12
IC01_00017
3UG4822 monitoring relays
Q on
Q off
onDelay
Delay
With Manual RESET through IO-Link it is possible in addition to
set whether error signals are to be deleted when the control
supply voltage is switched off and on (as remote RESET) or
whether the signals are to be permanently saved even in a
voltage failure, with confirmation possible only through local
RESET or via IO-Link.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/143
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Current monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
upon application of the control supply voltage
Range monitoring
L+/L>
,
<
!
Hysteresis
,
!
=0
IC01_00018
11/14
11/12
Q on
Q off
onDelay
Delay
Delay =
Delay
Delay
Type
3UG4822
General technical specifications
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Measuring range single-phase AC/DC current
A
0.05 … 15
Setting range for single-phase current
A
0.05 ... 10
Load supply voltage
V
Max. 300 (with protective separation)
Max. 500 (with simple separation)
A
5
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
mA
5
Measuring circuit
Control circuit
10
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
Circuit diagram
IN
L+
C/Q L-
11
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
< >
IO-Link
M
,&B
3UG4822
10/144
Note:
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
12 14
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Current monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
• Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD
• Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or external auxiliary
voltage
• Adjustable converter factor to display the measured primary
current when an external current transformer is used
• Auto or Manual RESET
• Open or closed-circuit principle
• 1 CO contact, 1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode)
3UG4822-2AA40
3UG4822-1AA40
Measuring range
Adjustable
hysteresis
ON-delay time
adjustable onDel
Tripping delay time DT
separately
adjustable
I▲Del/I▼Del
AC/DC A
A
s
s
DT
Screw
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Monitoring of current for overshooting and undershooting
0.05 … 10
0.01 ... 5
0.1 … 999.9
0.1 … 999.9
A
3UG4822-1AA40
A
3UG4822-2AA40
For accessories, see page 10/156.
10
For AC currents I > 10 A it is possible to use commercially available current transformers, e.g. the Siemens 4NC current transformer, as accessories, see Catalog LV 10, "Low-Voltage Power
Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/145
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Power factor and active current monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Monitoring of even small single-phase motors with a no-load
supply current below 0.5 A
• Simple determination of threshold values by the direct
collection of measured variables on motor loading
• Range monitoring and active current measurement enable
detection of cable breaks between control cabinets and
motors, as well as phase failures
• Power factor and/or Ires (active current) can be selected as
the measurement principle
• Width 22.5 mm
• Display and transmission of actual value and status messages
to controller
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4841 monitoring relay
The 3UG4841 power factor and active current monitoring
devices enable the load monitoring of motors.
Whereas power factor monitoring is used above all for monitoring no-load operation, the active current monitoring option can
be used to observe and evaluate the load factor over the entire
torque range.
• No-load monitoring and load shedding, such as in the event of
a V-belt tear
• Underload monitoring in the low performance range,
e.g. in the event of pump no-load operation
• Monitoring of overload, e.g. due to a dirty filter system
• Power factor monitoring in networks for control of compensation equipment
• Broken cable between control cabinet and motor
■ Technical specifications
10
3UG4841 monitoring relays
The 3UG4841 monitoring relays are supplied with power through
IO-Link or with an external auxiliary voltage of 24 V DC and are
used for performing overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring
of the power factor and/or the resulting active current, depending on parameterization. The load to be monitored is connected
upstream of the IN terminal. The load current flows through the
terminals IN and Ly/N. The setting range for the power factor is
0 to 0.99 and for the active current Ires 0.2 to 10 A. If the control
supply voltage is switched on and no load current flows, the display will show I < 0.2 and a symbol for overrange, underrange
or range monitoring. If the motor is now switched on and the
current exceeds 0.2 A, the set ON-delay time onDel begins.
During this time, if the set limit values are undershot or
exceeded, this does not lead to a relay reaction of the changeover contact. If the operational flowing active current and/or the
p.f. value falls below or exceeds the respective set threshold
value, the tripping delay time begins. When this time has
expired, the relay changes its switch position. The relevant measured variables for overshooting and undershooting in the
display flash. If the monitoring of active current undershooting is
deactivated (Ires▼= OFF) and the load current drops below the
lower measuring range threshold (0.2 A), then the CO contacts
remain unchanged. If a threshold value is set for the monitoring
of active current undershooting, then undershooting of the
measuring range threshold (0.2 A) will result in a response of the
CO contacts.
10/146
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
The relay operates either according to the open-circuit or
closed-circuit principle.
If the device is set to Auto RESET (Memory = No), depending on
the set principle of operation, the switching relay returns to its
initial state and the flashing ends when the hysteresis threshold
is reached.
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu (Memory = Yes),
the switching relay remains in its current switching state and the
current measured value and the symbol for undershooting and
overshooting continues to flash, even when the measured variable reaches a permissible value again. This stored fault status
can be reset by simultaneously pressing the UP▲ or DOWN▼
key for 2.5 s.
With Manual RESET through IO-Link it is possible in addition to
set whether error signals are to be deleted when the control
supply voltage is switched off and on (as remote RESET) or
whether the signals are to be permanently saved even in a
voltage failure, with confirmation possible only through local
RESET or via IO-Link.
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Power factor and active current monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Response in the event of undershooting the measuring range
limit
• With activated monitoring of Ires▼
Overshooting of active current
> res
L+/L-
r , r!
=0
< 0,2 A
Hysteresis
=0
21/24
21/22
IC01_00020
11/14
11/12
21/24
21/22
Q on
Q off
onDelay
onDelay
Delay
G
G
IC01_00022
11/14
11/12
= 0,2 A
onDelay
Undershooting of active current
• With deactivated monitoring of active current undershooting
< res
L+/L-
Hysteresis
< 0,2 A
r , r!
=0
= 0,2 A
11/14
11/12
onDelay
Q on
Q off
onDelay
onDelay
Delay
Range monitoring of active current
> res
10
21/24
21/22
21/24
21/22
IC01_00023
IC01_00021
11/14
11/12
< res
r , r!
Hysteresis
r , r!
=0
11/14
11/12
21/24
21/22
IC01_00024
=0
Q on
Q off
onDelay
Delay
Delay
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/147
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Power factor and active current monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Overshooting of power factor
Range monitoring of power factor
> cos
, cos
!
cos
=0
> cos
cos
, cos
!
cos
, cos
!
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
11/14
11/12
cos
Q on
Q off
=0
11/14
11/12
IC01_00025a
21/24
21/22
onDelay
< cos
21/24
21/22
IC01_00027a
cos
Q on
Q off
Delay
Undershooting of power factor
onDelay
Delay
Delay
< cos
Hysteresis
cos
, cos
!
cos
=0
11/14
11/12
IC01_00026a
21/24
21/22
Q on
Q off
onDelay
Delay
Type
3UG4841
10
General technical specifications
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III according to IEC 60664-1
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Control circuit
2
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
A
5
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
mA
5
Circuit diagram
Lx
Ly
Note:
IN
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
<cos phi>
12
11
14
L+
C/Q
22
IO-Link
21
L-
24
,&B
3UG4841
10/148
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Power factor and active current monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
• For monitoring the power factor and the active current Ires
(p.f. x I)
• Suitable for single- and three-phase currents
• Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD
• Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or external auxiliary
voltage
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Upper and lower limit values can be adjusted separately
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• 1 CO contact each for undershoot and overshoot,
1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode)
3UG4841-1CA40
3UG4841-2CA40
Measuring range
Voltage
Hysteresis
range of the
measuring
voltage1)
For power
factor
For
active
current
Ires
50/60 Hz AC Adjustable for
power
factor
Adjustable for
active
current
Ires
P.f.
A
V
A
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
ON-delay Tripping
DT
time adjust- delay time
able onDel separately
adjustable
U▲Del/
U▼Del,
ϕ ▲Del/
ϕ ▼Del
Article No.
P.f.
s
DT
Screw terminals
s
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Monitoring of power factor and active current for overshooting and
undershooting
0.1 ... 0.99 0.2 ... 10 90 ... 690
1)
0.1 ... 0.2 0.1 ... 3
0 ... 999.9
0 ... 999.9 A
3UG4841-1CA40
A
3UG4841-2CA40
Absolute limit values.
10
For accessories, see page 10/156.
For AC active currents Ires> 10 A it is possible to use commercially available current transformers, e.g. Siemens 4NC current
converter, as accessories, see Catalog LV 10 "Low-Voltage
Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/149
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Residual Current Monitoring
Residual-current monitoring relays
■ Overview
■ Benefits
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
High measuring accuracy ± 7.5 %
Permanent self-monitoring
Parameterization of the devices locally or via IO-Link possible
Variable threshold values for warning and disconnection
Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
Display and transmission of actual value and status messages
to controller
High level of flexibility and space saving through installation of
the transformer inside or outside the control cabinet
Width 22.5 m
All versions with removable terminals
All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4825 monitoring relay
Monitoring of plants in which residual currents can occur,
e.g. due to dust deposits or moisture, porous cables and leads,
or capacitive residual currents.
The 3UG4825 residual-current monitoring relays are used in
conjunction with the 3UL23 residual current transformers for
monitoring plants in which higher residual currents are increasingly expected due to ambient conditions. Monitoring encompasses pure AC residual currents or AC residual currents with a
pulsating DC fault current component (transformer type A in
accordance with DIN VDE 0100-530/IEC TR 60755).
3UG4825 monitoring relays
With the closed-circuit principle selected
The main conductor, and any neutral conductor to which a load
is connected, are routed through the opening of the annular ring
core of a residual-current transformer. A secondary winding is
placed around this annular strip-wound core to which the monitoring relay is connected.
Residual current monitoring with Auto RESET (Memory = no)
If operation of a plant is fault-free, the sum of the inflowing and
outward currents equals zero. No current is then induced in the
secondary winding of the residual-current transformer.
However, if an insulation fault occurs downstream of the residual
current operated motor starter protector, the sum of the inflowing
currents is greater than that of the outward currents. The differential current – the residual current – induces a secondary
current in the secondary winding of the transformer. This current
is evaluated in the monitoring relay and is used on the one hand
to display the actual residual current and on the other, to switch
the relay if the set warning or tripping threshold is overshot.
If the measured residual current exceeds the set warning value,
the associated changeover contact instantly changes the
switching state and an indication appears on the display.
If the measured residual current exceeds the set tripping value,
the set delay time begins and the associated relay symbol
flashes. On expiry of this time, the associated changeover
contact changes the switching state.
ON-delay time for motor start
To be able to start a drive when a residual current is detected,
the output relays switch to the OK state for an adjustable
ON-delay time depending on the selected open-circuit principle
or closed-circuit principle.
The changeover contacts do not react if the set threshold values
are overshot during this period.
10/150
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
L+/L> !
>
Hysteresis
!
Hysteresis = 5 %
= 0,02 A
=0
11/14
11/12
Q on 21/24
IC01_00227
10
■ Technical specifications
Q off 21/22
Init
Delay
onDelay
onDelay
If the device is set to Auto RESET, the relay switches back to the
OK state for the tripping value once the value falls below the set
hysteresis threshold and the display stops flashing.
The associated relay changes its switching state if the value falls
below the fixed hysteresis value of 5 % of the warning value.
Any overshoots are therefore not stored.
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Residual Current Monitoring
Residual-current monitoring relays
Residual current monitoring with Manual RESET (Memory = yes)
L+/LReset
t > 2,5 s
> !
>
Hysteresis
!
Note:
Hysteresis = 5 %
The neutral conductor must not be grounded downstream of the
summation current transformer as this may impair the function of
the residual current monitoring device.
= 0,02 A
=0
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu, the output relays
remain in their current switching state and the current measured
value and the symbol for overshooting continues to flash, even
when the measured residual current returns to a permissible
value. This stored fault status can be reset by pressing the
UP▲ or DOWN▼ key simultaneously for > 2 seconds, or by
switching the supply voltage off and back on again.
11/14
IC01_00228a
11/12
Q on 21/24
Q off 21/22
Init
Delay
onDelay onDelay
onDelay
Type
3UG4825-1CA40,
3UG4825-2CA40
General data
Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III to IEC 60664
for pollution degree 3 rated value
V
300
Impulse withstand voltage rated value Uimp
kV
4
Control circuit
2
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts
Thermal current of the non-solid-state contact blocks maximum
A
5
Current carrying capacity of the output relay
• At AC-15 at 250 V at 50/60 Hz
• At DC-13
- At 24 V
- At 125 V
- At 250 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
Operational current at 17 V minimum
mA
5
L+ C/Q L- C1 C2
IO-Link
11
21
12 14
22 24
Note:
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
IC01_00223
3UG4825
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/151
10
Circuit diagram
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Residual Current Monitoring
Residual-current monitoring relays
■ Selection and ordering data
• For monitoring residual currents from 0.03 to 40 A,
from 16 to 400 Hz
• For 3UL23 residual-current transformers with feed-through
opening from 35 to 210 mm
• Permanent self-monitoring
• Certified in accordance with IEC 60947, functionality
corresponds to IEC 62020
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• Separately adjustable limit value and warning threshold
• 1 changeover contact each for warning threshold and tripping
threshold
3UG4825-1CA40
Measurable
current
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3UG4825-2CA40
Adjustable
Switching
response value hysteresis
current
Adjustable
ON-delay time
Control supply DT
voltage
Screw terminals
At DC rated
value
Article No.
A
A
%
s
V
0.01 ... 43
0.03 ... 40
0 ... 50
0 ... 999.9
24
A
3UG4825-1CA40
DT
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
A
Price
per PU
3UG4825-2CA40
For accessories, see page 10/156.
10
3UL23 residual-current transformers and accessories for
3UL23, see page 10/114.
10/152
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Speed monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Display and transmission of actual value and fault type to
controller
• Use of up to 10 sensors per rotation for extremely slowly
rotating motors
• 2- or 3-wire sensors and sensors with a mechanical switching
output or semiconductor output can be connected
• Auxiliary voltage for sensor integrated
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4851 monitoring relay
• Slip or tear of a belt drive
• Overload monitoring
• Transport monitoring for completeness
3UG4851 monitoring relays are used in combination with a
sensor to monitor drives for overspeed and/or underspeed.
Furthermore, the monitoring relays are ideal for all functions
where a continuous pulse signal needs to be monitored (e.g. belt
travel monitoring, completeness monitoring, passing monitoring,
clock-time monitoring).
■ Technical specifications
3UG4851 monitoring relays
Speed monitoring with Auto RESET (Memory = no)
The speed monitoring relay operates according to the principle
of period duration measurement.
If the device is set to Auto RESET, the output relay switches
to the GO state, once the adjustable hysteresis threshold is
reached in the range of 1 ... 99.9 rpm and the flashing stops.
Any overshoots or undershoots are therefore not stored.
Thus, the period duration measurement recognizes any deviation in speed after just two pulses, even at very low speeds or in
the case of extended pulse gaps.
By using up to ten pulse encoders evenly distributed around the
circumference, it is possible to shorten the period duration,
and in turn the response time. By taking into account the number
of sensors in the monitoring relay, the speed continues to be
indicated in rpm.
ON-delay time for motor start
To be able to start a motor drive, and depending on whether the
open-circuit or closed-circuit principle is selected, the output
relay switches to the GO state during the ON-delay time, even if
the speed is still below the set value.
Speed monitoring with Manual RESET (Memory = yes)
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu, the output relay
remains in its current switching state and the current measured
value and the symbol for overshooting/undershooting continue
to flash, even when the speed returns to a permissible value.
This stored fault status can be reset by simultaneously pressing
the UP▲ or DOWN▼ key for > 2.5 s or by connecting the
RESET device terminal to 24 V DC.
With Manual RESET through IO-Link it is possible in addition
to set whether error signals are to be deleted when the control
supply voltage is switched off and on (as remote RESET) or
whether the signals are to be permanently saved even in a
voltage failure, with confirmation possible only through local
RESET or via IO-Link.
The ON-delay time is started by either switching on the auxiliary
voltage or, if the auxiliary voltage is already applied, by actuating
the respective NC contact (e.g. auxiliary contact).
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/153
10
In the monitoring relay, the time between two successive rising
edges of the pulse encoder is measured and compared to the
minimum and/or maximum permissible period duration calculated from the set limit values for the speed.
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Speed monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Range monitoring without enable input
Range monitoring with enable input
L+/L-
L+/L-
EN
> RPM
rpm !
rpm
< RPM
> RPM
Hysteresis
rpm
rpm !
rpm
rpm !
< RPM
rpm !
Hysteresis
RPM = 0
11/14
11/12
RPM = 0
11/14
11/12
IC01_00030
Q on
Q off
onDelay
Delay
IC01_00031
rpm
Q on
Q off
Delay
onDelay
Type
Delay
Delay
3UG4851
General technical specifications
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
V
300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
4
Sensor supply
• For three-wire sensor (24 V/0 V)
• For 2-wire NAMUR sensor (8V2)
mA
mA
Max. 50
Max. 8.2
Signal input
• IN1
• IN2
kΩ
kΩ
16, three-wire sensor, pnp operation
1, floating contact, 2-wire NAMUR sensor
Voltage level
• For level 1 at IN1
• For level 0 at IN1
V
V
4.5 ... 30
0 ... 1
Current level
• For level 1 at IN2
• For level 0 at IN2
mA
mA
> 2.1
< 1.2
Minimum pulse duration of signal
ms
5
Minimum interval between 2 pulses
ms
5
10
Measuring circuit
Control circuit
1
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts
Load capacity of the output relay
Conventional thermal current Ith
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 250 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
A
5
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
mA
5
Circuit diagram
EN
24V IN1 0V
L+
C/Q L-
11
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
RPM
IO-Link
IC01_00029
IN2 8V2
3UG4851
10/154
Note:
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
12 14
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Speed monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
• For speed monitoring in revolutions per minute (rpm)
• Two- or three-wire sensor with mechanical or electronic
switching output can be connected
• Two-wire NAMUR sensor can be connected
• Sensor supply 24 V DC/50 mA integrated
• Input frequency 0.1 to 2 200 pulses per minute
(0.0017 to 36.7 Hz)
• With or without enable signal for the drive to be monitored
• Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD
• Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or external auxiliary
voltage
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Number of pulses per revolution can be adjusted
• Upper and lower limit values can be adjusted separately
• Auto, manual or remote RESET options after tripping
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• 1 CO contact, 1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode)
3UG4851-1AA40
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3UG4851-2AA40
Measuring range Adjustable
hysteresis
ON-delay
time adjustable onDel
Tripping delay Pulses per
time separately revolution
adjustable
rpm▲Del/
rpm▼Del
rpm
s
s
DT
Article No.
rpm
DT
Screw terminals
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Speed monitoring for overshooting and undershooting
0.1 ... 2 200
OFF
1 ... 99.9
0 ... 999.9
0 ... 999.9
1 ... 10
A
3UG4851-1AA40
A
3UG4851-2AA40
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
10
For accessories, see page 10/156.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/155
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Use
Version
DT
Article No.
For 3UG48
Unit labeling plates
For SIRIUS devices
D
• 19 mm x 6 mm, pastel turquoise
• 19 mm x 6 mm, zinc yellow
For 3UG48
For 3UG48
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RT2900-1SB20
100
340 units
41B
C
3RT1900-1SB60
100 3 060 units
41B
C
3RT1900-1SD60
100 3 060 units
41B
Push-in lugs
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device
B
3RP1903
1
10 units
41H
Sealable covers
For securing against unauthorized
adjustment of setting knobs
B
3RP1902
1
5 units
41H
1
1 unit
41B
Blank labels
20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray1)
IC01_00181
For 3UG48
3RT2900-1SB20
Adhesive labels
For SIRIUS devices
Push-in lugs and covers
3RP1903
3RP1902
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary
circuit
connections
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
length approx. 200 mm,
titanium gray/black,
partially insulated
3RA2908-1A
A
3RA2908-1A
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH,
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
10
1)
Spring-type terminals
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type
terminals
10/156
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
General data
■ Overview
The 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20 and 3RS21 temperature monitoring
relays can be used for measuring temperatures in solid, liquid
and gas media. The temperatures are acquired by means of
sensors in the medium, evaluated by the device and monitored
for overshoot, undershoot or location within a specified range
(window function).
Temperature
setting
The range comprises adjustable analog units with one or
two threshold values, digital units for 1 sensor, which are also
a good alternative to temperature controllers for the low-end
range, and digital units for up to 3 sensors which have been
optimized for monitoring large motors.
LED for display
LED "Device
on voltage"
"Up and Down"
keys
LED "Relay
switched"
Rotary switch
for parameter
selection
Hysteresis
switch
NSB0_01421b
SIRIUS 3RS temperature monitoring relay
Article No. scheme
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
Digit of the Article No.
@@@
Temperature monitoring relays
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
3RS
Device type
Version and type of sensor
@
Connection methods
@
Number and type of outputs
@
Control supply voltage
@
Measuring range
@
Special versions
Example
3RS
1
0
0
0
–
1
C
D
0
0
Note:
10
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
Advantages through energy efficiency
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to
optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate,
and realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware
and software solutions in every process phase.
IC0
1_ 0
0 24
4
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also
make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
The 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20 and 3RS21 temperature monitoring
relays make the following contribution to the energy efficiency of
the plant as a whole:
• Demand-based control of heating and ventilation in the
process and in the control cabinet
Overview of the energy management process
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/157
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
General data
■ Technical specifications
Connection of resistance-type thermometers
Connection of thermocouples
Two-wire measurement
Based on the thermo-electrical effect, a differential temperature
measurement will be performed between the measuring point
and the signal evaluation unit.
When two-wire temperature sensors are used, the resistances of
the sensor and wiring are added. The resulting systematic error
must be taken into account when the signal evaluation unit is
calibrated. A jumper must be clamped between terminals T2
and T3 for this purpose.
I
T3
T2
This principle assumes that the signal evaluation unit knows
the temperature at the clamping point (T2). For this reason,
the 3RS11 temperature monitoring relay has an integral compensator that determines this comparison temperature and
builds it into the result of the measurement. The thermal sensors
and cables must be insulated therefore.
The absolute temperature is therefore calculated from the ambient temperature of the signal evaluation unit and the temperature
difference measured by the thermelement.
PT100
Temperature detection is therefore possible (T1) without needing
to know the precise ambient temperature of the clamping point
at the signal evaluation unit (T2).
T1
NSB0_01323b
Wiring errors
The errors that are generated by the wiring comprise approximately 2.5 K/Ω. If the resistance of the cable is not known and
cannot be measured, the wiring errors can also be estimated
using the following table.
The connecting cable is only permitted to be extended using
connecting leads that are made from the same material as the
thermocouple. If a different type of conductor is used, an error
will result in the measurement.
NiCr
Temperature drift dependent on the length and cross-section
of the cable with PT100 sensors and an ambient temperature of
20 °C, in K:
Ni
Cable length Cross-section
in m
mm²
0.5
Measuring
point
0.75
1
1.5
Temperature drift in K:
10
T2
T1
NSB0_01325a
Internal
reference point compensation
For more information, see
0
0
0
0
0
www.feldgeraete.de/76/produkte/fuw.html
10
1.8
1.2
0.9
0.6
www.ephy-mess.de
25
4.5
3.0
2.3
1.5
50
9.0
6.0
4.5
3.0
75
13.6
9.0
6.8
4.5
100
18.1
12.1
9.0
6.0
200
36.3
24.2
18.1
12.1
500
91.6
60.8
45.5
30.2
Example: On a PT100 sensor with a cable length of 10 m and a
conductor cross-section of 1 mm2 the temperature drift equals
0.9 K.
Three-wire measurement
To minimize the effects of the line resistances, a three-wire circuit
is often used. Using the additional cable, two measuring circuits
can be formed of which one is used as a reference. The signal
evaluation unit can then automatically calculate the line resistance and take it into account.
T3
T2
PT100
T1
NSB0_01324b
10/158
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
or from
EPHY-MESS GmbH, see Chapter 16 "Appendix"
➞ "External Partners"
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
General data
Principle of operation
Once the temperature has reached the set threshold value ϑ1,
the output relay K1 changes its switching state as soon as the
set time t has elapsed (K2 responds in the same manner to ϑ2).
The delay time can only be adjusted with digital units (on analog
units t = 0).
The relays return to their original state as soon as the temperature reaches the set hysteresis value.
Principle of operation with memory function (3RS1042,
3RS1142) based on the example of temperature overshoot
Once the temperature has reached the set threshold value ϑ1,
the output relay K1 changes its switching state as soon as the
set time t has elapsed (K2 responds in the same manner to ϑ2).
The relays only return to the original state when the temperature
falls below the set hysteresis value and when terminals Y3 and
Y4 have been briefly jumpered.
Closed-circuit principle
Temperature overshoot
Closed-circuit principle
NSB0_01332f
1
2
NSB0_01327e
1
Us
2
Y3-Y4
Us
K1
t
t
t
t
Characteristic curves
Temperature undershoot
For resistance sensors
Resistance in
Closed-circuit principle
NSB0_01329d
1
2
5 000
NTC
4 000
3 000
KTY83 KTY84 PT1000
Us
2 000
K1
t
t
1 000
t
PT100
0
-100
0
100
Range monitoring (digital units only)
Once the temperature has reached the upper threshold value
ϑ1, the output relay K1 changes its switching state as soon as
the set time t has elapsed. The relay returns to its original state
as soon as the temperature reaches the set hysteresis value.
K2 responds in the same manner to the lower threshold value of
ϑ2.
NSB0_1331e
2
Us
K1
K2
300
400
500
Temperature in °C
The short-circuit and open-circuit detection as well as the
measuring range is limited, depending on the sensor type.
Measuring ranges in °C for resistance sensors
Sensor
type
Short
circuit
Open
circuit
Closed-circuit principle
1
200
3RS1040/
3RS1041
Measuring
range
in °C
3RS1042
Measuring
range
in °C
PT100
✓
✓
–50 ... +500
–50 ... +750
PT1000
✓
✓
–50 ... +500
–50 ... +500
KTY83-110
✓
✓
–50 ... +175
–50 ... +175
KTY84
✓
✓
–40 ... +300
–40 ... +300
NTC1)
✓
--
80 ... 160
80 ... 160
✓ Detection possible
t
t
-- Detection not possible
t
1)
NTC type: B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 kΩ; 25 °C: 32.762 kΩ).
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/159
10
K2
t
NSB0_01322a
K2
t
K1
K2
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
General data
Characteristic curves
For thermocouples
Type "E"
70
Sensor
type
Short
circuit
Open
circuit
3RS1140
Measuring
range
in °C
3RS1142
Measuring
range
in °C
Type "K"
J
--
✓
-99 ... +999
-99 ... +1200
Type "N"
K
--
✓
-99 ... +999
-99 ... +1350
T
--
✓
-99 ... +400
-99 ... +400
E
--
✓
-99 ... +999
-99 ... +999
N
--
✓
-99 ... +999
-99 ... +999
S
--
✓
--
R
--
✓
--
0 ... 1 750
B
--
✓
--
400 ... 1 800
Type "J"
60
50
40
NSB0_01321b
Voltage in mV
Measuring range in °C for thermocouples
80
30
Type "T"
20
10
0
0
200
400
600
800
1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600
Temperature in °C
0 ... 1 750
✓ Detection possible
-- Detection not possible
}–“›ˆŽŒG•
25 000
Type "R"
20 000
Type "S"
IC01_00044
Characteristic curves for sensor types J, K, T, E, N
15 000
Type "B"
10 000
5 000
0
400
600
800
1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800
Temperature in °C
Characteristic curves for sensor types S, R and B
3RS10, 3RS11
analog
3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21
digital
General technical specifications
Dimensions (W x H x D)
• Screw terminals
mm
22.5 x 102 x 91
45 x 106 x 91
mm
22.5 x 103 x 91
45 x 108 x 91
°C
-25 ... +60
D
• Spring-type terminals
H
10
Type
W
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
Screw terminals
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
mm2
mm2
AWG
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Solid
Finely stranded, with end sleeves acc. to DIN 46228
Finely stranded
AWG cables, solid or stranded
mm2
mm2
2
mm
AWG
■ More information
For "3RS1/3RS2 Temperature Monitoring Relays" manual, see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/54999309.
10/160
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
1 x (0.5 ... 4)/2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5)/2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (24 ... 16)
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, analogically adjustable for 1 sensor
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• All devices except for 24 V AC/DC feature electrical
separation
• Extremely easy operation using a rotary potentiometer
• Adjustable hysteresis
• Adjustable working principle for devices with 2 threshold
values
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw terminals, many versions alternatively
with spring-type terminals
■ Application
The analogically adjustable SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11 temperature
monitoring relays can be used in almost any application in which
temperature overshoot or undershoot is not permitted, e.g. in the
monitoring of set temperature limits and the output of alarm
messages for:
• Motor and system protection
• Control cabinet temperature monitoring
• Freeze monitoring
• Temperature limits for process variables e.g. in the packaging
industry or electroplating
• Controlling equipment and machines such as heating, climate
and ventilation systems, solar collectors, heat pumps or warm
water supplies
• Motor, bearing and gear oil monitoring
• Monitoring of coolants
SIRIUS 3RS analog temperature monitoring relays for 1 sensor
The 3RS10, 3RS11 analog temperature monitoring relays can be
used for measuring temperatures in solid, liquid and gas media.
The temperature is detected by the sensors in the medium,
evaluated by the device and monitored for overshoot or undershoot. When the threshold values are reached, the output relay
switches on or off depending on the parameterization.
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RS1000,
3RS1010
3RS1100,
3RS1101
3RS1020,
3RS1030
3RS1120,
3RS1121
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
Typically < ±5 % from upper limit of scale
Measuring accuracy
at 20 °C ambient temperature (T20)
Reference point accuracy
K
Deviations due to ambient
temperature
In % of the measuring range
Hysteresis settings
• For temperature 1
• For temperature 2
10
Auxiliary circuit
Rated operational currents Ie
• AC-15/24 ... 250 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 240 V
--
< ±5
--
< ±5
<2
<3
<2
<3
--
Typically 1
--
--
Yes
--
%
%
2 ... 20 from upper limit of scale
5 from upper limit of scale
mA
Typically 1
Sensor circuit
Typical sensor circuits
• PT100
Open-circuit detection
No
Short-circuit detection
No
Three-wire conductor connection1)
Yes
Enclosure
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
1)
V
300
Two-wire connection of resistance sensors with wire jumper between T2
and T3.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/161
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, analogically adjustable for 1 sensor
Circuit examples
3RS1000, 3RS1010
Legend
A1 = 24 V AC/DC, 230 V AC, 24 to 240 V AC/DC
A3 = 110 V AC
A1 A3
11
13
K1
A2 = M
K1, K2 = Output relays
T1
= LED: "Device connected to voltage"
T2
14
12
T3
ϑ1 = LED: "Relay 1 tripped"
ϑ2 = LED: "Relay 2 tripped"
T1 to T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor
T+/T- = Sensor connection for thermocouples
A2
NSB0_01333b
When resistance sensors with two-wire connection are used,
T2 and T3 must be jumpered.
3RS1020, 3RS1030
A1
K1
11
T1
1
T2
K2
T3
14
12
23
2
24
A2
NSB0_01335b
3RS1100, 3RS1101
A1 A3
K1
10
T-
11
13
14
12
T+
A2
NSB0_01334b
3RS1120, 3RS1121
A1
11
K1
1
T-
K2
T+
14
12
23
2
24
A2
NSB0_01336b
10/162
. Important!
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, analogically adjustable for 1 sensor
■ Selection and ordering data
• For temperature monitoring with resistance sensors or
thermocouples
• Temperature range -55 °C to +1 000 °C, depending on the
sensor type
• Wide voltage range versions are electrically separated
• Analogically adjustable, setting accuracy ±5 %
• Versions with 2 separately adjustable threshold values and
adjustable open/closed-circuit principle
• Hysteresis for threshold value 1 is adjustable (2 to 20 %),
hysteresis for threshold 2 is non-adjustable (5 %)
• 1 NC + 1 NO for versions with one threshold value
• 1 CO for threshold value 1 and 1 NO for threshold value 2
Sensors
Function
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
Measuring
range
Rated control supply DT
voltage Us
50/60 Hz AC
°C
V
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Analogically adjustable, 1 threshold value, width 22.5 mm;
closed-circuit principle; without memory; 1 NO + 1 NC
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1000-1CD00
3RS1000-1CK00
C
C
3RS1000-2CD00
3RS1000-2CK00
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
A
3RS1000-1CD10
3RS1000-1CK10
C
C
3RS1000-2CD10
3RS1000-2CK10
0 … + 200
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
A
3RS1000-1CD20
3RS1000-1CK20
C
C
3RS1000-2CD20
3RS1000-2CK20
- 50 … + 50
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1010-1CD00
3RS1010-1CK00
---
0 … + 100
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1010-1CD10
3RS1010-1CK10
---
0 … + 200
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1010-1CD20
3RS1010-1CK20
---
Type J
(thermocouple)
Overshoot 0 … + 200
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1100-1CD20
3RS1100-1CK20
0 … + 600
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1100-1CD30
3RS1100-1CK30
---
Type K
(thermocouple)
Overshoot 0 … + 200
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1101-1CD20
3RS1101-1CK20
---
0 … + 600
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1101-1CD30
3RS1101-1CK30
---
+ 500 …
+ 1 000
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1101-1CD40
3RS1101-1CK40
---
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS1020-1DD00
3RS1020-1DW00
---
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS1020-1DD10
3RS1020-1DW10
---
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
C
A
3RS1020-1DD20
3RS1020-1DW20
-50 … + 50
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS1030-1DD00
3RS1030-1DW00
---
0 … + 100
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS1030-1DD10
3RS1030-1DW10
---
0 … + 200
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS1030-1DD20
3RS1030-1DW20
C
3RS1030-2DD20
--
Type J
(thermocouple)
Overshoot 0 … + 200
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS1120-1DD20
3RS1120-1DW20
C
3RS1120-2DD20
--
0 … + 600
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS1120-1DD30
3RS1120-1DW30
---
Type K
(thermocouple)
Overshoot 0 ... + 200
24 ... 240 AC/DC
C
3RS1121-1DW20
--
0 ... + 600
24 ... 240 AC/DC
C
3RS1121-1DW30
--
+ 500 …
+ 1 000
24 AC/DC
C
3RS1121-1DD40
--
Undershoot
3RS1000-1CD10
3RS1000-2CD10
C
3RS1100-2CD20
--
10
PT100
Overshoot - 50 … + 50
(resistance
sensor)
0 … + 100
Analogically adjustable for warning and disconnection
(2 threshold values), 22.5 mm width, open/closed-circuit principle
switchable; without memory; 1 NO + 1 CO
PT100
Overshoot - 50 … + 50
(resistance
sensor)
0 … + 100
0 … + 200
Undershoot
3RS1020-1DD00
3RS1120-2DD20
C
-3RS1020-2DW20
For accessories, see page 10/169.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/163
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor
■ Overview
■ Benefits
•
•
•
•
Very simple operation without complicated menu selections
Two- or three-point control can be parameterized quickly
All versions with removable terminals
All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3RS digital temperature monitoring relay for 1 sensor
The 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20 and 3RS21 temperature monitoring
relays can be used for measuring temperatures in solid, liquid
and gas media. The temperatures are acquired by means of
sensors in the medium, evaluated by the device and monitored
for overshoot, undershoot or location within a specified range
(window function). The 3RS10 and 3RS11 unit indicate the
measured temperature in °C, the 3RS20 and 3RS21 unit in °F.
The temperature monitoring relays can be used in almost any
application in which temperature overshoot or undershoot is not
permitted, e.g. in the monitoring of set temperature limits and the
output of alarm messages for:
• Plant and environment protection
• Temperature limits for process variables e.g. in the packaging
industry or electroplating
• Temperature limits for district heating plants
• Exhaust temperature monitoring
• Controlling equipment and machines such as heating, climate
and ventilation systems, solar collectors, heat pumps or warm
water supplies
• Motor, bearing and gear oil monitoring
• Monitoring of coolants
The units are also an excellent alternative to temperature
controllers in the low-end performance range (two-or three-point
control).
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RS1040,
3RS1042,
3RS2040
3RS1140,
3RS2140
3RS1142
< ± 7 K, ± 1 digit
10
Auxiliary circuit
Rated operational currents Ie
• AC-15/24 ... 250 V
• DC-13 at:
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 240 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
Evaluation unit
Measuring accuracy at 20 °C ambient temperature (T20)
< ± 2 K, ± 1 digit
< ± 5 K, ± 1 digit
Reference point accuracy
--
<±5K
Deviations due to ambient temperature
In % of measuring range
%
0.05 °C per K deviation from T20
Measuring cycle
ms
500
Hysteresis settings for temperature
K
1 ... 99, for both values
Adjustable delay time
s
0 ... 999
mA
mA
Typically 1
Typically 0.2
---
---
Open-circuit detection
Yes1)
Yes
Yes
Short-circuit detection
Yes
No
No
Three-wire conductor connection
Yes2)
--
--
Sensor circuit
Typical sensor circuits
• PT100
• PT1000/KTY83/KTY84/NTC
Enclosure
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
1)
Not for NTC type B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 kΩ; 25 °C: 32.762 kΩ).
2)
Two-wire connection of resistance sensors with wire jumper between T2
and T3.
10/164
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
V AC
300
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor
Circuit examples
3RS1040, 3RS1042, 3RS2040
Legend
A1, A2, A3 = Terminals for rated control supply voltage
K1, K2, K3 = Output relays
A1
Memory/
RESET
T1
T2
T3
K2
18
16
25
T+/T- = Sensor connection for thermocouples
K3
28
26
33
34
Y3/Y4 = RESET input for 3RS1042, 3RS1142
1
2
Ready
ϑ2 = LED: "Relay 2 tripped"
Ready = LED: "Device is ready for operation"
T1 to T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor
Y1/Y2 = Connection for memory jumper for 3RS1040, 3RS1140, 3RS2040,
3RS2140
. Important!
A2
NSB0_01337d
3RS1140, 3RS1142, 3RS2140
Y1/ Y2/
Y3 Y4
ϑ1 = LED: "Relay 1 tripped"
K1
15
When resistance sensors with two-wire connection are used,
T2 and T3 must be jumpered.
A1
Memory/
RESET
K1
1
K2
TT+
2
K3
Ready
15
18
16
25
28
26
33
34
A2
NSB0_01339c
10
Y1/ Y2/
Y3 Y4
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/165
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor
■ Selection and ordering data
• For temperature monitoring with resistance sensors or
thermocouples
• Temperature range dependent on sensor type
- For 3RS10, 3RS11: -99 to +1 800 °C
- For 3RS20, 3RS21: -99 to +1 830 °F
• Wide voltage range versions are electrically separated
• Non-volatile
• Short-circuit and open-circuit detection in sensor circuit
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Exact sensor type can be set
• 2 separately adjustable threshold values
• 1 hysteresis applies to both thresholds (0 to 99 K)
• 1 delay time applies to both thresholds (0 to 999 s)
• Adjustable open/closed-circuit principle
• Adjustable manual/remote RESET
• Permanent display of actual value in °C or °F and tripping
state
• 1 CO contact each per threshold value
• 1 NO for sensor monitoring
Sensors
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
DT
Measuring range Rated control
(measuring range supply voltage Us
limit depends on 50/60 Hz AC
the sensor)
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
V
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Temperature monitoring relay, digitally adjustable, 2 threshold values,
width 45 mm, 1 CO + 1 CO + 1 NO, memory function possible with
external jumper, device parameters are non-volatile
- 50 … + 500 °C
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RS1040-1GD50
3RS1040-1GW50
A
A
3RS1040-2GD50
3RS1040-2GW50
- 58 … + 932 °F
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS2040-1GD50
3RS2040-1GW50
C
C
3RS2040-2GD50
3RS2040-2GW50
TYPE J, K, T, E, N - 99 … + 999 °C
(thermocouple)
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RS1140-1GD60
3RS1140-1GW60
C
C
3RS1140-2GD60
3RS1140-2GW60
- 99 … + 1 830 °F 24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS2140-1GD60
3RS2140-1GW60
C
C
3RS2140-2GD60
3RS2140-2GW60
PT100/1000;
KTY83/84; NTC
(resistance
sensors)1)
10
3RS1040-1GD50
3RS1040-2GW50
Temperature monitoring relay, digitally adjustable,
2 threshold values, width 45 mm; 1 CO + 1 CO + 1 NO,
tripping state and device parameters are non-volatile
1)
PT100/1000;
KTY83/84; NTC
(resistance
sensors)1)
- 50 … + 750 °C
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
C
A
3RS1042-1GD70
3RS1042-1GW70
C
C
3RS1042-2GD70
3RS1042-2GW70
TYPE J, K, T, E,
N, R, S, B
(thermocouple)
- 99 … +1 800 °C 24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
C
A
3RS1142-1GD80
3RS1142-1GW80
C
C
3RS1142-2GD80
3RS1142-2GW80
NTC type: B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 kΩ; 25 °C: 32.762 kΩ).
For accessories, see page 10/169.
10/166
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, digitally adjustable for up to 3 sensors
■ Overview
■ Benefits
•
•
•
•
•
Very simple operation without complicated menu selections
Space-saving with 45 mm width
Two- or three-point control can be parameterized quickly
All versions with removable terminals
All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
The 3RS10, 3RS20 temperature monitoring relays can be used
in almost any application in which several temperatures have to
be monitored simultaneously for overshoot or undershoot or
within a range.
SIRIUS 3RS digital temperature monitoring relay for up to 3 sensors
The 3RS10, 3RS20 temperature monitoring relays can be used
for measuring temperatures in solid, liquid and gas media.
The temperature is detected by the sensor in the medium,
evaluated by the device and monitored for overshoot or undershoot or for staying within an operating range (window function).
The 3RS10 units indicate the measured temperature in °C,
the 3RS20 units in °F. The evaluation unit can evaluate up to
3 resistance sensors at the same time and is specially designed
for monitoring motor windings and bearings.
Monitoring of set temperature limits and output of alarm
messages for:
• Plant and environment protection
• Temperature limits for process variables e.g. in the packaging
industry or electroplating
• Controlling equipment and machines such as heating, climate
and ventilation systems, solar collectors, heat pumps or warm
water supplies
• Motor, bearing and gear oil monitoring
• Monitoring of coolants
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RS1041,
3RS2041
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
DIAZED fuse protection
• Operational class gG
A
4
10
Auxiliary circuit
Rated operational currents Ie
• AC-15/24 ... 250 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 240 V
Evaluation unit
< ±2 K, ±1 digit
Measuring accuracy at 20 °C ambient temperature
(T20)
Deviations due to ambient temperature
In % of measuring range
%
0.05 per K deviation from T20
Measuring cycle
ms
500
1 ... 99 K, for both values
Hysteresis settings for temperature 1
Adjustable delay time
s
0 ... 999
mA
mA
Typically 1
Typically 0.2
Sensor circuit
Typical sensor circuits
• PT100
• PT1000/KTY83/KTY84/NTC
Open-circuit detection
Yes1)
Short-circuit detection
Yes
Three-wire conductor connection
Yes2)
Enclosure
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
1)
Not for NTC type B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 kΩ; 25 °C: 32.762 kΩ).
2)
Two-wire connection of resistance sensors with wire jumper
between T2 and T3.
V AC
300
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/167
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, digitally adjustable for up to 3 sensors
Circuit example
3RS1041, 3RS2041
Legend
A1, A2, A3 = Terminals for rated control supply voltage
Y1 Y2
K1, K2, K3 = Output relays
A1
Memory
1T1
1T2
1T3
2T1
2T2
2T3
3T1
3T2
3T3
K2
18
16
25
2T1 to 2T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor 2
K3
28
26
33
34
. Important!
1
2
Ready
ϑ1 = LED: "Relay 1 tripped"
K1
15
ϑ2 = LED: "Relay 2 tripped"
Ready = LED: "Device is ready for operation"
1T1 to 1T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor 1
3T1 to 3T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor 3
Y1/Y2 = Connection for memory jumper
A2
When resistance sensors with two-wire connection are used,
T2 and T3 must be jumpered.
NSB0_01338c
■ Selection and ordering data
10
• For temperature monitoring of solids, liquids, and gases
• For two- and three-conductor resistance sensors or
thermocouples
• Temperature range dependent of sensor type
- For 3RS10: -50 to +500 °C
- For 3RS20: -58 to +932 °F
• Wide voltage range versions are electrically separated
• Non-volatile
• Short-circuit and open-circuit detection in sensor circuit
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Exact sensor type and number of sensors can be set
• 2 separately adjustable threshold values
• 1 hysteresis; applies to both thresholds (0 to 99 K)
• 1 delay time; applies to both thresholds (0 to 999 s)
• Adjustable open/closed-circuit principle
• With connectable and disconnectable error memory
• Permanent display of actual value in °C or °F and
tripping state
• 1 CO contact each per threshold value
• 1 NO for sensor monitoring
Sensors
Number of
sensors
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
Measuring
Rated control supply DT
range (limit of voltage Us
measuring
range dependent on sensor)
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
V
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Motor monitoring relays, digitally adjustable for up to 3 sensors,
width 45 mm; 1 CO + 1 CO + 1 NO
PT100/1000;
KTY83/84;
NTC
(resistance
sensors)1)
1 ... 3
sensors
-50 ... +500 °C 24 ...240 AC/DC
A
3RS1041-1GW50
A
3RS1041-2GW50
-58 ... +932 °F
C
3RS2041-1GW50
C
3RS2041-2GW50
24 ...240 AC/DC
3RS1041-1GW50
1)
NTC type: B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 kΩ; 25 °C: 32.762 kΩ).
For accessories, see page 10/169.
10/168
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Use
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
D
3RT1900-1SB20
100
340 units
41B
• 19 mm x 6 mm, pastel turquoise
• 19 mm x 6 mm, zinc yellow
C
3RT1900-1SB60
100 3 060 units
41B
C
3RT1900-1SD60
100 3 060 units
41B
For 3RS10,
Push-in lugs
3RS11, 3RS20, For screw fixing,
3RS21
2 units are required for each device
B
3RP1903
1
10 units
41H
For 22.5 mm
Sealable covers
wide 3RS10,
For securing against unauthorized
3RS11, 3RS20, adjustment of setting knobs
3RS21
B
3RP1902
1
5 units
41H
For 3RS10,
Sealing foil
3RS11, 3RS20, For securing against unauthorized
3RS21
adjustment of setting knobs
}
3TK2820-0AA00
1
1 unit
41L
1
1 unit
41B
Blank labels
For 3RS10,
Unit labeling plates
3RS11, 3RS20, For SIRIUS devices
3RS21
NSB0_01429b
20 mm x 7 mm, pastel turquoise1)
For 3RS10,
Adhesive labels
3RS11, 3RS20, For SIRIUS devices
3RS21
3RT1900-1SB20
Push-in lugs and covers
3RP1903
3RP1902
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary
circuit
connections
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type
terminals; 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm;
length approx. 200 mm,
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
Spring-type terminals
A
3RA2908-1A
3RA2908-1A
1)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH,
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
10
Matching sensors, see www.siemens.com/temperature.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/169
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
General data
■ Overview
In addition to warnings and disconnection in case of temperature deviations, the devices can also be used as a temperature
controller (one-point, two-point or three-point control).
The devices differ from one another in terms of the type and
number of connectable temperature sensors.
• 3RS14: Connection for resistance sensor
• 3RS15: Connection for thermocouples
Function
Temperature monitoring relays
3RS1440
3RS1441
3RS1540
Connectable sensor type
Number of sensors monitored
1
3
1
Resistance sensor
✓
✓
--
Thermocouples
--
--
✓
Temperature monitoring –
overshoot
✓
✓
✓
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 temperature monitoring relay
Temperature monitoring –
undershoot
✓
✓
✓
The temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link are used to measure temperatures in solid, liquid and gas media.
Number of adjustable limit
values
2
2
2
The temperature is calculated using a sensor in the medium,
evaluated by the device and monitored up to two limit values for
overshooting or undershooting a working range (window
function).
✓ Function supported
Temperature monitoring
-- Function not supported
Feeder
Feeder
PLC
10
IO-Link
master
PLC
1
3RS10/11
temperature
monitoring
relay
IO-Link
Analog
signal
converter
3RS10/11
temperature
monitoring
relay
2
1
IC01_00039
IC01_00040
Motor
1 Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data
transmission to PLC
2 Autonomous operation without PLC
2
3RS14/15
temperature
monitoring
relay
3RS14/15
temperature
monitoring
relay
Motor
1 Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data
transmission to PLC
2 Autonomous operation without PLC
Conventional temperature monitoring relays
Temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link
Notes:
Notes on safety
Devices required for the communication via IO-Link:
• Any controller that supports the IO-Link (e.g. ET 200SP with
CPU or S7-1200),
see Catalog ST 70 "Products for Totally Integrated Automation"
• IO-Link-Master (e.g. CM 4xIO-Link for SIMATIC ET 200SP or
SM 1278 for S7-1200), see Catalog ST 70 "Products for Totally
Integrated Automation"
System networking requires suitable protective measures
(including network segmentation for IT security) in order to
ensure safe plant operation.
Each monitoring relay requires an IO-Link channel.
10/170
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
More information about the subject of Industrial Security,
see www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
General data
Article No. scheme
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
Digit of the Article No.
@@@
Temperature monitoring relays
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
3RS
Device type
Version and type of sensor
@
Connection methods
@
Number and type of outputs
@
Control supply voltage
@
Measuring range
@
Special versions
3RS
Example
1
4
4
0
–
1
H
B
5
0
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
Advantages through energy efficiency
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to
optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate,
and realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware
and software solutions in every process phase.
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also
make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
IC0
1_ 0
0 24
4
The 3RS14 and 3RS15 monitoring relays for IO-Link make the
following contribution to the energy efficiency of the plant as a
whole:
• Demand-based control of heating and ventilation in the
process and in the control cabinet
Overview of the energy management process
10
■ Technical specifications
Connection for resistance sensors
Wiring errors
Two-wire measurement
The errors that are generated by the wiring comprise approximately 2.5 K/Ω. If the resistance of the cable is not known and
cannot be measured, the wiring errors can also be estimated
using the following table.
When two-wire temperature sensors are used, the resistances of
the sensor and wiring are added. The resulting systematic error
must be taken into account when the signal evaluation unit is
calibrated. A jumper must be clamped between terminals
T2 and T3 for this purpose.
I
T3
T2
Temperature drift dependent on the length and cross-section
of the cable with PT100 sensors and an ambient temperature of
20 °C, in K:
Cable length Cross-section
in m
mm²
0.5
PT100
0.75
1
1.5
Temperature drift in K:
T1
0
0
0
0
0
10
1.8
1.2
0.9
0.6
25
4.5
3.0
2.3
1.5
50
9.0
6.0
4.5
3.0
75
13.6
9.0
6.8
4.5
100
18.1
12.1
9.0
6.0
200
36.3
24.2
18.1
12.1
500
91.6
60.8
45.5
30.2
NSB0_01323b
Example: On a PT100 sensor with a cable length of 10 m and a
conductor cross-section of 1 mm2 the temperature drift equals
0.9 K.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/171
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
General data
Three-wire measurement
Principle of operation
To minimize the effects of the line resistances, a three-wire circuit
is often used. Using the additional cable, two measuring circuits
can be formed of which one is used as a reference. The signal
evaluation unit can then automatically calculate the line resistance and take it into account.
When the temperature has reached the set upper limit value ϑ1,
the K1 output relay changes its switching state after the configured time t has expired. The delay time can be adjusted. The K2
output relay responds in the same manner to the lower limit value
of ϑ2.
The output relays return immediately to their original state
(the RESET response is configured at Auto RESET) once the
temperature reaches the respective hysteresis value.
T3
T2
PT100
T1
NSB0_01324b
Both limit values ϑ1 and ϑ2 can be parameterized for overshooting or undershooting. This makes it possible to use a limit value
for issuing an alarm signal to announce that a limit value is about
to be overshot or undershot. The other limit value can be used
for disconnection or to implement two-point or three-point
control.
Note:
Based on the thermo-electrical effect, a differential temperature
measurement will be performed between the measuring point
and the signal evaluation unit.
This principle assumes that the signal evaluation unit knows
the temperature at the clamping point (T2). For this reason,
the 3RS15 temperature monitoring relay has an integral
compensator that determines this comparison temperature and
builds it into the result of the measurement. The thermal sensors
and cables must be insulated therefore.
The absolute temperature is therefore calculated from the ambient temperature of the signal evaluation unit and the temperature
difference measured by the thermelement.
Temperature detection is therefore possible (T1) without needing
to know the precise ambient temperature of the clamping point
at the signal evaluation unit (T2).
The connecting cable is only permitted to be extended using
connecting leads that are made from the same material as the
thermocouple. If a different type of conductor is used, an error
will result in the measurement.
The "Temperature monitoring mode" parameter can be used to
set the desired type of monitoring (monitoring for overshooting
or undershooting or range monitoring).
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Temperature overshoot
1 >
2
1
Hysteresis
2
Hyst
15/18
15/16
LED 1
Delay
IC01_00032
Connection of thermocouples
25/28
25/26
LED 2
Delay
10
NiCr
Temperature undershoot
T2
1 >
Ni
Measuring
point
NSB0_01325a
Internal
reference point compensation
For more information, see
www.feldgeraete.de/76/produkte/fuw.html
www.ephy-mess.de
Hysteresis
1
Hysteresis
2
15/18
15/16
LED 1
or from
EPHY-MESS GmbH, see Chapter 16 "Appendix"
➞ "External Partners".
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Delay
25/28
25/26
LED 2
10/172
2
IC01_00033
T1
Delay
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
General data
With the closed-circuit principle selected
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Range monitoring
1 >
1 >
2
2
1
Hysteresis
1
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
2
Hysteresis
2
Auto-RESET
15/18
15/16
Y3
Delay
IC01_00034
LED 1
25/28
25/26
LED 2
Y4
15/18
15/16
LED 1
Delay
Delay
25/28
25/26
LED 2
The digitally adjustable temperature monitoring relays for
IO-Link have a memory function. The memory function is illustrated below by the example of a temperature overshoot.
The temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link respond as
described below:
• With temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link the memory
function is activated as standard (RESET). The output relays
only return to the original state when the temperature falls
below the set hysteresis value and when one of the following
steps is performed:
- Brief jumpering of the Y3/Y4 terminals
- Set the rotary knob to "RUN" position and press the righthand arrow key
- Perform a RESET through IO-Link
• If the Y3/Y4 terminals are permanently jumpered, the memory
function is deactivated (Auto RESET). The output relays return
immediately to their original state once a previously occurred
fault has been rectified and the temperature falls below the
respective hysteresis value.
RESET
Y3
Y4
15/18
15/16
LED 1
Delay
25/28
25/26
LED 2
Delay
10
When the temperature has reached the ϑ1 limit value, the
K1 output relay changes its switching state after the configured
time t has expired (output relay K2 reacts similarly at ϑ2).
Delay
IC01_00035
Storage function
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/173
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
General data
Characteristic curves
For resistance sensors
NSB0_01322a
Resistance in
Measuring ranges for resistance sensors
5 000
NTC
4 000
3 000
KTY83 KTY84 PT1000
2 000
1 000
PT100
0
-100
Sensor type Short
circuit
Open
circuit
3RS1440, 3RS1441
Measuring range
in °C
Measuring range
in °F
PT100
✓
✓
–50 ... +750
–58 ... +1 382
PT1000
✓
✓
–50 ... +500
–58 ... +932
KTY83-110
✓
✓
–50 ... +175
–58 ... +347
KTY84
✓
✓
–40 ... +300
–40 ... +572
NTC1)
✓
--
+80 ... +160
+176 ... +320
✓ Detection possible
-- Detection not possible
0
100
200
300
400
500
Temperature in °C
1)
NTC type: B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 kΩ; 25 °C: 32.762 kΩ).
The short-circuit and open-circuit detection as well as the
measuring range is limited, depending on the sensor type.
Measuring ranges for thermocouples
80
Type "E"
70
Type "J"
Sensor type Short
circuit
Open
circuit
3RS1540
Measuring range
in °C
Measuring range
in °F
Type "K"
K
--
✓
-99 ... +1 350
-146.2 ... +2 462
Type "N"
N
--
✓
-99 ... +1 300
-146.2 ... +2 372
J
--
✓
-99 ... +1 200
-146.2 ... +2 192
E
--
✓
-99 ... +999
-146.2 ... +1 830.2
T
--
✓
-99 ... +400
-146.2 ... +752
S
--
✓
0 ... 1 750
32 ... 3 182
R
--
✓
0 ... 1 750
32 ... 3 182
B
--
✓
400 ... 1 800
752 ... 3 272
60
50
40
NSB0_01321b
Voltage in mV
For thermocouples
30
Type "T"
20
10
0
0
200
400
600
800
1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600
Temperature in °C
✓ Detection possible
-- Detection not possible
}–“›ˆŽŒG•
25 000
Type "R"
20 000
Type "S"
15 000
Type "B"
10 000
5 000
0
400
600
800
1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800
Temperature in °C
Characteristic curves for sensor types S, R and B
10/174
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
IC01_00044
10
Characteristic curves for sensor types K, N, J, E and T
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
General data
Type
3RS14,
3RS15
General technical specifications
Dimensions (W x H x D)
mm
45 x 106 x 91
mm
45 x 108 x 91
°C
-25 ... +60
D
• Spring-type terminals
H
• Screw terminals
W
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
Connection type
•
•
•
•
•
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Tightening torque
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
AWG
Nm
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Solid
Finely stranded, with end sleeves acc. to DIN 46228
Finely stranded
AWG cables, solid or stranded
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
1 x (0.5 ... 4), 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5), 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
0.8 … 1.2
mm2
mm2
2
mm
AWG
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (24 ... 16)
■ More information
Notes on safety
System networking requires suitable protective measures
(including network segmentation for IT security) in order to
ensure safe plant operation.
More information about the subject of Industrial Security,
see www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
10
For the manual "3RS14/3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays
for IO-Link", see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/54375463.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/175
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor
■ Overview
Monitoring
When the temperature has reached the ϑ1 limit value, the
K1 output relay changes its switching state after the configured
time t has expired (output relay K2 reacts accordingly at ϑ2).
The delay time can be adjusted.
The output relays return immediately to their original state once
the temperature reaches the respective hysteresis value.
When the temperature has reached the top ϑ1 limit value, the
K1 output relay changes its switching state after the configured
time t has expired. The output relay returns immediately to its
original state once the temperature reaches the respective
hysteresis value.
The K2 output relay reacts in the same way at the ϑ2 lower
threshold. Both limit values ϑ1 and ϑ2 can be parameterized
for overshooting or undershooting the thresholds. This makes
it possible to use a limit value for issuing an alarm signal to
announce that a limit value is about to be overshot or undershot.
Note:
SIRIUS 3RS1440 digital monitoring relay for 1 sensor
The 3RS14 and 3RS15 temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link
are used to measure temperatures in solid, liquid and gas
media. The temperature is calculated using a sensor in the
medium, evaluated by the device and monitored for overshooting or undershooting a working range (window function).
The digital temperature monitoring relays have two separately
adjustable limit values, are non-volatile and can be operated as
desired using the open- or closed-circuit principle.
The devices differ in terms of the number of temperature sensors
which can be evaluated. The 3RS1440 and 3RS1540 for IO-Link
temperature monitoring relays can be digitally adjusted for one
sensor and represent an alternative to temperature controllers in
the low-end range (two-point or three-point control).
10
The devices with two-point control can, for example, be used as
a thermostat. The devices with three-point control can, for example, independently switch between heating and cooling.
The 3RS1441 temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link can be
digitally adjusted to evaluate up to three resistance sensors at
one time. The devices were designed specifically for monitoring
motor windings and positions.
The temperature monitoring relays are powered through the
control supply voltages IO-Link (L+) and ground (L-) or via an
external 24 V DC power supply.
10/176
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
The "Temperature monitoring mode" parameter can be used to
set the desired type of monitoring (monitoring for overshooting
or undershooting or range monitoring).
■ Benefits
•
•
•
•
Very simple operation without complicated menu selections
Two- or three-point control can be parameterized quickly
All versions with removable terminals
All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
The temperature monitoring relays can be used in almost any
application in which temperature overshoot or undershoot is not
permitted, e.g. in the monitoring of set temperature limits and the
output of alarm messages for:
• Plant and environment protection
• Temperature limits for process variables e.g. in the packaging
industry or electroplating
• Temperature limits for district heating plants
• Exhaust temperature monitoring
• Controlling equipment and machines such as heating, climate
and ventilation systems, solar collectors, heat pumps or warm
water supplies
• Motor, bearing and gear oil monitoring
• Monitoring of coolants
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RS1440
3RS1540
Auxiliary circuit
Rated operational currents Ie
• AC-15/24 ... 250 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
Evaluation unit
Measuring accuracy at 20 °C ambient temperature (T20)
< ± 2 K, ± 1 digit
< ± 5 K, ± 1 digit
Reference point accuracy
--
<±5K
Deviations due to ambient temperature
In % of measuring range
%
0.05 °C per K deviation from T20
Measuring cycle
ms
500
Hysteresis settings for temperature
K
1 ... 99, for both values
Adjustable delay time
s
0 ... 999.9
mA
mA
Typically 1
Typically 0.2
---
Open-circuit detection
✓1)
✓
Short-circuit detection
✓
--
Three-wire conductor connection
✓2)
--
Sensor circuit
Typical sensor circuits
• PT100
• PT1000/KTY83/KTY84/NTC
Enclosure
V AC
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 2
300
✓ Available
1)
Not for NTC type B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 kΩ; 25 °C: 32.762 kΩ).
-- Not available
2)
Two-wire connection of resistance sensors with wire jumper between T2
and T3.
Circuit examples
3RS1440
Legend
L+ = IO-Link control supply voltage
C = Communication signal
Y4
RESET
K1
18
16
1
T1
T2
T3
K2
K3
35
38
36
Ready
IC01_00037
C
25
28
26
2
L-
15
L- = IO-Link ground
K1 = Output relay for temperature limit value ϑ1
K2 = Output relay for temperature limit value ϑ2
K3 = Output relay for "Device is ready for operation"
10
Y3
ϑ1 = LED: "Relay K1 tripped"
ϑ2 = LED: "Relay K2 tripped"
T1 to T3 = Sensor connection for 3RS14 resistance sensor
T+/T- = Sensor connection for 3RS15 thermocouples
Y3/Y4 = RESET input
. Important!
When resistance sensors with two-wire connection are used,
T2 and T3 must be jumpered.
L+
3RS1540
Y3
Y4
RESET
K1
18
16
1
T−
T+
K2
K3
Ready
C
25
28
26
2
L-
15
IC01_00036
35
38
36
L+
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/177
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor
■ Selection and ordering data
• To monitor temperatures with a resistance sensor or
thermocouple
• Temperature range dependent on sensor type
-99 to +1 800 °C or -146.2 to +3 272 °F
• Short-circuit and open-circuit detection in sensor circuit
• Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD
• Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or external auxiliary
voltage
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Exact sensor type can be set
• 2 limit values, can be adjusted separately
• Adjustable open/closed-circuit principle
• Can be adjusted by manual or remote RESET (via an external
contact)
• Actual value, tripping state for control displayed and
conveyed, adjustable in °C or °F
• 1 CO contact per limit value
• 1 CO contact for monitoring sensors and devices
3RS1440-1HB50
Sensors
3RS1540-1HB80
Measuring range
(limit of measuring
range dependent on
sensor)
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3RS1540-2HB80
3RS1440-2HB50
Hysteresis can be
adjusted
for
ϑ1 and ϑ2
Tripping
delay time
can be
adjusted
for
ϑ1 and ϑ2
DELAY
Control
supply
voltage
Us
K
s
V DC
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
10
Temperature monitoring relay, digitally adjustable for a sensor,
non-volatile fault storage can be selected
PT100/PT1000,
KTY83/KTY84,
NTC
(resistance
sensor)1)
0 ... 99
0 ... + 999.9
24
A
3RS1440-1HB50
A
3RS1440-2HB50
Type
- 99 … + 1 800 °C
0 ... 99
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T or
(thermocouples)
- 146.2 … + 3 272 °F
0 ... + 999.9
24
A
3RS1540-1HB80
A
3RS1540-2HB80
1)
-50 … +750 °C
or
-58 … +1 382 °F
NTC type B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 kΩ; 25 °C: 32.762 kΩ).
For accessories, see page 10/181.
10/178
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
Relays, digitally adjustable for up to 3 sensors
■ Overview
■ Benefits
•
•
•
•
•
Very simple operation without complicated menu selections
Space-saving with 45 mm width
Two- or three-point control can be parameterized quickly
All versions with removable terminals
All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
The 3RS1441 temperature monitoring relays can be used almost
anywhere where several temperatures must be monitored at one
time for overshooting, undershooting or staying within a certain
range.
SIRIUS 3RS1441 digital temperature monitoring relay for up to 3 sensors
The 3RS14 temperature monitoring relays can be used to measure temperatures in solid, liquid and gas media. The temperature is calculated using a sensor in the medium, evaluated by the
device and monitored for overshooting or undershooting a working range (window function). The devices can be parameterized
to indicate the measured temperature in °C or °F. The 3RS1441
evaluation unit can evaluate up to 3 resistance sensors at the
same time.
Monitoring of set temperature limits and output of alarm
messages for:
• Plant and environment protection
• Temperature limits for process variables e.g. in the packaging
industry or electroplating
• Controlling equipment and machines such as heating, climate
and ventilation systems, solar collectors, heat pumps or warm
water supplies
• Motor, bearing and gear oil monitoring
• Monitoring of coolants
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RS1441
Rated operational currents Ie
• AC-15/24 ... 250 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
DIAZED fuse protection
• Operational class gG
A
4
10
Auxiliary circuit
Evaluation unit
< ±2 K, ±1 digit
Measuring accuracy at 20 °C ambient temperature (T20)
Deviations due to ambient temperature
In % of measuring range
%
0.05 per K deviation from T20
Measuring cycle
ms
500
Hysteresis settings for temperature 1
K
1 ... 99, for both values
Adjustable delay time
s
0 ... 999.9
mA
mA
Typically 1
Typically 0.2
Sensor circuit
Typical sensor circuits
• PT100
• PT1000/KTY83/KTY84/NTC
Open-circuit detection
✓1)
Short-circuit detection
✓
Three-wire conductor connection
✓2)
Enclosure
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 2
V AC
300
✓ Available
1)
Not for NTC type B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 kΩ; 25 °C: 32.762 kΩ).
2)
Two-wire connection of resistance sensors with wire jumper
between T2 and T3.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/179
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
Relays, digitally adjustable for up to 3 sensors
Circuit example
3RS1441
Legend
L+ = IO-Link control supply voltage
Y3
C = Communication signal
Y4
RESET
K3 = Output relay for "Device is ready for operation"
ϑ1 = LED: "Relay K1 tripped"
ϑ2 = LED: "Relay K2 tripped"
28
26
2
Ready
Y3/Y4 = RESET input for 3RS14, 3RS15
1T1 to 1T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor 1
2T1 to 2T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor 2
35
K3
C
K2 = Output relay for temperature limit value ϑ2
25
K2
L-
K1 = Output relay for temperature limit value ϑ1
18
16
1
1T1
1T2
1T3
2T1
2T2
2T3
3T1
3T2
3T3
L- = IO-Link ground
15
K1
3T1 to 3T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor 3
38
36
IC01_00038
Y3/Y4 = RESET input for 3RS14
L+
. Important!
When resistance sensors with two-wire connection are used,
T2 and T3 must be jumpered.
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
10
• For temperature monitoring with up to 3 resistance sensors
• Temperature range dependent on sensor type
-50 to +750 °C or -58 to +1 382 °F
• Short-circuit and open-circuit detection in sensor circuit
• Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD
• Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or external auxiliary
voltage
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Exact sensor type and number of sensors can be set
• 2 limit values, can be adjusted separately
• Adjustable open/closed-circuit principle
• Can be adjusted by manual or remote RESET (via an external
contact)
• Actual value, tripping state for control displayed and
conveyed, adjustable in °C or °F
• 1 CO contact per limit value
• 1 CO contact for monitoring sensors and devices
3RS1441-1HB50
Sensors
3RS1441-2HB50
Number of
sensors
that can
be set
Measuring range
(limit of
measuring range
dependent on
sensor)
Hysteresis can
be
adjusted
for
ϑ1 and
ϑ2
Tripping
delay time
can be
adjusted
for
ϑ1 and ϑ2
DELAY
Control DT
supply
voltage
Us
K
s
V DC
DT
Screw
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Temperature monitoring relay, digitally adjustable for up to 3 sensors,
non-volatile fault storage can be selected
PT100/PT1000,
1 ... 3
- 50 ... +750 °C
KTY83/KTY84,
sensors or
NTC
-58 ... +1 382 °F
(resistance sensor)1)
1)
0 ... 99
0 ... 999.9
24
A
3RS1441-1HB50
A
3RS1441-2HB50
NTC type: B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 kΩ; 25 °C: 32.762 kΩ).
For accessories, see page 10/181.
10/180
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Use
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
D
3RT2900-1SB20
100
340 units
41B
• 19 mm x 6 mm, pastel turquoise
• 19 mm x 6 mm, zinc yellow
C
3RT1900-1SB60
100 3 060 units
41B
C
3RT1900-1SD60
100 3 060 units
41B
For 3RS14 and Push-in lugs
3RS15
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device
B
3RP1903
1
10 units
41H
For 3RS14 and Sealing foil
3RS15
For securing against unauthorized
adjustment of setting knobs
}
3TK2820-0AA00
1
1 unit
41L
1
1 unit
41B
Blank labels
For 3RS14 and Unit labeling plates
3RS15
For SIRIUS devices
IC01_00181
20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray1)
For 3RS14 and Adhesive labels
3RS15
For SIRIUS devices
3RT2900-1SB20
Push-in lugs and covers
3RP1903
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary
circuit
connections
3RA2908-1A
1)
Spring-type terminals
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type
terminals
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
length approx. 200 mm,
titanium gray/black,
partially insulated
A
3RA2908-1A
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH,
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
10
Matching sensors, see www.siemens.com/temperature.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/181
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
■ Overview
Thermistor motor protection devices are used for direct
monitoring of the motor winding temperature. For this purpose,
the motors are equipped with temperature-dependent resistors
(PTC) that are directly installed in the motor winding and abruptly
change their resistance at their temperature limit.
SIRIUS 3RN1 thermistor motor protection
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 5th
@@@@@
Thermistor motor protection
6th 7th
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
Number and version of the sensor circuits
@
RESET response
@
Connection type
@
Type and number of outputs
@
Control supply voltage
@
Protective separation
@
Behavior in the event of voltage failure
Example
@
3RN10
3RN10
0
0
–
1
A
B
0
0
10
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
• Thanks to direct motor protection, overdimensioning of the
motors is not necessary
• No settings on the device are necessary
• Semiconductor compatible output thanks to versions with
hard gold-plated contacts
• Rapid error diagnosis thanks to versions that indicate open
and short circuits in the sensor circuit
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw terminals or spring-type terminals
■ Application
Direct motor protection through temperature monitoring of the
motor winding offers 100 % motor protection even under the
most difficult ambient conditions, without the need to make
adjustments on the device. Versions with hard gold-plated
contacts ensure, in addition, a high switching reliability that is
even higher than an electronic control.
Direct motor protection
• At increased ambient temperatures
• When switching frequency is too high
• When start up and braking procedures are too long
• Used together with frequency converters (low speeds)
10/182
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
ATEX approval for operation in areas subject to explosion
hazard
The SIRIUS 3RN1 thermistor motor protection relay for
PTC sensors is certified according to ATEX Ex II (2) G and D for
environments with explosive gas or dust loads.
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
Motor protection using current- and temperature-dependent
protective devices
Application
Motor protection
Only currentdependent,
e.g. with
overload relay
Only temperaCurrent- and
ture-dependent, temperaturee.g. with thermis- dependent
tor motor protection relay
Overloading in
uninterrupted duty
✓
✓
✓
Long start up and braking
operations
❍
✓
✓
Irregular intermittent duty
❍
✓
✓
Excessively high switching
frequency
❍
✓
✓
Single-phase operation and ✓
current unbalance
✓
✓
Voltage and frequency
fluctuations
✓
✓
✓
Stalling of the rotor
EN 60204 and IEC 60204 stipulate that motors must be
protected from overheating at a rating of 0.5 kW and higher.
The protection can take the form of overload protection,
overtemperature protection or current limiting.
For motors with frequent starting and braking and in environments where cooling may be impaired (e.g. by dust), it is recommended to use the overtemperature protection option in the form
of a protective device coordinated with this mode of operation.
A good choice in this case is the use of 3RN1 thermistor motor
protection devices.
On rotor-critical motors, overtemperature detection in the stator
windings can lead to delayed and hence inadequate protection.
In this case the standards stipulate additional protection,
e.g. by means of an overload relay.
This combination of thermistor motor protection and an overload
relay is recommended for full motor protection in case of
frequent starting and braking of motors, irregular intermittent
duty or excessive switching frequency. To prevent premature
tripping of the overload relay in such operating conditions,
a higher setting than that normally required for the operational
current is chosen. The overload relay then performs the stall
protection, and the 3RN1 thermistor motor protection device
monitors the temperature of the motor windings.
Motor protection in case of
✓
✓
✓
Switching on a stalled rotor ✓
of a stator-critical motor
✓
✓
Switching on a stalled rotor ✓
of a rotor-critical motor
❍
✓
Elevated ambient
temperature
--
✓
✓
Impeded cooling
--
✓
✓
✓ Full protection
❍ Conditional protection
-- No protection
■ Technical specifications
The 3RN1 evaluation units are suitable for use in any climate and
finger-safe according to EN 50274.
4000
R
1330
550
10
They comply with:
• IEC 60947-8. Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear –
Part 8: "Control units for built-in thermal protection (PTC) for
rotating electrical machines"
• IEC 61000-6-2 and IEC 61000-6-4 "Electromagnetic compatibility of I&C equipment in industrial process engineering"
250
The terminals of the auxiliary contacts are designated in accordance with EN 60947-1.
The 3RN1 evaluation units are suitable for snap-on mounting
onto TH 35 standard mounting rails according to IEC 60715 or
for screw fixing using an adapter (Accessories).
Any mounting position is possible.
For devices with the "Manual RESET" function, the test function
can be activated and a trip simulated by pressing the blue
Test/RESET button for > 2 seconds.
If a Type A temperature sensor is connected to a Type A evaluation unit, compliance with the operating temperatures is
assured (on pick-up and reset) according to IEC 60947-8.
20
-20°C 0
NSB0_00320a
TNF-20 TNF TNF+15 T
TNF-5 TNF+5
Characteristic curve of the 3RN1 evaluation unit
The characteristic curves of the Type A temperature sensors are
described in IEC 60947-8, DIN 44081 and EN 44082 standards.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/183
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
Use in areas subject to explosion hazard for gases
Notes:
All devices are approved for Equipment Group II, Category (2)
in Area "G" (areas that contain explosive gases, vapor, spray and
air mixtures).
Tripping of the thermistor motor protection relay even in combination with a converter must directly result in disconnection.
This must be implemented with circuitry.
With PTB 01 ATEX 3218 ex II (2) G, compliance with directive
94/9 EC Appendix II is confirmed. The safety devices must be
selected with suitable settings for the safe operation of motors of
the "Increased safety" (EEx e) and "Flameproof enclosure"
(EEx d) types of protection and are used outside the area
subject to explosion hazard.
Mounting and installation must only be performed by qualified
personnel who observe the applicable regulations! For mounting, use the mounting instructions Article No.:
3ZX1012-0RN10-1AA1.
PTB 01 ATEX 3218 ex II (2) G
The increased danger in areas subject to explosion hazard
demands careful analysis of the operating manual, the
safety and commissioning instructions and the standard
(EN 60079-14/VDE 0165) for electronic equipment in areas
subject to gas explosion hazards.
A risk analysis must be performed for the complete plant or
machine. If this risk analysis results in a minimal potential for
danger (Safety Category 1), all 3RN1 TMS evaluation units can
be implemented taking into account the safety notes. In the case
of plants or machines with a high potential risk, device versions
with integrated short-circuit detection in the sensor circuit are
necessary.
Use in areas subject to explosion hazard for dust
PTB 01 ATEX 3218 ex II (2) GD
3RN1011-.B/-.G, 3RN1012-.B/-.G and 3RN1013-...0 evaluation
units can be used as protective devices for motors in areas subject to gas explosion hazard for protection against impermissible
overheating due to overload. If the ATEX identification has the
extension "D:=Dust", these units can also be used as protective
devices for motors in areas subject to dust explosion hazard
(IEC 61241-14).
10
Additional information is provided in the EC type test certificate
which can be obtained from the Internet. The units comply with
the requirements of the following classes:
Device
Class
3RN1000, 3RN1010, 3RN1011-.C,
3RN1012-.C, 3RN1022, 3RN1062
EN ISO 13849-1: Category 1
3RN1011-.B, 3RN1011-.G,
EN ISO 13849-1: Category 2
3RN1012-.B, 3RN1012-.G, 3RN1013
The measuring circuit leads must be routed as separate control
cables. It is not permitted to use cores from the supply line of the
motor or any other main supply cables. If extreme inductive or
capacitive interference is expected as a result of power lines
routed in parallel, shielded control cables must be used.
Cable routing
Maximum cable length for sensor circuit cables
Cable cross- Cable length for evaluation units
section
Without short-circuit detection With short-circuit detection 1)
3RN1011-.B/-.G,
3RN1000, 3RN1010,
3RN1012-.B/-.G,
3RN1011-.C, 3RN1012-.C,
3RN1013
3RN1022, 3RN1062
mm2
m
m
2.5
2 x 2 800
2 x 250
1.5
2 x 1 500
2 x 150
0.5
2 x 500
2 x 50
1)
A short circuit in the sensor circuit will be detected up to this maximum
cable length.
10/184
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
The 3RN10 is not intended for installation in hazardous areas.
For installation in areas subject to explosion hazards, the 3RN10
must be enclosed in a flameproof casing.
For evaluation units with a 24 V AC/DC control voltage, electrical
separation must be secured with a battery network or a safety
transformer.
When evaluation units with Auto RESET function are used,
resetting is performed automatically after the cooling time has
expired. It must be ensured by means of an external interlock
(latching with a separate ON and OFF button) that the machine
to be monitored does not start up again spontaneously.
Units with the "Auto RESET" function must not be used in applications in which the unexpected restart can lead to personal
injury or property damage.
In the case of evaluation units without short-circuit detection,
during commissioning or after modifications or maintenance
work (assembly, disassembly) on the equipment, the sensor
resistance must be measured using a suitable measuring
device. For resistances of < 50 W the sensor circuit must be
checked for a short circuit.
If 3RN1000 units are used to protect EEx e motors, separate
monitoring of the control voltage is recommended because there
is no Ready LED to indicate connection to the supply voltage.
If 3RN1013-.BW01 unit are used to protect EEx e motors,
separate monitoring of the control voltage is recommended
because the switching state of the auxiliary contacts does not
change if the control voltage fails (use of a bistable relay is
recommended).
Before commissioning, the effectiveness of the protection
function must be checked.
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
Principle of operation
3RN1062 multiple motor protection evaluation units
The 3RN1 evaluation units operate in accordance with the
closed-circuit principle and therefore monitor themselves for
open circuit (except: warning output in the case of 3RN1022).
A momentary voltage failure of less than 50 ms does not change
the status of the auxiliary contacts. The 3RN1011, 3RN1012 and
3RN1013 units with 2 changeover contacts are also equipped
with short-circuit detection in the sensor circuit. The unit will trip
in the event of a short circuit in the sensor circuit (resistance in
sensor circuit < 20 Ω).
Up to 6 sensor circuits can be connected to the 3RN1062
evaluation unit, all of which act on one output relay. The simultaneous protection of several motors (up to 6) is an advantage for
multi-motor drives (e.g. if one motor is overloaded, all the other
motors of the drive will be shut down). Apart from the red LED
"TRIPPED", which signals the switching state of the evaluation
unit, an LED is assigned to each sensor circuit which indicates
the sensor circuit that has responded during tripping. Unused
sensor circuits must be short-circuited.
All evaluation units (except for 24 V AC/DC) feature electrical
separation between the control circuit and the sensor circuit.
3RN1000 compact evaluation unit
The reset response of the 3RN1062 evaluation units can be
changed from Manual RESET to Auto RESET by linking terminals
Y1 and Y2. Remote RESET is implemented by connecting an
external pushbutton with a normally-open function.
The compact unit is equipped with a red LED (TRIPPED) for the
tripped indicator and a changeover contact.
Response of the evaluation units in the event of control
voltage failure
This unit is particularly suitable in circuits in which the control
circuit and signaling circuit have the same potential, e.g. in local
control cabinets.
Behavior
Monostable
3RN1000,
3RN1010,
3RN1011
Non-volatile,
monostable
3RN1012,
3RN1013-....0,
3RN1022,
3RN1062
Bistable
3RN1013-...01
In case of failure
of the control
voltage
Device trips
Device trips
No change in
switching state of
the auxiliary
contacts
The standard units are equipped with two LEDs (READY and
TRIPPED) for an operating and tripped display and are available
with either 1 NO + 1 NC or with 2 CO contacts. They are available
depending on the version with Auto RESET (3RN1010),
Manual/Remote RESET (3RN1011) or Manual/Auto and Remote
RESET (3RN1012 and 3RN1013). Remote RESET can be
achieved by connecting an external pushbutton with a normallyopen function to terminals Y1 and Y2. If terminals Y1 and Y2 are
bridged, tripping will be followed by an Auto RESET.
In case of return
of the control
voltage without a
preceding tripping operation
Device resets
Device resets
No change in
switching state of
the auxiliary
contacts
In case of return
of the control
voltage after a
preceding tripping operation
Device resets
The device
remains tripped
No change in
switching state of
the auxiliary
contacts
The 3RN1011, 3RN1012 and 3RN1013 units with 2 CO contacts
also have short-circuit monitoring in the sensor circuit.
Protective separation
3RN1010, 3RN1011, 3RN1012, 3RN1013 standard evaluation
units
The 3RN1012 and the 3RN1013 are non-volatile. This means that
even if the control supply voltage fails, a trip preceding it will be
saved.
In the case of the 3RN1013 evaluation unit, tripping due to a
short circuit in the sensor circuit will be indicated by a flashing
red LED. The monostable version also indicates open circuit in
the sensor circuit by flashing of the red LED.
All circuits (outputs, control circuits, sensors and RESET circuits)
of the multifunction evaluation units 3RN1013-1BW10 and
3RN1013-1GW10 (wide voltage range, monostable output relay
and screw connection) are safely isolated from each other up to
a rated voltage of 300 V according to IEC 60947-1.
3RN1022 "Warning and disconnection" evaluation units
Two sensor circuits can be connected to one 3RN1022 evaluation unit that acts on one output relay with 1 NO contact for
warning and 1 CO contact for disconnection. Temperature
sensors with different rated response temperatures TNF are
used to implement the "Warning" and "Disconnection" functions.
When the "Warning" sensor circuit responds, a yellow LED is lit
and when the "Disconnection" circuit responds, a red LED is lit.
The sensor circuits have a different reset response and operating behavior:
• "Warning" (terminals 2T1, T2) only features Auto RESET and
uses the open-circuit principle
• "Disconnection" (terminals 1T1, T2) can be changed from
Manual RESET to Auto RESET by linking terminals Y1 and Y2.
Remote RESET is implemented by connecting an external
pushbutton with a normally-open function
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/185
10
After the unit has tripped, it is automatically reset once the
thermistors have cooled down. The root of the changeover
contact is connected to the control voltage (95 is connected to
terminal A1).
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
Function diagrams
3RN1013-.BW01
3RN1000, 3RN1010 (Auto RESET)
NSB0_00316c
NSB0_00314c
A1/A2
3800
1500
T1/T2
RESET
(Y1/Y2)
A1/A2
3800
1500
T1/T2
K
K
LED Tripped
LED Tripped
3RN10111)
3RN1013-...00
NSB0_00315d
NSB0_00318c
A1/A2
3800
1500
T1/T2
A1/A2
3800
1500
T1/T2
RESET
(Y1/Y2)
(Y1/Y2)
K
K
LED Tripped
LED Tripped
3RN1012/3RN1022/3RN10621)
3RN1022 only
NSB0_00317b
A1/A2
3800
1500
T1/T2
RESET
(Y1/Y2)
3800
1500
2T1/T2
NSB0_00319c
K1
K, K2
LED alarm
LED Tripped
For versions with 2 CO contacts and short-circuit detection in the sensor
circuit, see function diagram 3RN1013.
Type
Compact
units
Standard devices
3RN1000
3RN1010
3RN1011
3RN1012
Multifunction
units
Warning +
Multiple motor
disconnection protection
3RN1013
3RN1022
3RN1062
General data
mm
mm
22.5 x 83 x 91
22.5 x 84 x 91
45 x 83 x 91
45 x 84 x 91
mm
mm
22.5 x 92 x 91
22.5 x 94 x 91
---
mm
mm
22.5 x 102 x 91
22.5 x 103 x 91
45 x 106 x 91
45 x 108 x 91
D
Dimensions (W x H x D)
• For 2 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
• For 3 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
• For 4 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
H
10
1)
W
Number of connectable sensor circuits
1
Response in the event of control voltage failure
See page 10/185
2
Manual RESET
--
✓
Auto RESET
✓
--
✓
Remote RESET
--
✓1)
✓
TEST button
--
✓
Short-circuit detection for sensor circuit
--
✓ (for 2-CO units)
Short-circuit and open-circuit display
--
Warning and disconnection in one unit
--
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
°C
-25 ... +60
✓ Function available
-- Function not available
1)
Remote RESET possible by disconnecting control voltage.
2)
Open circuits are only indicated by monostable versions
(3RN1013-....0).
10/186
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
✓
--
✓2)
-✓
6
--
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
Type
Compact
units
Standard devices
3RN1000
3RN1010
3RN1011
3RN1012
Multifunction
units
Warning +
Multiple motor
disconnection protection
3RN1013
3RN1022
3RN1062
Evaluation unit
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
V
300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
4
Screw terminals
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
mm2 1 x (0.5 ... 4)/2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
2
mm
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5)/2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
AWG 2 x (20 ... 14)
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
• Solid
• Finely stranded, with end sleeves acc. to
DIN 46228
• Finely stranded
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
mm2
mm2
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
mm2 2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
AWG 2 x (24 ... 16)
Sensor circuit
Measuring circuit load at RF ≤ 1.5 kΩ
mW
≤5
Voltage in sensor circuit at RF ≤ 1.5 kΩ
V
≤2
Response temperature (depends on sensor)
°C
60 ... 180
Coupling time (depends on sensor)
s
About 5
Summation PTC resistance RF (per sensor loop) kΩ
Response tolerance
°C
≤ 1.5; response value 3.4 ... 3.8; return value 1.5 ... 1.65
±6
Control circuit
Rated control supply voltage Us
See pages 10/189 and 10/190
Operating range
• 110/230 V AC
• 24 ... 240 V AC/DC
• 24 V AC/DC
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
0.85 ... 1.2 x Us for DC operation, 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us for AC operation
Rated power AC/DC
W
<2
A
5
Conventional thermal current Ith
Rated operational current Ie
• AC-15/24 ... 250 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 240 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
DIAZED fuse protection
A
61)
V
V
300
300
10
Auxiliary circuit
CSA and UL rated data, control circuit
Rated control voltage 50/60 Hz
• AC
• DC
Switching capacity
R 300/B 300
Protective separation up to 300 V
acc. to IEC 60947-1
--
✓
3RN10131BW10,
3RN10131GW10
--
✓ Function available
-- Function not available
1)
In > 1 kA weld-free according to IEC 60947-5-1.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/187
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
Circuit diagrams
Illustrated with
control voltage
applied
Illustrated with Illustrated with
control voltage control voltage
not applied applied
A1/95
A1(11)
N H2 K
A2
T1 T2
96 98
(14) (12)
NSB0_00322b
3RN1000, 1 CO
A1
95 97
(13) (21)
A1
H1
H2 K
N
T1 T2
A2
N
96 98
(14) (22)
T1 T2
A1
96 98 06 08
95 97
A1
(13) (21)
95
05
H1
N
T1 T2
H2 K
A2
N
96 98
(14) (22)
T1 T2
NSB0_00323b
T/R
3RN10111), 1 NO + 1 NC
N
96 98 06 08
T/R
95 97
(13) (21)
96 98
(14) (22)
Y1 Y2 A1
H1
H2 K
A2
N
T1 T2
NSB0_00325a
T/R
3RN10121), 1 NO + 1 NC
Y1 Y2 A1
H1
H2 K
A2
3RN1011, 2 CO
Y1 Y2 A1(A3)
H1
95
05
H2 K
A2
96 98 06 08
T/R
(14) (12) (24) (22) Legend for 3RN1022
NSB0_01398
H1
LED "READY"
H2
LED "TRIPPED"
H3
LED "ALARM"
K1
Output relay
for warning threshold
(11)
(21)
(LED "ALARM")
K2
Output relay for
disconnect
(LED "TRIPPED")
(14) (12) (24) (22) 1T1 and T2 Terminals of the
NSB0_01399a
2T1 and T2 sensor loop
. Important!
3RN1012, 2 CO
95
05
(11)
Short-circuit unconnected sensor
circuits.
(21)
Legend for 3RN1062
H2 K
N
10
H2 K
A2
3RN1010, 2 CO
H1
T1 T2
05
NSB0_00323b
T/R
3RN1010, 1 NO + 1 NC
T1 T2
95
H1
Illustrated with General legend
control voltage
not applied A1, A2 , A3 Terminals of the
control voltage
N
Amplifier
T/R
TEST/RESET button
Y1, Y2
Terminals for Remote
RESET (jumpered =
Auto RESET)
ž
The double arrow
indicates an
operating state
of the contact
according to
(11)
(21)
EN 60617-7 which
deviates from the norm
(here: Position of the
contacts when
control voltage
(14) (12) (24) (22)
NSB0_01397
is applied to
terminals A1 and A2)
H1
LED "READY"
H2
LED "TRIPPED"
K
Output relay
(11)
(21)
T1, T2
Connections of the
sensor loop
A2
H1 to H6
96 98 06 08
(14) (12) (24) (22)
H7
H8
K
1T1, 1T2
to
6T1, 6T2
NSB0_01400
T/R
3RN1013-...0 (monostable)
Y1 Y2 A1
H1
05
(11)
(21)
. Important!
H2 K
N
T1 T2
95
A2
96 98 06 08
Short-circuit unconnected sensor
circuits.
(14) (12) (24) (22)
NSB0_00327
T/R
3RN1013-...1 (bistable)
07(23)
H3
Y1 Y2 A1
H2
N
K1
N
08(24) 2T1 1T1 T2
95
(11)
H1 K2
A2
96 98
(14) (12)
NSB0_00328c
T/R
3RN1022
Y1 Y2
A1
N
H1 2 3
H4 5 6
H7H8
A2
1T1 1T2 2T1 2T2 3T1 3T2 4T1 4T2 5T1 5T2 6T1 6T2
95 97
(13) (21)
K
96 98
(14) (12)
NSB0_00329a
T/R
3RN1062
1)
For units with combination voltages 230/110 V AC (3RN1011-.CK00 and
3RN1012-.CK00) A1 and A2 apply: 230 V AC, A3 and A2: 110 V AC.
10/188
LED of the tripped
sensor loop
LED "READY"
LED "TRIPPED"
Output relay
Terminals of the
1st sensor loop
Terminals of the
6th sensor loop
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
■ Selection and ordering data
• For monitoring the motor winding temperature using temperature-dependent resistors (PTCs, type A) that are directly
installed in the motor winding by the manufacturer
• Monostable versions with closed-circuit principle, i.e. relays
respond in the event of control supply voltage failure
• 3RN1013-.BW01: Bistable version, does not trigger in the
event of control supply voltage failure
• All devices have PTB01 ATEX approval for dust or gas
• All devices except for 24 V AC/DC feature electrical
separation
• Versions with safe isolation up to 300 V according to
IEC 60947-1
• Non-volatile versions
RESET
Contacts
Rated control supply
voltage Us 50/60 Hz
• Versions with short-circuit and open-circuit detection in sensor
circuit
• Versions with solid-state compatible, hard gold-plated contacts
• Versions for up to 6 sensor circuits
• Versions with Manual RESET, Remote RESET, Auto RESET and
test button
• Terminal labeling according to EN 60947-1
• All terminals are removable
• Width 22.5 mm (45 mm on version for several sensor circuits)
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
V
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Compact signal evaluation units, width 22.5 mm, 1 LED
Terminal A1 is jumpered with the root of the changeover
contact
Auto
1 CO
24 AC/DC
110 AC
230 AC
}
A
}
3RN1000-1AB00
3RN1000-1AG00
3RN1000-1AM00
A
A
A
3RN1000-2AB00
3RN1000-2AG00
3RN1000-2AM00
1 NO + 1 NC
24 AC/DC
110 AC
230 AC
24 … 240 AC/DC
}
}
}
}
3RN1010-1CB00
3RN1010-1CG00
3RN1010-1CM00
3RN1010-1CW00
}
A
A
A
3RN1010-2CB00
3RN1010-2CG00
3RN1010-2CM00
3RN1010-2CW00
2 CO
24 AC/DC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
A
3RN1010-1BB00
3RN1010-1BG00
3RN1010-1BM00
A
C
A
3RN1010-2BB00
3RN1010-2BG00
3RN1010-2BM00
2 CO, hard goldplated
24 AC/DC
A
3RN1010-1GB00
C
3RN1010-2GB00
1 NO + 1 NC
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
}
}
3RN1011-1CB00
3RN1011-1CK00
A
A
3RN1011-2CB00
3RN1011-2CK00
A
A
A
3RN1011-1BB00
3RN1011-1BG00
3RN1011-1BM00
A
C
A
3RN1011-2BB00
3RN1011-2BG00
3RN1011-2BM00
24 AC/DC
A
3RN1011-1GB00
A
3RN1011-2GB00
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
A
A
3RN1012-1CB00
3RN1012-1CK00
A
A
3RN1012-2CB00
3RN1012-2CK00
A
A
A
3RN1012-1BB00
3RN1012-1BG00
3RN1012-1BM00
C
C
C
3RN1012-2BB00
3RN1012-2BG00
3RN1012-2BM00
A
3RN1012-1GB00
C
3RN1012-2GB00
}
}
3RN1013-1BB00
3RN1013-1BW10
A
A
3RN1013-2BB00
3RN1013-2BW00
A
3RN1013-1GW10
C
3RN1013-2GW00
C
3RN1014-1BM00
Test/RESET button, non-volatile2), short-circuit and open-circuit
detection and display in sensor circuit
Manual/
2 CO
24 ... 240 AC/DC
}
Auto/
Remote
3RN1013-1BW01
Auto
3RN1011-1BB00
Manual/
Remote1)
Short-circuit detection for sensor circuit
Manual/
2 CO
24 AC/DC
Remote1)
110 AC
230 AC
2 CO, hard goldplated
Non-volatile2)
Manual/
1 NO + 1 NC
Auto/
Remote
2)
3RN1012-2CK00 Non-volatile , short-circuit detection in sensor circuit
Manual/
2 CO
24 AC/DC
Auto/
110 AC
Remote
230 AC
2 CO, hard goldplated
24 AC/DC
Non-volatile2), short-circuit and open-circuit detection and
display in sensor circuit; wide voltage range versions with
screw terminal with safe isolation
Manual/
2 CO
24 AC/DC
Auto/
24 ... 240 AC/DC
Remote
2 CO, hard gold24 ... 240 AC/DC
10
Standard evaluation units, width 22.5 mm, 2 LEDs
plated
3RN1013-1BB00
For bimetal sensors, without short-circuit detection
Manual/
Remote
2 CO
230 V AC
--
Bistable evaluation units, width 22.5 mm
1)
The unit can be reset with the RESET button or by disconnecting the
control supply voltage.
2)
Protection against voltage failure or non-volatile fault storage means that
previous tripping due to a fault remains stored even if the control supply
voltage fails. The monitoring device is not reset if the voltage fails. With an
active fault, meaning a fault which has not been manually confirmed,
an automatic restart of the plant upon recovery of the power is prevented
therefore and plant safety increased as the result.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
A
3RN1013-2BW01
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/189
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
RESET
Contacts
Rated control supply
voltage Us 50/60 Hz
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
V
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Evaluation units for 2 sensor circuits, warning and disconnection,
width 22.5 mm, 3 LEDs
Test/RESET button, non-volatile1)
Manual/
1 NO + 1 CO
Auto/
Remote
24 ... 240 AC/DC
}
3RN1022-1DW00
A
3RN1022-2DW00
}
3RN1062-1CW00
A
3RN1062-2CW00
Evaluation units for 6 sensor circuits, multiple motor protection,
width 45 mm, 8 LEDs
Test/RESET button, non-volatile1)
Manual/
1 NO + 1 NC
Auto/
Remote
24 ... 240 AC/DC
3RN1062-1CW00
1)
Protection against voltage failure or non-volatile fault storage means that
previous tripping due to a fault remains stored even if the control supply
voltage fails. The monitoring device is not reset if the voltage fails. With an
active fault, meaning a fault which has not been manually confirmed,
an automatic restart of the plant upon recovery of the power is prevented
therefore and plant safety increased as the result.
■ Accessories
Use
Version
DT
Article No.
For 3RN1
Unit labeling plates
For SIRIUS devices
D
• 19 mm x 6 mm, pastel turquoise
• 19 mm x 6 mm, zinc yellow
Push-in lugs
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device
B
3RP1903
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RT1900-1SB20
100
340 units
41B
C
3RT1900-1SB60
100 3 060 units
41B
C
3RT1900-1SD60
100 3 060 units
41B
Blank labels
10
20 mm x 7 mm, pastel turquoise1)
NSB0_01429b
For 3RN1
3RT1900-1SB20
Adhesive labels
For SIRIUS devices
Push-in lugs
For 3RN1
1
10 units
41H
1
1 unit
41B
3RP1903
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary
circuit
connections
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type
terminals; 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm; length approx.
200 mm, titanium gray/black, partially insulated A
Spring-type
terminals
3RA2908-1A
3RA2908-1A
1)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH,
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
10/190
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Coupling Relays & Interface Converters
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
■ Overview
Interface converters perform the coupling function for analog
signals on both the input side and the output side. They are
indispensable when processing analog values with electronic
controls. Under harsh industrial conditions in particular, it is often
necessary to transmit analog signals over long distances.
Electrical separation is then needed as a result of the different
power supplies. The resistance of the wiring causes potential
differences and losses which must be prevented.
Electromagnetic disturbance and overvoltages can affect the
signals on the input side in particular or even destroy the analog
modules. All terminals of the 3RS17 interface converters are safe
up to a voltage of DC 30 V and protected against switching
poles. Short-circuit protection is an especially important function
for the outputs.
The devices are EMC-tested according to
• IEC 61000-6-4 (basic standard for emitted interference)
• IEC 61000-6-2 (basic standard for interference immunity)
The analog signals comply with
• IEC 60381-1/2
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 5th
@@@@@
Interface converters
6th 7th
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
0
3RS17
Type of input signal
@
Connection methods
@
Type of output signal
@
Current type and type of isolation
@
Measuring range
Example
3RS17
0
0
–
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
1
A
E
0
0
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
Converters are used in analog signal processing for
• Electrical separation
• Conversion of normalized and non-normalized signals
• Amplification and impedance adaptation
• Conversion to a frequency for processing by a digital input
• Overvoltage and EMC protection
• Short-circuit protection of the outputs
• Potential duplication
10
■ Application
3RS1725 manual/automatic converter
For special applications in which analog signals have to be
simulated, or during plant commissioning when the actual
process value is not yet available, the 3RS1725 devices feature
an adjustable potentiometer for manual setpoint selection and a
manual/automatic switch.
The adjustable potentiometer for the 3RS1725 devices is used to
simulate analog output signals when the selector switch is set to
"manual mode" and the control supply voltage is applied, without
the need for an analog input signal; and the scale ranges from
0 to 100 %.
Example: When it is set for an output of 4 to 20 mA, the 0 % scale
value on the potentiometer represents an output current of 4 mA
and the 100 % scale value represents an output current of
20 mA. In the "Auto" switch position, the output signal follows the
input signal proportionally regardless of the potentiometer
setting.
Sensor/analog
value generator
0 ... 10 V
0/4 ... 20 mA
3RS17 converter
0 ... 10 V
0/4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 kHz
Electronic control
Input
Output
3RS17 converter
0 ... 10 V
0/4 ... 20 mA
Actuator with
analog input
0 ... 10 V
0/4 ... 20 mA
NSB0_01311c
Application example: Interface converter in analog signal evaluation
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/191
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Coupling Relays & Interface Converters
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
■ Technical specifications
Active interface converters
Load rating of the outputs
Active interface converters provide maximum flexibility for the
application by the use of an external control supply voltage.
Configuration with active interface converters is extremely easy
because input and output resistances and voltage drops are
compensated by the auxiliary supply. They support electrical
separation as well as conversion from one signal type to another
or reinforcement. The load of the measured value transmitter is
negligible.
A maximum output load is specified for current signals.
This resistance value specifies how large the input resistance of
the next device connected in series can be as a result of the
power of the converter.
Passive interface converters
In the case of 2-way separation, the input is electrically separated from the output. The "zero potential" of the control supply
voltage is the same as the reference potential for the analog
output signal.
Passive interface converters do not require an external control
supply voltage. This advantage can only be used by current
signals that are converted 1:1. Reinforcement or conversion is
not possible. The converters are used for complete electrical
separation of current signals and to protect the inputs and outputs. Passive separators do not operate reaction-free, i.e. any
load on the output produces an equal load on the input signal.
When the passive converter is to be used, the output power of
the sensor and the input resistance of the analog input must be
analyzed. This technique is being increasingly implemented in
the case of pure current signals.
For voltage signals, the maximum current that can be drawn
from the output is the decisive factor.
2-way separation
NSB0_01314b
IN
OUT
Vcc
Calculation guide for passive converters
Important: Please note the following when using passive
separators:
The current-driving voltage of the measuring transducer UE must
be sufficient to drive the maximum current of 20 mA over the
passive separators with a voltage loss of UV = 2.8 V and the
load RB.
2-way separation
3-way separation
For the 3-way separation, each circuit is electrically separated
from the other circuits, i.e. input, output, and control supply
voltage do not have equipotential bonding.
This means that:
UB ≥ UE = 2.8 V + 20 mA × RB
UB
NSB0_01343a
IN
UV = 2,8 V
Vcc
10
UE
RB
3-way separation
NSB0_01312b
Distribution of the voltages in the case of passive separators
The following figure shows the input voltage UE as a function of
the load RB taking into account the voltage loss UV. If the load is
known, the y-axis shows the minimum voltage that has to be
supplied by the current source in order to drive the maximum
current of 20 mA over the passive separator and load.
UE/ V
NSB0_01313b
22,8
20
15
10
5
2,8
0
0
100
2
200
4
300
6
400
8
600
12
Input voltage depending on the load at Ia = 20 mA
10/192
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
OUT
800 RB/Ω1 000
16 UA/ V 20
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Coupling Relays & Interface Converters
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
Type 3RS17
24 V AC/DC
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
General data
mm
6.2 x 80 x 84
mm
mm
6.2 x 90 x 92.5
17.5 x 80 x 84
mm
12.5 x 80 x 84
W
D
H
Dimensions (W x H x D)
• 3RS1700, 3RS1702, 3RS1703,
3RS1705-.FD, 3RS1705-.FE,
3RS1705-.KD, 3RS1720
• 3RS170.-..E00
• 3RS1705-.FW, 3RS1705-.KW,
3RS1706, 3RS1725
• 3RS1721, 3RS1722
Active disconnector: 1500 V, 50 Hz,
1 min;
Passive disconnector: 500 V, 50 Hz,
1 min
4000 V, 50 Hz, 1 min
V
50
300
°C
-25 ... +60
Electrical separation of input/output
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III acc. to DIN VDE 0100
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
Screw terminals
Connection type
• Terminal screw
• Solid
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
mm2
M3
0.5 ... 2.5 (AWG 20 ... 14)
0.5 ... 2.5 (AWG 20 ... 14); at 3RS170.-1.E00: 0.5 ... 1.5 (AWG 20 ... 16)
Connection type
• Solid
• Finely stranded, with end
sleeves acc. to DIN 46228
• Finely stranded
Spring-type terminals
Enclosures IEC 529
Terminals IEC 529
mm2
mm2
0.5 ... 2.5 (AWG 20 ... 14)
0.5 ... 2.5 (AWG 20 ... 14)
mm2
0.5 ... 1.5 (AWG 20 ... 16)
Inputs
Impedance
Voltage inputs
Current inputs, active
kΩ
Ω
330
100
Input voltage max.
Voltage inputs
Current inputs, active
V
V
30 AC/DC
30 AC/DC
Operating currents
Current inputs, passive
μA
100/250 (6.2 mm width)
Voltage drop
Current inputs, passive
V
2.7 at 20 mA
Internal resistance
Voltage output, 0 ... 10 V
Ω
55
Output load
Current 0/4 ... 20 mA active, max.
Current 0 ... 20 mA passive, max.
Frequency, min.
Ω
Ω
Ω
400
1 000 at 20 mA
2 400
Output voltage
Frequency
V
20.9
Output current
Voltage output, 0 ... 10 V, max.
Frequency, max.
mA
mA
21; note the terminating resistor (> 500 Ω)!
10
Short-circuit current
Voltage output, 0 ... 10 V
Current output, 0 ... 20 mA, passive
Frequency
mA
mA
mA
40
Corresponds to the input current
15
Short-circuit proof
Protection of the outputs
Max. overvoltage at output
10
Outputs
V
30
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/193
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Coupling Relays & Interface Converters
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
Circuit diagrams
NSB0_02227
IN+
2
3
OUT
IN+ 3
4 OUT+
IN- 2
5
4
0V
5 +/~
24 V AC/DC
1
IN-
-1
NSB0_01315a
6
OUT-
+
24 V AC/DC
3RS1700-..D.. , 3RS1702-..D.. ,
3RS1703-..D.. , 3RS1705-..D..
3RS1700-..E00, 3RS1702-..E00,
3RS1703-..E00, 3RS1705-..E00
NSB0_01319a
NSB0_01346
IN+ 1
6 OUT+
IN+
IN- 2
5
IN- 2
OUT-
8
7
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
1
+/~
3RS170.-..W00
6 OUT
5 0V
7
8
0V
24 V AC/DC
3RS1706-. FD00
NSB0_01318a
IN+
1
6
OUT+
IN+
IN-
2
5
IN-
OUT-
2
3
1
4
OUT+
OUT-
NSB0_01344
+/~
8
7
24 V AC/DC
3RS1706-.FE00
3RS1720-.ET00
IN+
10
IN-
1
3
2
4
OUT-
NSB0_01317a
OUT+
4 (1)
OUT7
OUT+
(2)
8
OUT-
NSB0_01316a
3RS1721-.ET00
3RS1722-.ET00
NSB0_01345
NSB0_01347
IN+
IN-
1
6
2
5
+/~
OUT
IN+
0V
IN-
8 0V
7
3RS1725-.FD00
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
1
6
2
5
8
+/~ 7
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
10/194
3
1
IN+
(1) 2
IN5
IN+
(2)
6
IN-
OUT+
3RS1725-.FW00
OUT+
OUT-
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Coupling Relays & Interface Converters
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
■ Selection and ordering data
All transformers except the passive single interface converters
have a yellow LED for displaying "Power on".
3RS1706-1FD00
Inputs
3RS1720-1ET00
Outputs
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3RS1705-2FD00
Width
Rated control supply
voltage Us
mm
V
Electrical
separation
3RS1705-2FE00
DT
3RS1725-2FD00
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Single interface converters, active
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
2 paths
A
3RS1700-1AD00
A
3RS1700-2AD00
3 paths
A
3RS1700-1AE00
A
3RS1700-2AE00
2 paths
A
3RS1700-1CD00
A
3RS1700-2CD00
3 paths
A
3RS1700-1CE00
A
3RS1700-2CE00
2 paths
A
3RS1700-1DD00
A
3RS1700-2DD00
3 paths
A
3RS1700-1DE00
A
3RS1700-2DE00
2 paths
A
3RS1702-1AD00
A
3RS1702-2AD00
3 paths
A
3RS1702-1AE00
A
3RS1702-2AE00
2 paths
A
3RS1702-1CD00
A
3RS1702-2CD00
3 paths
A
3RS1702-1CE00
A
3RS1702-2CE00
2 paths
A
3RS1702-1DD00
A
3RS1702-2DD00
3 paths
A
3RS1702-1DE00
A
3RS1702-2DE00
2 paths
A
3RS1703-1AD00
A
3RS1703-2AD00
3 paths
A
3RS1703-1AE00
A
3RS1703-2AE00
2 paths
A
3RS1703-1CD00
A
3RS1703-2CD00
3 paths
A
3RS1703-1CE00
A
3RS1703-2CE00
2 paths
A
3RS1703-1DD00
A
3RS1703-2DD00
3 paths
A
3RS1703-1DE00
A
3RS1703-2DE00
0 ... 10 V,
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA,
selectable
0 ... 10 V,
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA,
selectable
0 ... 10 V,
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA,
selectable
0 ... 50 Hz,
0 ... 100 Hz,
0 ... 1 kHz,
0 ... 10 kHz,
selectable
6.2
24 AC/DC
2 paths
A
3RS1705-1FD00
A
3RS1705-2FD00
3 paths
A
3RS1705-1FE00
A
3RS1705-2FE00
17.5
24 ... 240 AC/DC
3 paths
A
3RS1705-1FW00
A
3RS1705-2FW00
6.2
24 AC/DC
2 paths
A
3RS1705-1KD00
A
3RS1705-2KD00
17.5
24 ... 240 AC/DC
3 paths
A
3RS1705-1KW00
A
3RS1705-2KW00
2 paths
A
3RS1706-1FD00
A
3RS1706-2FD00
3 paths
A
3RS1706-1FE00
A
3RS1706-2FE00
3 paths
A
3RS1706-1FW00
A
3RS1706-2FW00
10
Switchable multi-range converters, active
Switchable universal converters, active, with 16 input ranges and
3 output ranges
0 ... 60 mV,
0 ... 100 mV,
0 ... 300 mV,
0 ... 500 mV,
0 ... 1 V,
0 ... 2 V,
0 ... 5 V,
0 ... 10 V,
0 ... 20 V,
2 ... 10 V,
0 ... 5 mA,
0 ... 10 mA,
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA,
+/-5 mA,
+/-20 mA,
selectable
0 ... 10 V,
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA,
selectable
17.5
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
Switchable multi-range converters, active, with manual/automatic
switch and single potentiometer as manual analog signal transmitter
0 ... 10 V,
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA,
selectable
0 ... 10 V,
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA,
selectable
17.5
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
24 AC/DC
2 paths
A
3RS1725-1FD00
A
3RS1725-2FD00
24 ... 240 AC/DC
3 paths
A
3RS1725-1FW00
A
3RS1725-2FW00
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
10/195
© Siemens AG 2015
Relays
Coupling Relays & Interface Converters
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
Inputs
Outputs
Width
Number of
channels
Electrical
separation
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
mm
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Single interface converters, passive
0/4 ... 20 mA
0/4 ... 20 mA
6.2
1
2 paths
A
3RS1720-1ET00
A
3RS1720-2ET00
12.5
1
2 paths
A
3RS1721-1ET00
A
3RS1721-2ET00
2
2 paths
A
3RS1722-1ET00
A
3RS1722-2ET00
■ Accessories
Use
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RA2908-1A
1
1 unit
41B
A
3TX7014-7AA00
1
5 units
41H
A
3TX7014-7CE00
1 10 units
41H
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary
circuit
connections
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals; 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, length approx. 200 mm, A
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
Spring-type
terminals
3RA2908-1A
Connecting combs, blue
For 3RS17..-..E00 Connecting combs
For linking the same potentials, 16 terminals,
current carrying capacity for infeed max. 6 A
3TX7014-7AA00
Galvanic isolation plates
10
For 3RS17..-..E00 Galvanic isolation plates
3TX7014-7CE00
10/196
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement